E01 001 **[106 TEXT E01**]
E01 002 *0^The Fraser family had been habitants of Pictou County for several
E01 003 generations. ^John's father was Hugh Fraser who, in 1792, was the
E01 004 recipient of a land grant at Marshdale, Pictou, in lieu of services
E01 005 rendered to the Crown by his father, the \0Hon. Simon Fraser. ^Simon
E01 006 Fraser had led the 78th Regiment of Fraser Highlanders and ably
E01 007 assisted General Wolfe in the capture of Quebec in 1759. ^John Fraser
E01 008 married Mary *"Squire**" McLeod, a cousin of the \0Rev. Norman McLeod;
E01 009 they had six children. ^The eldest was Mary, who married Hugh
E01 010 McKenzie, followed by Hugh, Jessie, Murdoch, Donald and Jane.
E01 011    |^Mary Fraser was engaged to Hugh McKenzie before the 1851
E01 012 migration to Australia and New Zealand. ^Her parents had forbidden any
E01 013 marriage unless the couple accompanied the Fraser family with the
E01 014 \0Rev. Norman McLeod, on the brigantine *1Margaret, *0which her
E01 015 father, John Fraser, had jointly financed. ^This was not acceptable to
E01 016 the young couple, so an elopement was planned.
E01 017    |^The night before sailing, Mary Fraser slipped quietly ashore
E01 018 from the *1Margaret *0and hastened to the Boularderie Church with
E01 019 Hugh, where they were married. ^There was great disarray on the
E01 020 *1Margaret. *0^\0Mrs Fraser Senior commandeered a rig with a pair of
E01 021 fast horses to cut the couple off at the Bras D'Or ferry. ^She was too
E01 022 late, arriving at the church just as the ceremony was completed.
E01 023    |^With intervening circumstances, the run**[ARB**]-away couple
E01 024 were later forgiven and 6 years later, with three young children, John
E01 025 Bunyan, Margaret and Jessie, they sailed to New Zealand on the scow
E01 026 *1Spray, *0built and owned by Hugh McKenzie's cousins, Duncan and
E01 027 Angaus Matheson.
E01 028    |^John Fraser, Mary's father, had settled at and named the Braigh
E01 029 at Waipu. ^*"Braigh**" was an old Gaelic word meaning the *"upper
E01 030 part**", in this case the upper part of the valley which later
E01 031 broadens to encompass the
E01 032 **[PLATE**]
E01 033 Centre, Waipu, before reaching the sea. ^John Fraser was allocated
E01 034 land up the Braigh, together with additional grants to accommodate his
E01 035 children, including Mary, and also the ageing parents of Hugh, Donald
E01 036 McKenzie and Arabella Matheson. ^Three of John and Mary Fraser's
E01 037 children married three of Donald and Arabella McKenzie's children, and
E01 038 they all lived up the Braigh.
E01 039    |^On their arrival in New Zealand, the young married couple, Mary
E01 040 and Hugh McKenzie, first lived in a nikau whare. ^Mary was a strong
E01 041 and hard worker. ^While her husband was busy teaching the many young
E01 042 children of the Braigh, she would walk daily the 10 \0km return, from
E01 043 the Braigh to the Centre, to barter home-made produce and eggs in
E01 044 return for nails from the local blacksmith, enabling her husband's
E01 045 brothers, Roderick and Murdoch *"Walter**" McKenzie, to complete the
E01 046 building of the house.
E01 047    |^John Fraser had given part of his property as the site for the
E01 048 Braigh School. ^His son-in-law, Hugh McKenzie, had been a school
E01 049 teacher from his youth in Nova Scotia and became the first school
E01 050 teacher at the new Braigh School. ^He remained teaching till 1868 and
E01 051 was then appointed the first Registrar of Births, Deaths and Marriages
E01 052 for Waipu, a position which he held until his death in 1896,
E01 053 administering his duties from his house.
E01 054    |^{0N.R.} McKenzie, the seventh child of Hugh and Mary, best
E01 055 describes the building of his parent's house in his book *1The Gael
E01 056 Fares Forth:
E01 057 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E01 058 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E01 059 **[END INDENTATION**]
E01 060    |^*0Work commenced on the house in 1857 and was completed later
E01 061 the following year. ^Hugh and Mary shifted in with their Nova Scotian
E01 062 born children; John Bunyan, Margaret (later \0Mrs John McLeod) and
E01 063 Jessie (later \0Mrs Donald McDonald). ^Soon another five children
E01 064 arrived, all born in the house: Joanna, Donald, Hugh Alexander, Norman
E01 065 Roderick and Norman McLeod.
E01 066    |^Mary and three of their children died before Hugh. ^In 1896 his
E01 067 eldest daughter, Margaret, (\0Mrs John McLeod) returned home with her
E01 068 husband and three children to look after her father, who died later in
E01 069 the same year. ^Margaret McLeod lived in the house until her death in
E01 070 1932.
E01 071    |^In 1903 Mary McLeod, the eldest grandchild of Hugh McKenzie and
E01 072 Mary Fraser married Edwin Henry Ryan, the eldest grandchild of John
E01 073 Ryan {0J.P.}, Magistrate of the neighbouring parish of Mangawai. ^In
E01 074 1935 their son, John (Jack) Ryan, shifted with his new wife, Joan
E01 075 Cato, into the old home in which they raised their four children.
E01 076    |^In 1960 Jack Ryan's aunt, Annie McLeod, who had lived with her
E01 077 mother in the house from 1896 until 1932, moved back in and remained
E01 078 there till her death in 1971.
E01 079    |^Today, \0Mrs Joan Ryan, her son William with his wife Florence,
E01 080 and her grandchildren, Joanne and Andrew, complete seven generations
E01 081 of family occupancy. ^An iron roof has replaced the original totara
E01 082 shingles but alterations that were made to the three sided verandah
E01 083 shortly after World War *=II have been removed. ^Apart from the
E01 084 lean-to kitchen and the iron roof, the house stands today as it was
E01 085 when first built.
E01 086    |^It remained on its site beside the Waihoehoe Stream until 1898,
E01 087 when it was placed on two kauri logs and hauled by a team of bullocks
E01 088 some 640 \0m to a gently rising bush clad hill or mahim. ^Now, nearly
E01 089 130 years after it was built, the house remains on this *"new**" site,
E01 090 still resting on one of the kauri logs.
E01 091    |^Ironically, a pylon of the New Zealand Electricity Department,
E01 092 providing electricity from the Marsden Point site to Auckland, now
E01 093 occupies the cottage's original site by the river.
E01 094 *<*4The Wellington Houses of Robin Hyde*>
E01 095 *<Barbara Fill*>
E01 096 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E01 097 **[POEM**]
E01 098 **[END INDENTATION**]
E01 099 |^T*0his child's simple skipping chant which appears in *1The Godwits
E01 100 Fly *0paints a fairly clear picture of the Wellington childhood of
E01 101 novelist and poet, Robin Hyde. ^Born in South Africa on 19 January
E01 102 1906, Iris Cuiver Wilkinson adopted the pseudonym Robin Hyde later in
E01 103 life. ^Iris's family moved to Wellington shortly after her birth and
E01 104 for the first 12 years of their residence in New Zealand lived in a
E01 105 series of rented houses in Melrose, Newtown and Berhampore before
E01 106 purchasing their own home in Northland in 1919. ^These houses and her
E01 107 childhood experiences associated with them are recorded in the early
E01 108 chapters of what Robin described as *"my faintly autobiographical
E01 109 novel**" *- *1The Godwits Fly.
E01 110    |^*0On arriving in Wellington, the Wilkinsons stayed briefly in
E01 111 Melrose before moving to *"Oriri Street**" *- 8 Waripori Street,
E01 112 Newtown. ^This house, which she described as *"a dingy little bungalow
E01 113 where tomatoes grew over the wall from the house next door**", had
E01 114 little impact on Robin. ^But the house on the other side of the fence
E01 115 left a lasting impression on the young Iris, for it harboured *"The
E01 116 Glory Hole**". ^Situated in the next door neighbour's cellar, *"The
E01 117 Glory Hole**" was the realm of fairies and fantasy that Iris was
E01 118 prevented from discovering for herself by the untimely intervention of
E01 119 an interfering adult. ^The episode caused a certain amount of
E01 120 retrospect, however, in later life.
E01 121    |^The family then moved back to Melrose to a house that was *"so
E01 122 near the Melrose cliff-tops that the children weren't supposed to go
E01 123 out at the back in case they fell over**". ^Here the children *"built
E01 124 little secret houses among the brown gorse and lined them with the
E01 125 soft flamy petals**". ^Their time here ended abruptly when Iris's
E01 126 father, who was at that time working as a postie, tired of pushing his
E01 127 bike up the Melrose hill. ^The family moved down to the flat.
E01 128    |^Their next home was in Newbold Street *- 160 Russell Terrace *-
E01 129 which, despite the barrenness of the concrete yard had the attraction
E01 130 of proximity to the Newtown Park and Zoo. ^Here Iris could play
E01 131 **[LONG QUOTATION**].
E01 132 ^Robin started at Wellington South Public School (now South Wellington
E01 133 Intermediate) while living at Russell Terrace. ^However, *"when a
E01 134 municipal edict
E01 135 **[PLATE**]
E01 136 changed the shape of their world, transferring them from Newtown to
E01 137 Oddipore**", Robin was forced to change schools and transferred to
E01 138 Berhampore Primary School.
E01 139    |^The *"municipal edict**" presumably precipitated the family's
E01 140 next move, for Robin's father, tired of his wife's refusal to have the
E01 141 children moved, decided to take matters into his own hands and found a
E01 142 house *"nearer the children's new school**". ^Their next home was
E01 143 *"Number 9 Calver Street**" *- 9 Blythe Street. ^As Robin wrote, *"the
E01 144 house in Calver Street was square and empty. ^It looked little as a
E01 145 matchbox**". ^Like their previous houses it had *"no garden only an
E01 146 asphalt yard**". ^For Robin's mother, the move involved hours of
E01 147 cleaning the empty rooms and haunting the auction markets for pieces
E01 148 of furniture.
E01 149 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E01 150    |^It was during the family's time at Blythe Street that Robin
E01 151 wrote her first poem, *"The Soldier's Babe**". ^No doubt inspired by
E01 152 the outbreak of World War *=I and her father's enlistment, this poem
E01 153 launched her career as a poet and from this time on she *"started
E01 154 writing poems with the regularity of a model Orpington**". ^After his
E01 155 return from the war,
E01 156 **[LONG QUOTATION**].
E01 157 ^Robin's father bought the family a home at 92 Northland Road. ^In
E01 158 *1The Godwits Fly, *0Robin described it as
E01 159  **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E01 160    |^She called the house *"Laloma**", presumably a Samoan word
E01 161 meaning *'The Abode of Love**'. ^However, it seems the house nurtured
E01 162 very little love for
E01 163 **[LONG QUOTATION**].
E01 164    |^While at *"Laloma**", Robin attended Wellington Girls' College
E01 165 where she wrote extensively for the college magazine. ^In 1923, when
E01 166 she left college, she embarked on her career as a journalist on the
E01 167 *1Dominion. *0^She was soon promoted to the position of parliamentary
E01 168 reporter, despite an illness which had left her permanently lame. ^The
E01 169 departure of her young godwit to London without her, followed shortly
E01 170 afterwards by the birth of an illegitimate, still-born child in
E01 171 Sydney, resulted in a nervous breakdown and Robin returned home to
E01 172 recuperate. ^Here she spent hours in the garden *"sitting on a mat
E01 173 like a Japanese... and broke up the whole of the tight skinned soil
E01 174 with a little garden fork**". ^Her mental condition deteriorated,
E01 175 however, and she went to Hanmer Springs hospital to recover.
E01 176    |^Six months later, with a measure of physical and mental health
E01 177 restored, she returned to journalism and over the next 4 years worked
E01 178 on newspapers in Christchurch, Wellington and Wanganui. ^Her last
E01 179 visit home was after the secret birth of a second child in Picton in
E01 180 1930. ^Three weeks after the birth she returned to Wellington to look
E01 181 for work and left the baby in a children's home while she stayed with
E01 182 her parents. ^The strain of playing a dual role of honourable daughter
E01 183 at home while each day slipping down to visit her hidden child changed
E01 184 her childhood memories of *"Laloma**". ^Her feelings about the house
E01 185 at this time are vividly recalled in *1A Home in This World,
E01 186 *0published in 1984. ^Here she wrote of it as
E01 187 **[LONG QUOTATION**].
E01 188    |^A job as lady editor for the *1New Zealand Observer *0provided
E01 189 an escape from this traumatic situation. ^Robin moved to Auckland and
E01 190 never returned home. ^In 1933 she suffered another breakdown and spent
E01 191 the next 4 years as a voluntary patient in an Auckland psychiatric
E01 192 hospital. ^While there she wrote profusely, resulting in the
E01 193 publication of four novels *- *1Journalese, Passport to Hell, Check to
E01 194 your King *0and *1Wednesday's Children *- *0and two books of poetry *-
E01 195 *1The Conquerors and Other Poems *0and *1Persephone in Winter. ^*0In
E01 196 1937 she left the hospital and travelled extensively throughout New
E01 197 Zealand before settling in Auckland to complete two further novels *-
E01 198 *1Nor The Years Condemn *0and *1The Godwits Fly.
E01 199    |^*0In January 1938 she set off on her lifelong dream to visit
E01 200 England where she hoped to establish herself as an internationally
E01 201 renowned poet and novelist. ^Her planned route by ship to Hong Kong
E01 202 then via the Trans-Siberian Railway across Asia and Europe to London
E01 203 was cut short when she reached Hong Kong and decided instead to visit
E01 204 China which was in the throes of war with Japan. ^Wanting to discover
E01 205 the effects
E01 206 **[PLATES**]
E01 207 of battle at first hand, she travelled to the front line and was in
E01 208 Hsuchowfu when it fell to the Japanese.
E01 209 *#
E02 001 **[107 TEXT E02**]
E02 002 |*4^N*0ew Zealand car buyers don't know how lucky they are. ^The
E02 003 variety and sheer numbers of models freely available here is quite
E02 004 staggering *- especially since this is a small, isolated land that is
E02 005 not rich in resources.
E02 006    |^A perusal of our special feature on the lineup at this year's
E02 007 Motor Expo show in Auckland gives an insight into the choice of
E02 008 product, and the great contrast in cars. ^Sure, new motor vehicles are
E02 009 heavily taxed and, in many cases, beyond the reach of the average New
E02 010 Zealander.
E02 011    |^But in the latter stages of the eighties we are experiencing
E02 012 new maturity in the market. ^A government-inspired freedom of
E02 013 importing has made almost any car available without the racketeering
E02 014 or profiteering that was a part of the Kiwi motoring scene of the past
E02 015 30 years.
E02 016    |^Economic realities suggest the choice should be more limited
E02 017 than it is. ^Yet the New Zealand car buyer now expects to be able to
E02 018 buy anything his counterpart in Europe can choose from.
E02 019    |^With the new-found buyer freedom has come higher depreciation
E02 020 levels. ^There's also the worrying aspect of a local currency that may
E02 021 depreciate further, thus pushing up imported costs.
E02 022    |^Most of the motor vehicle dealers in New Zealand sell
E02 023 Japanese-sourced cars, and many of them are already worried about the
E02 024 dizzy price heights for everyday new vehicles. ^Buyer resistance is
E02 025 showing through as *+$20,000 becomes the benchmark for small economy
E02 026 cars.
E02 027    |^Dealer profitability is down, and the value of the Kiwi dollar
E02 028 in recent weeks means more expensive locally assembled cars later this
E02 029 year.
E02 030    |^There is pain at all levels. ^Who would have thought a marque
E02 031 like Mercedes-Benz would be discounted? ^Only recently the Mercedes
E02 032 190 had its local price cut, even though an appreciating West German
E02 033 mark will surely mean rising prices in the near future.
E02 034    |^While the {0GST} law is not yet clear, it appears second-hand
E02 035 cars sold by dealers will become more expensive after October 1. ^So,
E02 036 although some {0GST} regulation changes seem inevitable, the next
E02 037 couple of months appear to be a good time to buy used.
E02 038    |^Meanwhile, new motor vehicle sales are likely to receive a
E02 039 boost from the company and fleet buying area after the implementation
E02 040 of {0GST}. ^Since {0GST}-registered companies will be able to claim
E02 041 back the new tax, the vehicles should be cheaper after October 1.
E02 042    |^There is no doubt the market has become even more selective.
E02 043 ^No longer can a completely built-up car readily find a buyer simply
E02 044 because it is assembled overseas.
E02 045    |^By the same token, consumers are demanding higher standards for
E02 046 all cars, including those built here. ^Happily, the local industry is
E02 047 turning out product today that is far removed from a decade ago.
E02 048    |^Only a few years ago many local assemblers were marketing new
E02 049 cars with appalling assembly quality and with an attitude that they
E02 050 should have been ashamed about. ^Today's free and highly competitive
E02 051 market has changed all that *- and buyers are much better placed.
E02 052    *|^Gremlins department. ^Apologies for the opening problem with
E02 053 last month's feature story on Opel. ^Due to a plate**[ARB**]-making
E02 054 error, the top lines of each column on Page 37 were omitted, and the
E02 055 opening sentence should have read: ^Opel is a name that might not mean
E02 056 a lot to new generation New Zealanders who have never ventured to
E02 057 Europe.
E02 058    |^And the sentence opening the top of column two should have
E02 059 begun: ^The small shipment of Kadetts, Mantas and Monzas are likely to
E02 060 be the thin edge of a new {0GM} wedge.
E02 061    |^In the July edition on Page 15 we said Sir Len Southward was on
E02 062 a Suzuki Intruder when he was actually trying a Suzuki GV1400
E02 063 Cavalcade motorcycle. ^The production problems will lessen and the
E02 064 mistakes will become fewer. ^We know you expect as much.
E02 065 *<*6NEWSLINE*>
E02 066 *<*4{0GM} New Zealand to broaden its model lineup*>
E02 067 |^General Motors is increasing its range of cars with the introduction
E02 068 of the front-drive Gemini and more Opel variants.
E02 069 *<Exclusive!*>
E02 070 **[PLATE**]
E02 071 |^T*0he front-wheel-drive Japanese-sourced Gemini sedan is to launch
E02 072 in New Zealand at the end of October, bolstering {0GM} fortunes in the
E02 073 lower medium area of the market.
E02 074    |^And {0NZ} *2CAR *0understands {0GM} {0NZ} is about to increase
E02 075 the number of fully imported West German Opel cars to give the
E02 076 multi-national a bigger slice of the {0CBU} cake.
E02 077    |^From a passenger car share a**[SIC**] 12.2 percent last year,
E02 078 {0GM} slipped to 10.3 percent for the first four months of 1986, with
E02 079 supply problems from a prolonged strike. ^But {0GM} has been lacking a
E02 080 1.5 litre model since the rear-drive Gemini was phased out about a
E02 081 year ago.
E02 082    |^The original Gemini had a varied local career, being sold under
E02 083 both the Isuzu and Holden names at various times. ^It is not clear if
E02 084 the new model will be Isuzu or a Holden, but it seems logical to be
E02 085 labelled the latter.
E02 086    |^However, the model will be sourced from Isuzu in Japan as the
E02 087 Australian content for the version sold across the Tasman is not high.
E02 088 ^The new model has been in Australia for a year.
E02 089 **[PLATE**]
E02 090    |^Apart from grille, badges, steering wheel and body-coloured
E02 091 bumpers, the Aussie Gemini is identical to the Isuzu version. ^In the
E02 092 {0USA} the model is sold as the Chevrolet Spectrum, and there was
E02 093 input from North America, Japan and Australia in conceiving the model.
E02 094 *<*4No hatch version*>
E02 095    |^*0As in Australia, there will only be the four-door sedan. ^The
E02 096 attractively-styled hatchback only comes with a 3-door body which will
E02 097 not be sold here. ^Anyway, {0GM} reckons there is a trend away from
E02 098 hatchbacks in this area of the market.
E02 099    |^Giugiaro's Ital Design produced the smooth styling for the new
E02 100 Gemini which is shorter than the old model but packs a lot more room
E02 101 inside. ^The 2400\0mm wheelbase is the same as Laser/ 323, and only
E02 102 30\0mm less than Corolla. ^Overall length of Gemini is less than all
E02 103 its Japanese rivals, and the car is also slightly narrower than the
E02 104 rest.
E02 105    |^Both 5-speed and auto versions which will be assembled here use
E02 106 the 1471\0cm*:3**: single overhead cam carburettor engine producing
E02 107 52\0kW. ^Coil springs are employed front and rear, with MacPherson
E02 108 struts up front and trailing arms at the rear.
E02 109    |^New Gemini fits the conventional {0FF} mould, with a
E02 110 transversely mounted engine, power front disc brakes and rack and
E02 111 pinion steering geared to 3.5 turns of the wheel from lock to lock.
E02 112 ^The iron block/ alloy headed engine is 36 percent lighter than the
E02 113 old Gemini power unit and has transistorised ignition.
E02 114 *<*4More Opel shapes*>
E02 115    |^*0A wider choice of built-up Opels is likely to include the new
E02 116 notchback sedan Kadett which was launched in Germany late last year,
E02 117 the sporty versions of the big Senator and possibly the Ascona
E02 118 hatchback 5-door. ^The Ascona (read Vauxhall Cavalier in Britain and
E02 119 Holden Camira in Australasia) would be a logical addition since there
E02 120 is no hatch version of the Camira out of Japan.
E02 121    |^This version of the {0GM} J-Car has done well in Europe, and
E02 122 would give another string to the {0GM} bow.
E02 123    |^The four-door Kadett notch has a boot lid opening down to
E02 124 bumper level for easy loading and unloading, and a folding rear seat.
E02 125 ^There's a six-side window design for good visibility, and Opel claims
E02 126 a drag coefficient of 0.32 for the sedan.
E02 127    |^Although the Senator is similar in size and appearance to
E02 128 Holden Commodore, it would give the General an extra luxury model at
E02 129 the top end of the range. ^It's available with the 3 litre injected
E02 130 six, {0ABS} braking and {0LCD} instrumentation.
E02 131    |^The Opel range is likely to increase to eight models.
E02 132 **[PLATES**]
E02 133 *<*4Wagons from Ford and Mazda*>
E02 134    |^*0Both Ford and Mazda have released station wagon versions of
E02 135 their respective Laser and 323 front-wheel-drive models. ^The market
E02 136 leader has one model, the 1.5 GL, while Mazda introduces a 1.3 LX and
E02 137 1.5 GLX.
E02 138    |^A price of *+$21,240 is quoted for the Ford version. ^The Mazda
E02 139 323 LX wagon is expected to be around *+$20,000, with the 1.5 GLX
E02 140 *+$2000 dearer. ^It's a long time since Ford has had a smallish wagon
E02 141 since the demise of the rear-drive Escort, but the Mazdas replace the
E02 142 venerable rear-drive (and less powerful) 1.3 LX and 1.5 GLX wagons.
E02 143    |^The 323 LX includes a rear hatch remote release, rear wiper/
E02 144 washer and a good level of appointment. ^The GLX builds on this with
E02 145 central door locking, rev counter, rear seat headrests, cut-pile
E02 146 carpeting, tinted top band for the laminated windscreen and a more
E02 147 sumptuous interior. ^It also has tilt-adjustable steering and 175
E02 148 series tyres to make it more highly specified than the Ford.
E02 149    |^These smartly styled newcomers present formidable opposition to
E02 150 the Nissan Sunny Sportwagon, Toyota Corolla wagon and Mitsubishi
E02 151 Mirage Estate. ^In 1.5 form, the Laser/ 323's 55\0kW is higher than
E02 152 all but the Mirage which produces 60\0kW. ^The new models also run
E02 153 second to the Mirage in maximum torque, with 115\0kW for the Laser/
E02 154 323 and 120\0kW for the Mitsubishi.
E02 155    |^Overall length of the new model is the same as the Sunny wagon,
E02 156 but more than the Corolla and Mirage. ^The Corolla, of course, is now
E02 157 the odd vehicle out in being rear-wheel-driven and the oldest design.
E02 158    |^The Laser/ 323 wagon is wider than the opposition and higher,
E02 159 but the 1610 litre load capacity cannot match the 1800 for the Mirage.
E02 160 ^It is, however, well up on the 1340 litres for the Sunny and 1005
E02 161 litres for the Corolla. ^At 155\0mm, ground clearance is less than the
E02 162 Sunny and Corolla but slightly more than the Mirage.
E02 163    |^Laser wagon features include a 50/ 50 split rear seat backrest,
E02 164 rear wash/ wipe, intermittent wipers, woven cloth seat surfaces, cloth
E02 165 insert door panels, bodyside mouldings and halogen headlamps. ^There's
E02 166 a luggage compartment lamp, a dash light rheostat, lockable glovebox,
E02 167 luggage secure straps and door map pockets.
E02 168    |^Ford claims the Laser wagon has the best equal turning circle
E02 169 with 9.4\0m *- the same as the Corolla. ^However, the Sunny boasts a
E02 170 tighter 9.0\0m circle. ^The Laser/ 323 offers the best interior
E02 171 headroom front and rear, ventilated front disc brakes, and both have a
E02 172 tilt adjustment facility for the driver's seat.
E02 173    |^Compared with the sedan Laser/ 323, the wagon variant offers
E02 174 8\0mm more front headroom and substantially more rear headroom. ^The
E02 175 965\0kg wagon is heavier than the sedan, and to compensate for this,
E02 176 the brake booster is larger.
E02 177 *<*4Lower-cost Renault 25*>
E02 178    |^*0Eurotrans Motors has widened the Renault 25 range for New
E02 179 Zealand by introducing a 2-litre carburettor TS variant. ^It costs
E02 180 around *+$2,300 less than the GTS which has the same 74\0kW (103
E02 181 {0bhp}) 4-cylinder engine.
E02 182    |^Apart from the TS badging, this version of the big French
E02 183 hatchback looks the same as the GTS. ^It lacks a rear wiper, but is
E02 184 still well specified, with power front windows, power steering, cloth
E02 185 trim, black rear spoiler, tinted glass, digital clock and remote
E02 186 control door mirrors.
E02 187    |^Plip remote-control central door locking, adjustable height
E02 188 steering and internal headlamp beam adjustment are also included.
E02 189    |^In manual form, the 25 TS is *+$45,616, with a *+$2200 premium
E02 190 for the auto. ^As with the GTS, the TS rates as one of the most
E02 191 economical of the large luxury cars sold here.
E02 192    |^The car has full instrumentation, the same well trimmed
E02 193 interior of the GTS, and the electronic monitoring for service items.
E02 194 ^The rear seat folds down and forward to give a large carrying area.
E02 195 *<*4Low-cost Euro imports*>
E02 196    |^*0Fiat may soon have the cheapest new car on the New Zealand
E02 197 market, if you exclude the Russian Lada. ^And Austin is likely to
E02 198 introduce a Metro
E02 199 **[PLATES**]
E02 200 hatchback with a price-tag that puts the Japanese on edge.
E02 201 *#
E03 001 **[108 TEXT E03**]
E03 002 |^*2TODAY *0Sika range in varying densities over an area estimated in
E03 003 excess of 4400 square miles of the central North Island.
E03 004 ^Consequently, their habitat is as broad as it is diverse.
E03 005    |^Generally speaking, however, Sika tend to favour low-lying
E03 006 terrain. ^Only rarely do they range above, say, 3700\0ft. ^In the
E03 007 open, at such a height, a lack of real cover consistent with snowgrass
E03 008 tops, and, possibly, a shortage of appealing browse, most likely
E03 009 account for this pattern of their behaviour.
E03 010    |^Rated highly in Sika circles are the densely covered areas of
E03 011 manuka scrub found over much of their range. ^Typically
E03 012 Sika-infiltrated scrublands occur in the country east of the Kaweka
E03 013 Range, in the numerous side-streams that enlarge the Mohaka River, and
E03 014 adjacent to Makirikiri hut in the northwestern Ruahines.
E03 015    |^As an example of what *"ideal**" Sika habitat consists of let us
E03 016 look closely at the famed valley of the Ripia River; a big tributary
E03 017 of the Mohaka and found on this map: {0NZMS} *"Kaweka**" \0N113.
E03 018    |^In this valley silver tussock predominates over much of the
E03 019 flatlands and rolling hilly country close to the deeply-gorged passage
E03 020 of the river, and flanks both sides of several of the larger streams
E03 021 *- valleys in themselves *- that feed it. ^In many parts of the
E03 022 valley, manuka scrub, tall and dense, extends to its frequently swampy
E03 023 bottom and even tops the main ridges *- around 3000\0ft. ^Isolated
E03 024 pockets of silver beech forest, with their heavy undercover, are found
E03 025 in the saddle-like heads of most of the streams.
E03 026    |^The Ripia River Valley, much like other large watersheds found in
E03 027 the Kaimanawa and Kaweka Ranges, best illustrates what *"ideal**" Sika
E03 028 habitat is all about, offering the species a wide diversity of
E03 029 conditions within a comparatively small area of country.
E03 030    |^In the mid-morning of July 23, 1985, I was hunting in the Ripia
E03 031 when, suddenly, the badly decomposed remains of a deer arrested my
E03 032 attention. ^Curiously I angled to where it lay alongside the weathered
E03 033 hulk of a once tall tree. ^Upwind, I thoughtfully contemplated a
E03 034 shrunken heap of mostly hairless skin stretched tautly over the partly
E03 035 exposed ribcage. ^At some length I wondered if in life this maggoty
E03 036 carcass had been a proud and vital Sika stag? ^A stag that over the
E03 037 spring and summer months had grown a rack of eight-point antlers, and
E03 038 that with the arrival of the mating season had already been in control
E03 039 of these high bush faces?
E03 040    |^There was no real way of knowing the answers to my questions. ^In
E03 041 life these pitiful remains might have belonged to a hind; nevertheless
E03 042 I felt with conviction that this was the way it had been. ^With good
E03 043 reason, too.
E03 044    |^For one thing, this Sika stronghold was rarely hunted. ^And I had
E03 045 it on excellent authority that no-one had stalked here since
E03 046 mid-April, three months back. ^In this general area I had been told
E03 047 that a Sika stag had fallen to the rifle of a well-known Australian
E03 048 trophy hunter, who, by his Deerstalkers' Association guide, Dave
E03 049 Porter, was remembered as *"fine company in the hills**".
E03 050 ^Significantly, that stag had been an eight-pointer with, I
E03 051 understand, a Douglas Score of 154 points. ^Another telling factor was
E03 052 that these rotting remains had, I judged, reached a stage of
E03 053 decomposition consistent with such a length of time.
E03 054    |^So yes, I decided, what I had come across was in all probability
E03 055 all that now remained of Col Allison's 1985 eight-point Sika from the
E03 056 Ripia Valley.
E03 057    |^Presently I turned away from the putrefying carcass; this time
E03 058 next year it would have vanished *- devoured by maggots, insects, and
E03 059 what have you, soaked up by the earth.
E03 060    |^This morning's hunt was my second time out in the valley of the
E03 061 Ripia River, where, at the invitation of Tom Condon, I had arrived by
E03 062 a four-wheel-drive Toyota the previous day.
E03 063    |^The story of how some 6000 acres of prime Sika country became an
E03 064 *"un**[ARB**]-fenced hunting reserve**" dates back to September, 1983,
E03 065 when Tom Condon and his partners, Albert Turner and Geoff Chizmar,
E03 066 teamed up with members of the Waremu Rahui Trust to lease an area
E03 067 known to many Australian Sika hunters as the *"Ripia Block**".
E03 068    |^Flying in building materials by helicopter from Taupo, they
E03 069 erected a roomy 14-bunk lodge. ^They called it *"Wilderness Lodge**".
E03 070 ^From its veranda you can look clear across the valley, beyond the
E03 071 deep gorge of the Ripia, to the tail end of the ruggedly formed
E03 072 Ahimanawa Range.
E03 073    |^While a variety of outdoor pursuits can be enjoyed here *- horse
E03 074 riding, river rafting, tramping, fishing, \0etc., then it was the
E03 075 hunting side of their operation that I was most interested in.
E03 076 ^Imagine if you will some of the very best Sika country there is in
E03 077 the North Island suddenly out of bounds to all but the affluent
E03 078 hunter. ^Calling the shots is Tom Condon, a man with far visions, who,
E03 079 while allowing a client to take a deer for the pot, looks upon the
E03 080 Sika of the valley through the eyes of a dedicated conservationist.
E03 081    |^So what happened is this: ^In just two years the Sika, only
E03 082 lightly and spasmodically hunted, have quickly built up in numbers,
E03 083 many of which, I should imagine, would have drifted in from areas
E03 084 where hunting pressure is almost constant. ^We can be pretty certain
E03 085 that in deer circles the word soon gets around about where it makes
E03 086 good sense to shift camp to. ^Despite this, there is still abundant
E03 087 feed in the valley, enough, I thought, to support an even larger herd
E03 088 of Sika. ^Mostly it can be found in the numerous and sometimes vast
E03 089 areas of heavy scrub *- almost impossible places to hunt and where, of
E03 090 course, Sika have long eluded man.
E03 091    |^So there I was leaving the lodge on my first afternoon in the
E03 092 valley. ^Tom, explaining how they'd got started here, had already
E03 093 decided to take me to a nearby valley *- a great spot, he considered
E03 094 *- to see Sika. ^We had approached it around mid-afternoon,
E03 095 pussy-footing through interlocked scrub. ^Suddenly the scrub had
E03 096 petered out and we were at a low saddle. ^Semi-open beech forest fell
E03 097 away sharply before us. ^I observed several well-used gametrails.
E03 098    |^Ranging ahead of Tom, feeling those once so familiar juices
E03 099 starting to flow, the years slipped away: I might have been 20 years
E03 100 younger. ^Fit and hard. ^A Government hunter, out in the Kaweka
E03 101 country *- paid to hunt Sika. ^What a time that was.
E03 102    |^The wind, mostly at our backs, played havoc with our attempts to
E03 103 see game. ^I sensed very strongly that on at least three occasions,
E03 104 deer weren't that far ahead, moving away, shadow-like in the
E03 105 sun-dappled interior of this wooded place. ^A constant welter of fresh
E03 106 tracks and plenty of likewise droppings confirmed my suspicions.
E03 107    |^Even though Tom was not carrying a rifle, I found it extremely
E03 108 unsettling to actually have someone lurking in the background, for, no
E03 109 matter how quiet Tom was, I could not concentrate fully on the job at
E03 110 hand. ^Fatal, of course, particularly in Sika territory, where one's
E03 111 concentration and awareness must be absolute.
E03 112    |^Still on the same subject, I think that most experienced hunters
E03 113 feel very much the same way as I do in the bushlands. ^For bush
E03 114 hunting, an acid test of any deerstalker's expertise, is at best a
E03 115 solitary undertaking. ^The most telling argument against hunting in
E03 116 pairs in this country *- significantly in the heavily forested regions
E03 117 of the central North Island *- is that a large number of men have been
E03 118 shot dead, or badly wounded, by their companions after they've
E03 119 separated and then stalked the same general area *- a bush gully, more
E03 120 often than not, very much like this one in the valley of the Ripia
E03 121 River.
E03 122    |^At any rate, we had been hunting for maybe 20 minutes when a Sika
E03 123 squealed a high, thin note. ^A hind, we reckoned. ^She was down near a
E03 124 small stream, continually carrying on now, perhaps having fled there
E03 125 after winding us? ^No matter. ^Only one thing mattered on this hunt.
E03 126 ^A stag. ^A trophy, hopefully, to rival Allison's.
E03 127    |^Towards evening, when we had climbed back to near the head of the
E03 128 valley, a second Sika had betrayed its presence. ^A deep-toned sound,
E03 129 almost guttural. ^A stag, for sure. ^Might pay to tell you about this
E03 130 one...
E03 131    |^Somehow, say five minutes before the stag disturbed the
E03 132 comparative quiet of the hour, Tom and I had become separated while
E03 133 attempting to get through an enormous windfall, which, Tom said, had
E03 134 happened a few years back during a terrible storm that had lashed many
E03 135 parts of both the Kaimanawa and Kaweka Ranges. ^So that now huge trees
E03 136 were piled up on top of each other as though the main span of an old
E03 137 wooden bridge had collapsed under far too much weight. ^Twisted roots,
E03 138 terribly gnarled like the rheumatic hands of a very old man, had
E03 139 continually snagged at my thick woollen shirt *- and deep holes, that
E03 140 had once contained the roots of these now degraded forest giants, were
E03 141 dangerously hidden by concealing growth. ^A place best out of.
E03 142    |^And it was as I'd broken free of the cursed windfall that, with
E03 143 startling suddenness, the second Sika had let rip. ^It was positioned
E03 144 uphill and, I judged, only a short distance away. ^Where the hell was
E03 145 Tom...?
E03 146    |^I crossed a watercourse and then started up the far side. ^Low
E03 147 branches scraped loudly *- or so I thought *- across my small canvas
E03 148 daypack. ^Then I spotted through the thinning trees the distinct
E03 149 red-and-black check material that added up to Tom's old swanndri
E03 150 overshirt. ^He was crouched, unmoving; beyond him, in the dense
E03 151 scrub-belt, the stag again proved just how vocal this species are.
E03 152    |^Catlike I joined Tom.
E03 153    |^*"See it?**" I breathed.
E03 154    |^*"Just a flash as it jumped into the rubbish.**" ^He indicated by
E03 155 hand where the stag had been positioned when he'd seen it.
E03 156    |^*"Good head?**"
E03 157    |^He shrugged. *"Couldn't say. ^Happened too fast. ^You know what
E03 158 it's like?**"
E03 159    |^Yes, I did know just how quickly a Sika can react when it's a mind
E03 160 too. ^Gone in a finger-snap of time; as if, I've sometimes thought,
E03 161 you hadn't really seen one at all, that it was an imaginary thing,
E03 162 conjured up by a too stimulated mind.
E03 163    |^The stag grunted hoarsely. ^At guess he was less than 50 yards
E03 164 away. ^Was it, I wondered, worth attempting to try my luck in such a
E03 165 scrubby wilderness? ^Three months back *- in the roar *- and the
E03 166 answer would have been a definite yes. ^A Sika stag is much more
E03 167 easily approached then. ^Indeed, where a hunter is concerned he is
E03 168 often times aggressively minded, potentially dangerous. ^Now, however,
E03 169 was an entirely different situation. ^So while this particular stag
E03 170 might very well be inclined out of curiosity or sheer devilment to
E03 171 linger and play dangerous games with me then, because of his chosen
E03 172 retreat, almost all of the advantages were on his side. ^Nevertheless,
E03 173 I have taken Sika stags in such country and at the same time of the
E03 174 year. ^Which is why I left my daypack in Tom's care and moved with the
E03 175 utmost stealth into the stag's well-chosen domain.
E03 176    |^At once I was staring at fresh droppings: sheep-like in size,
E03 177 shape and texture. ^A popular gametrail, a kind of Rusa-like tunnel,
E03 178 vanished deeper into what now appeared a near hopeless place to stalk.
E03 179 ^Even so, I stooped over the deer highway: big, deeply-formed
E03 180 hoofmarks, wide-spaced, told me all I wanted to know. ^Which is when
E03 181 the stag decided to open up with an even more uneasy sound; faintly,
E03 182 in the distance, another Sika joined in. ^Sikaville, obviously.
E03 183    |^Heart pounding insanely, I estimated the stag was positioned
E03 184 beyond a hump-like rise, some 20 yards away at the very most, and the
E03 185 very limit of my visibility. ^Between us, quite apart from the scrub,
E03 186 was a concentrated barrier of bush lawyer, a wickedly barbed growth,
E03 187 which, if not treated with the utmost caution, can very easily inflict
E03 188 deep, painful gashes across the backs of one's hands or, what is even
E03 189 worse, across one's face.
E03 190 *#
E04 001 **[109 TEXT E04**]
E04 002    |^*0While enthusiasts will no doubt pick their own fancies and
E04 003 others will prefer the challenge of unusual or difficult to grow
E04 004 roses, many more ordinary gardeners will be grateful for a selection
E04 005 that almost guarantees them trouble free plants with blooms of
E04 006 outstanding colour and quality that, given adequate food and water and
E04 007 reasonable precautions against disease and pests, are sure to succeed.
E04 008    |^Gardening after all is not just for the enthusiast, specialist or
E04 009 expert; those with only an hour or two a week and even raw beginners
E04 010 can make a good showing, too.
E04 011    |^The eight roses chosen, which should be in garden centres and
E04 012 stores now, are:
E04 013 _|*4Paradise (Wezeip) *0*- ^A Lilac Rose, bordered with ruby red.
E04 014 ^Lightly perfumed it makes vigorous growth yet has disease-free
E04 015 foliage.
E04 016 |*4Pristine *0*- ^The blooms feature long, elegant ivory buds with
E04 017 petal edges blushing to soft pink. ^A bushy plant with stout stems and
E04 018 dark, healthy foliage.
E04 019 |*4Pink Panther (Meicapina) *0*- ^A hybrid tea rose with
E04 020 glowing pink blooms of unusual fragrance. ^Gives a dazzling show of
E04 021 pink blooms on a tall, strong bush with dark green foliage.
E04 022 |*4Breath of Life (Harquanne) *0*- ^This beautifully formed,
E04 023 pleasantly fragrant climber produces hybrid tea-type blooms in a
E04 024 gentle shade of apricot. ^Lovely for cutting and beautiful at every
E04 025 stage. ^A vigorous plant with disease free light green foliage it is a
E04 026 perpetual flowerer.
E04 027 |*4Loving Memory (Korgund) *0*- ^Producing large, perfectly
E04 028 shaped hybrid tea blooms of crimson-scarlet with strong, stiff stems,
E04 029 this rose has a strong, upright bush with dark green foliage.
E04 030 |*4Francis Phoebe *0*- ^Outstanding pure white blooms on a weather
E04 031 resistant and vigorous bush are the feature of this hybrid tea rose.
E04 032 |*4Olympiad (Macauk) *0*- ^An award winning hybrid tea with clear
E04 033 crimson, long lasting blooms, ideal for cut flowers. ^Chosen as the
E04 034 official rose of the 1984 Olympics.
E04 035 |*4City of Auckland (Mactane) *0*- ^A hybrid tea with a rich blend of
E04 036 amber and gold blooms that are fragrant and a bush of medium height.
E04 037 *<*4For this relief much thanks*>
E04 038 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E04 039 |^*1In the fight against plant disease and pests John Aldworth finds
E04 040 there is good news today and even brighter hopes for tomorrow.
E04 041 **[END INDENTATION**]
E04 042 **[PLATE**]
E04 043 |^*4I*0n these days of so much doom and gloom good news is often as
E04 044 scarce as a fountain in the desert. ^Yet good tidings there are *-
E04 045 even amid the rural down**[ARB**]-turn and the continuing battle with
E04 046 garden pests. ^One heartwarming recent event was a Beehive function to
E04 047 recognise an important breakthrough in garden disease control and to
E04 048 say a concrete thankyou to the team of scientists who developed a
E04 049 saleable product to banish the scourge of crown gall.
E04 050    |^Expressing their appreciation were New Zealand's rose growers who
E04 051 presented an award in the presence of Under Secretary to the Minister
E04 052 of Agriculture, \0Mr David Butcher, {0MP}, to \0Mr John Lloyd of
E04 053 Mintech \0Ltd, Nelson. ^By implication their thanks also went to \0Dr
E04 054 Alan Kerr, of  Adelaide, whose crown gall trials produced the chance
E04 055 discovery of a bacterium antagonistic to the one producing the
E04 056 disease, and to the {0DSIR} who were quick to see its potential
E04 057 benefit to New Zealand and who, after tests, invited Mintech to
E04 058 develop a commercial formulation of the culture.
E04 059    |^Not that rose growers are the only ones to benefit from Dygall's
E04 060 development. ^Fruit growers can also rejoice in a cheap and convenient
E04 061 way to banish this life-sapping enemy from peaches, nectarines,
E04 062 raspberries, kiwifruit, hops and other flowering plants.
E04 063    |^Prior to Dygall's development there was no method short of the
E04 064 most expensive soil sterilisation treatment available to rid
E04 065 nurseries, orchards or gardens of crown gall since the bacteria
E04 066 causing it, *1{6Agrobacterium tumefaciens} *0lives in the soil. ^No
E04 067 resistant cultivars have been found for any of the species affected.
E04 068 ^Even now that crown gall is no longer considered a serious disease in
E04 069 New Zealand, growers still cannot relax preventative treatments
E04 070 because Dygall does not kill the crown gall bacterium, merely prevents
E04 071 its establishment.
E04 072    |^Since the crown gall bacterium is widespread throughout New
E04 073 Zealand it doubtless resides in many home gardens, especially where
E04 074 plants *- and a wide variety are susceptible *- have succumbed to the
E04 075 disease in the past. ^Characteristically, \0A. tumefaciens causes the
E04 076 plants to develop large woody lumps or galls on the trunk or stem.
E04 077 ^These in turn drain such nourishment that the plant is left stunted
E04 078 and susceptible to further attack.
E04 079    |^Dygall gives immunity from the disease thanks to a similar but
E04 080 *"friendly**" bacteria *1{6Agrobacterium radiobacter}, *0which while
E04 081 not killing existing crown gall prevents the bacteria causing it from
E04 082 taking hold in a plant. ^Simply dipping your cuttings or seedlings in
E04 083 a solution of Dygall immunises them for life.
E04 084    |^Such a cheap and convenient method of control *- one 160 gram
E04 085 packet can treat 7500 roses or 10,000 peach stones *- is immensely
E04 086 important to nurserymen and orchardists. ^Sadly it is less well known
E04 087 by home gardeners, simply because the product is not stocked by (and
E04 088 thus may not normally be mentioned by) garden centres and retail
E04 089 suppliers. ^(This is because it requires cool storage and because the
E04 090 limited shelf life of the product *- three months *- precludes long
E04 091 term stocking). ^Nevertheless Dygall can be ordered from Mintech
E04 092 \0Ltd, {0PO} Box 80092, Nelson, through your local supplier *- if you
E04 093 ask him. ^If you are growing on cuttings of fruit trees, roses,
E04 094 cupressus, and a wide variety of other plants Dygall can prevent crown
E04 095 gall *- provided you make sure your cuttings come from a tree or bush
E04 096 free from the disease in the first place. ^It is a preventative not a
E04 097 cure.
E04 098    |^Beyond all that, Mintech's achievements in devising a way of first
E04 099 producing the Dygall culture in their laboratories, then mixing it in
E04 100 a peat medium to produce a safe, natural and effective innoculant,
E04 101 marks a big step forward in New Zealand plant disease control. ^As the
E04 102 first commercial biological control agent of its type to be developed
E04 103 in the country it is the forerunner of what is expected eventually to
E04 104 be a whole battery of new and more effective cures and preventative
E04 105 measures for plant diseases.
E04 106    |^Already Mintech is well known as the producer of Rhizocote legume
E04 107 innoculants so successful in boosting nitrogen fixation by grass and
E04 108 forage crops such as lucerne and even peas and beans. ^It also
E04 109 produces another peat based innoculant, Mycoaid, which confers
E04 110 soil-inhabiting micro-organisms called mycorrhizal fungi *- *"fungus
E04 111 roots**" *- on cranberries, blueberries, rhododendrons and other
E04 112 plants, causing them to uptake more nutrients from the soil.
E04 113    |^Beyond that Mintech are working now on developing a range of other
E04 114 biological control agents to counteract plant pests and disease
E04 115 causing micro-organisms. ^John Lloyd sees tremendous potential in
E04 116 continuing to use nature's own biological resources to combat problems
E04 117 and says several developments are *"in the pipeline**".
E04 118    |^Also looming up is the *"stage two**" development of employing
E04 119 genetic engineering to eradicate plant diseases in specific ways that
E04 120 it is expected will have no adverse effect on animals or the
E04 121 environment and benefit us all by reducing the need for chemicals.
E04 122    |^That such developments are on the way is good news. ^That their
E04 123 technical development is being done in New Zealand, thanks to the
E04 124 expertise of our agricultural and horticultural scientists, makes it
E04 125 doubly so.
E04 126 *<*6PERSONAL*>
E04 127 *<NANCY STEEN *- A TRIBUTE*>
E04 128 *<*4by Jonathon Cox*>
E04 129 |^R*0ose lovers throughout New Zealand, especially those with a
E04 130 particular interest in old-fashioned roses, were saddened by the death
E04 131 in March of \0Mrs Nancy Steen, whose pioneering work *1The Charm of
E04 132 Old Roses *0made her name known in rose circles all over the world.
E04 133    |^I never met Nancy Steen but I feel as though I knew her. ^I feel
E04 134 this in much the same way as I feel that I knew Vita Sackville-West
E04 135 and Margery Fish, two other great plantswomen who shared themselves
E04 136 and their love for growing things with the world through the printed
E04 137 word.
E04 138    |^Some years ago I borrowed a copy of *1The Charm of Old Roses
E04 139 *0and, like many others both before and since, I was never quite the
E04 140 same again. ^Here were roses the like of which I had never known
E04 141 before *- roses which dated back hundreds of years, having been grown
E04 142 in such places as the Empress Josephine's garden at Malmaison, whose
E04 143 very names conjure up a sensuous bygone world: *'Belle Amour**',
E04 144 *'Madame Lauroil de Barny**', *'Maiden's Blush**'.
E04 145    |^\0Mrs Steen's style is a blend of the scholarly and the anecdotal
E04 146 *- so delightful to read, so hard to achieve. ^How well she knew her
E04 147 subject and how much pleasure she made it to learn. ^I have always
E04 148 felt that Nancy Steen intended the title of her book to have a dual
E04 149 meaning for she herself knew that the rose is a talisman capable of
E04 150 evoking other places, other time.**[SIC**] ^As she wrote
E04 151 **[LONG QUOTATION**].
E04 152    |^\0Mrs Steen already had 21 years' gardening experience behind her
E04 153 when her book was published in 1966; she was to have 20 years more.
E04 154 ^Her lifelong dedication to old roses served in large part as the
E04 155 inspiration for the setting-up of a New Zealand-wide society, Heritage
E04 156 Roses New Zealand, whose members share her love for these beauties of
E04 157 days gone by. ^\0Mrs Steen left two self-created memorials *- her book
E04 158 and her own beautiful garden in Remuera *- but how apt that one of the
E04 159 first public gestures made by Heritage Roses was the creation of
E04 160 garden**[SIC**] to bear her name.
E04 161    |^Within the Rose gardens in Auckland's Parnell, yet completely
E04 162 separate from the modern roses, the Nancy Steen Garden is a tribute to
E04 163 \0Mrs Steen's personal gardening style. ^Over 200 old roses have been
E04 164 planted (including the delicate pink and cream rose which bears Nancy
E04 165 Steen's name) and old-fashioned companion plants *- the same plants
E04 166 which \0Mrs Steen grew in her own garden *- about: wallflowers,
E04 167 Lavender, pinks, Cherry Pie, Heart's Ease, Lady's Mantle, Sweet
E04 168 William. ^At the height of the season the Nancy Steen Garden is a
E04 169 delight to the eye, a perfumed haven five minutes away from the bustle
E04 170 of downtown Auckland.
E04 171    |^She touched so many lives.
E04 172 *<*6ENTOMOLOGY*>
E04 173 *<*4Predators and pests*>
E04 174 **[PLATES**]
E04 175 *<by Bruce {0B.} Given.*>
E04 176 |^I*0nsects, with their enormous reproductive capacity, have the
E04 177 greatest world protein and hydrocarbon production capacity of all land
E04 178 organisms. ^It is not unnatural that this vast food potential should
E04 179 be extensively exploited and the first line of exploitation is
E04 180 predation.
E04 181    |^This predation is from an extraordinary range of organisms
E04 182 including birds, mammals, amphibians, reptiles, fish and even
E04 183 carnivorous plants. ^But the most extensive and best adapted predators
E04 184 on insects are other insects. ^Some predatory insects are extremely
E04 185 general in their attentions; others are very specialised, some being
E04 186 able to survive on only one specific host species. ^It is thought that
E04 187 from ancestral specialised predators, true parasites emerged and
E04 188 indeed many so-called *"parasitoids**" exist which are between the two
E04 189 major exploiters of the insect host food potential.
E04 190    |^Relatively few predators attacking insects have any great
E04 191 influence on the population levels of their hosts. ^Some cases could
E04 192 probably even be classified as scavengers, since they normally only
E04 193 capture host
E04 194 **[PLATE**]
E04 195 insects whose reproductive phases is**[SIC**] ended. ^*"Beneficial**"
E04 196 insects such as predators and parasites have evolved behaviour
E04 197 patterns to ensure survival, not host exterminations which would lead
E04 198 to race suicide. ^So, never expect a predator or parasite to eradicate
E04 199 any host. ^We are lucky to have some which maintain low levels and
E04 200 these, as far as the gardener is concerned, are indeed jewels beyond
E04 201 price.
E04 202    |^Naturally, the predators which we see most of are efficient in the
E04 203 struggle for existence but usually not the most beneficial to man's
E04 204 economy. ^I leave you to work out the logistics of
E04 205 **[PLATE**]
E04 206 this for yourselves from the brief statement I have already made.
E04 207    |^Now let us consider a few relatively common predators.
E04 208 *#
E05 001 **[110 TEXT E05**]
E05 002 |*2^WHILE *0there is no such thing as a free lunch, some sight systems
E05 003 appear to offer just that. ^This reviewer examined two versions of the
E05 004 Ring Sight LC-7-40, and attempted to evaluate them for their
E05 005 usefulness.
E05 006    |^Not much larger than a matchbox, this compact unit is supplied in
E05 007 a matt grey-black colour. ^It is designed to bolt straight on to the
E05 008 carrying handle of the AR15 and M16 rifles; its suitability and design
E05 009 for military purposes will be discussed later. ^An adapter was
E05 010 supplied to permit the sight to be fitted to the 3/8*?8 (9.5\0mm)
E05 011 dovetail normally found on rimfire rifles.
E05 012    |^The unit is designed to be used with either one or both eyes open.
E05 013 ^It is non-magnifying, displays no light-gathering properties, but is
E05 014 robust, simple and well finished. ^The eye relief is non-critical, but
E05 015 best use of the night reticle is made when the sight is close to the
E05 016 eye.
E05 017    |^Two daylight reticles are available. ^One appears to be a hollow
E05 018 white circle of 12\0mm (41 minutes of angle [{0MoA}]) outside the
E05 019 8\0mm (27 {0MoA}) internal diameter. ^The second has the same white
E05 020 circle and a central dot of approximately 3\0mm diameter (10 {0MoA}).
E05 021    |^Both models had a luminous night**[ARB**]-time reticle available.
E05 022 ^This differed from the daytime reticles by taking the form of an open
E05 023 *"T**", with the intersection of the three lines coincident with the
E05 024 centre of the daylight reticle. ^There is, however, a gap in the
E05 025 centre of the *"T**".
E05 026    |^The night reticle seems to be adequate for the use to which the
E05 027 sight is likely to be put (shifting targets of approximate angular
E05 028 size 10 to 20 minutes of angle (3 to 6\0mm)) but is unlikely to be of
E05 029 much use to the spot**[ARB**]-lighter. ^The scale drawing shows all
E05 030 three reticles.
E05 031    |^The reviewer mounted the sight first on an Anschutz model 1408 ED
E05 032 match rifle. ^As the information leaflet said, the use of the
E05 033 conventional *"black bull on white background**" target was not
E05 034 conducive to even static use. ^A dark target had to be used in order
E05 035 to display the white reticle, and a *"Figure 11**" style target was
E05 036 used. ^Groups of five shots were fired with both models of sights, and
E05 037 this tester preferred the *"02**" reticle with its central dot; it
E05 038 felt more precise, although the groups were approximately 3 minutes of
E05 039 angle
E05 040 **[PLATE**]
E05 041 (1\0mm) for both sights.
E05 042    |^A \0No. 4 \0Mk 1 .303 rifle was then selected. ^Toolmaker Matt
E05 043 Dougherty milled an adaptor block and the sight was fitted where the
E05 044 aperture rearsight normally goes on a .303 rifle. ^The sightline was
E05 045 about 1*?8 higher than expected, and the stock was altered with a
E05 046 cheekpiece made of cardboard and masking tape. ^The rifle was zeroed
E05 047 without difficulty and the sight adjustments were as the leaflet said
E05 048 *- 1/8th of a turn on the adjustment screw resulted in a shift in the
E05 049 mean point of impact ({0mpi}) of 100\0mm at 100\0m.
E05 050    |^Aiming tests in poor light with the sights indicated the ring
E05 051 sight reticle tended to obliterate the target because of its
E05 052 luminance. ^I thought that reticle 01 was marginally superior to
E05 053 reticle 02 (with the central dot), but preferred the dot anyway. ^A
E05 054 telescope sight was used under the same conditions in an attempt to
E05 055 see if the light-gathering ability of the telescope improved aim.
E05 056 ^Although the scope did permit a better view of the target, the
E05 057 reticle tended to vanish and the only way aim could be attempted was
E05 058 to centre the target in the field of view. ^The telescope was a
E05 059 4-power model, and a 3-power one was also tried. ^The conditions were
E05 060 so dark that colour vision was absent, and the result of this test
E05 061 suggested that neither aiming system was suitable for use in total
E05 062 darkness. ^However, it is likely that the muzzle flash would to some
E05 063 extent destroy night vision, and then the illuminated reticle of the
E05 064 ring sight might very well be of considerable benefit.
E05 065    |^The 1985 national championships of the Practical Shooting
E05 066 Institute ({0NZ}) (\0Inc) were held at a nearby range, and the
E05 067 reviewer and his .303 rifle were entered. ^The shoot consisted of a
E05 068 course of approximately 40 shots, fired at 20 targets at distances of
E05 069 up to 100\0m but generally less than 50\0m away. ^The targets were
E05 070 identifiable, but were frequently obscured by shade and intervening
E05 071 branches.
E05 072    |^The competitors had already been given a guided tour of the range
E05 073 and had seen where all the targets were placed. ^He or she had then to
E05 074 make the best possible speed, find, identify and fire at each target
E05 075 as it was encountered. ^The top two scoring shots only were counted,
E05 076 and only a few shooters fired more than two shots at each target. ^The
E05 077 stopwatch was started when the competitor moved from the *"start**"
E05 078 line, and ended when a *"gong**" was physically knocked over by the
E05 079 final shot.
E05 080    |^The ring sight was a joy to use compared to the iron sights used
E05 081 in other practical shooting matches. ^This was because of the image
E05 082 and the reticle lying on the same optical plane *- an effect similar
E05 083 to that derived from telescope sights. ^True, the sight doesn't gather
E05 084 any light as a scope does, but the illuminated daytime reticles stood
E05 085 out very clearly against the *"figure 11**" type targets, especially
E05 086 when the targets were in shadow.
E05 087    |^Perhaps the best *"proof of the pudding**" lies in the target
E05 088 score obtained by your reviewer during the shoot: 553 points, placing
E05 089 him fifth out of 25 shooters. ^(In practical shooting, the
E05 090 *"comstock**" method of scoring is followed, where the score is
E05 091 divided by the elapsed time to yield a final indication of
E05 092 performance. ^Your scribe sank to 17th place after that adjustment.)
E05 093    |^Other competitors viewed the sight and were struck by its compact
E05 094 size. ^Most conceded that the higher than usual sighting plane was of
E05 095 little consequence.
E05 096    |^Despite some minor difficulties in sighting in, the ring sight was
E05 097 found to be a useful device by this reviewer. ^It was very well suited
E05 098 to the sport of practical shooting, where the art of finding partly
E05 099 concealed targets of dull hue, aiming and firing at them must be
E05 100 carried out as quickly as possible; the making safe of the rifle
E05 101 before moving off to find the next target is another aspect of this
E05 102 form of competition unrelated to the sighting system employed.
E05 103    |^The benefits of using a sight designed for military use became
E05 104 apparent when the quick acquisition of the target in the field of view
E05 105 took place. ^Provided the rules of *"gun fit**" were observed, there
E05 106 was no problem in placing the reticle on the target either.
E05 107    |^The sight appeared to be best suited to aiming at targets
E05 108 subtending 5 {0MoA} or more (it could be used on smaller targets but
E05 109 in general, non-magnifying sights are difficult to use on small
E05 110 targets unless aiming marks adapted to the reticle are used). ^For
E05 111 snap shooting the sight seemed excellent, and it would appeal to pig
E05 112 hunters and others who need a compact, lightweight, robust sight which
E05 113 will get them on fleeting targets at close ranges.
E05 114    |^Through no fault of the sight, I was 17th out of the 25 entries in
E05 115 the 1985 {0PSI} rifle champs. ^This was because despite my reasonable
E05 116 scoring, I ran too slowly over the 250\0m course, and perhaps
E05 117 concentrated upon my shooting rather than my movement! ^Comstock
E05 118 systems of scoring brutally bring you back to reality.
E05 119    |^The Ring Sight LC-7-40 is available for approximately *+$120 from:
E05 120 |Communication and Control \0Ltd,
E05 121 |{0P.O.} Box 15-337,
E05 122 |*2AUCKLAND 7.
E05 123    |^*0There is no free lunch. ^The ring sight will not gather light as
E05 124 a good scope will, but is a lot smaller, and less likely to snag in
E05 125 the underground**[SIC**]. ^It may not help you to identify your
E05 126 target, but will place it in the same image plane as the reticle.
E05 127 ^That is progress.
E05 128 **[PLATE**]
E05 129 *<*4Seeing red in the Ruahines*>
E05 130 *<*0by Richard Hilson*>
E05 131 |^*2MISTY *0breath curled away from our balaclava-clad heads as we set
E05 132 out from the small hut heading up a typical eastern Ruahine valley,
E05 133 cold and dozy at that early hour of the morning.
E05 134    |^We were on the second day of a four-day hunt, and Warren, yet to
E05 135 shoot his first deer, led the way up the rocky riverbed as the murky
E05 136 mountain river drowned out the noises of the surrounding bush. ^Within
E05 137 10 minutes we saw fresh prints, only a few hours old, in the wet river
E05 138 sand, and we forgot the air temperature and concentrated on deer as we
E05 139 moved on up the small river.
E05 140    |^But 40 minutes later, having followed the two sets of fresh tracks
E05 141 for some distance we let our guard down long enough to miss a decent
E05 142 shot at a Red hind. ^We saw her as we came around a bend in the river,
E05 143 through some young beech trees. ^She gazed at us, startled. ^Rifles
E05 144 flew to shoulders, but the hind was already gone. ^Of her mate there
E05 145 was no sign but if they wouldn't hang about to be shot, we weren't
E05 146 going to chase them!
E05 147    |^So onwards and upwards, less hopeful of a success now, we
E05 148 continued. ^The river narrowed at a couple of places to run through
E05 149 steep-sided, rocky gullies and there were a few log jams to negotiate.
E05 150 ^We once considered trying a side gully, but the going looked noisy
E05 151 and awkward so we stuck to the main river. ^As it was now getting late
E05 152 in the morning, the sight of further piles of logs in our way was
E05 153 nearly enough to make us turn back. ^But behind each jumble of rocks
E05 154 and logs the walking became easy again. ^And after seeing a good deal
E05 155 more sign, we took a rest at a set of small forks, discussing the
E05 156 morning's events and trying to clear our minds so that the next deer,
E05 157 if there was one, wouldn't see us first.
E05 158    |^And it didn't. ^We were nearing the headwaters and considering
E05 159 turning round when we saw a likely slip, covered in bright sunshine,
E05 160 about 500\0m on. ^Making for that we made a last effort to spot a deer
E05 161 and I was pleasantly surprised to see, 75\0m away on the
E05 162 water-fern-covered slip, the white tail and distinctively red rump of
E05 163 a browsing deer. ^Shielded by shadow and a clump of toitoi, Warren
E05 164 soon spotted it when I pointed in the general direction. ^He moved
E05 165 slowly and carefully round the toitoi and crouched in an awkward
E05 166 position behind a pile of rocks beside the river. ^The deer, feeding
E05 167 late, turned side-on now and a set of spikes was immediately obvious.
E05 168 ^The hungry animal leaned over a bit of a bank to bite at a succulent
E05 169 branch and, watching through my scope, I saw the deer lurch forward
E05 170 into the fern at the same time as I heard the shot from Warren's Sako
E05 171 .30-06. ^As I hurried to where the deer had fallen, Warren called to
E05 172 me. ^I looked over and saw blood dripping from an inch-long cut above
E05 173 his left eye where the scope on his new rifle had hit him. ^He now had
E05 174 something to remember his first deer by. ^After patching up the cut we
E05 175 found one very dead spiker lying in the fern where he had fallen. ^He
E05 176 was a large animal and in good condition. ^The velvet from his puny
E05 177 antlers was nearly all gone, just a few dangling shreds left. ^The
E05 178 bullet had hit him in the right front shoulder.
E05 179    |^After a bit of effort the animal was rolled down to the riverbed
E05 180 and set up for the necessary photo session. ^Then, while Warren set
E05 181 about skinning the spiker, I spent 20 minutes having a look at the
E05 182 headwaters just around the corner, but saw no more sign *- and no more
E05 183 deer. ^When I returned Warren had skinned the beast back to the
E05 184 hindquarters and taken off what little meat was left unbruised from
E05 185 the front shoulders.
E05 186 *#
E06 001 **[111 TEXT E06**]
E06 002    |^*0First of the three heats of the weekend, {0PG} put *1The
E06 003 Godfather *0through its paces to take 1st place and put him in 1st
E06 004 position overall, 2nd heat, Grahame Carbery, in his {0EFI} tunnel
E06 005 hull, outsmarted {0PG} on the corners to equalise again. ^3rd heat *-
E06 006 the pressure was on in more ways than one, but {0PG} was pipped at the
E06 007 post, so to speak, and Grahame Carbery took out the inaugural {0G.P}
E06 008 Title, leaving {0PG} in the well deserved 2nd position.
E06 009    |^1985, in my book, would be {0PG}'s most constructive year. ^Not
E06 010 only did he, at last, come 1st in the coveted Masport Cup, beating his
E06 011 father, he also came 3rd in the {0G.P} series and marched up the altar
E06 012 to get married. ^I bet there was some teary eyed females on that
E06 013 particular day. ^And where did he take Ellie, his lovely bride, for
E06 014 their honeymoon? ^You guessed it! *- Lake Rotoiti for a heat of the
E06 015 {0GP} Series.
E06 016    |^At the end of this season, {0PG} could see he was in the wrong
E06 017 boat. ^Other drivers were now beginning to purchase new boats, faster
E06 018 motors with blowers \0etc, in an attempt to stay competitive for the
E06 019 now renowned {0G.P} Series. ^With this in mind {0PG} approached Henry
E06 020 Lauderbach for a new design. ^It had to be a design that would suit
E06 021 New Zealand's racing. ^After lengthy negotiations, Henry Lauderbach
E06 022 consented to let {0PG} use his jigs and plans in his
E06 023 work**[ARB**]-shop in Virginia.
E06 024    |^{0PG} worked hard for a couple of weeks to get the hardware
E06 025 (rudders, struts, shafts) ready. ^The next project was to build a box
E06 026 to ship everything home including cowlings. ^The design prototype ran
E06 027 in 1985. ^It currently holds the {0GP} course record of 119 {0mph} lap
E06 028 average. ^To give you an idea of an equivalent, the fastest a boat of
E06 029 *1The Boss's *0design has recorded is a 103 {0mph} lap average.
E06 030    |^{0PG} pointed out that in the {0U.S.A.}, 30 boats enter a race.
E06 031 ^There are 4 eliminator heats. ^You have to gain 1st or 2nd in your
E06 032 heat or you are out and sitting on the bank. ^There are no second
E06 033 chances. ^That's how cut-throat the racing is.
E06 034    |^This design however, won 5 out of 9 of the {0GP} races in
E06 035 {0U.S.A.} ^To the amateur, the overall look of {0PG}'s new boat will
E06 036 not be unlike *1The Boss. ^*0But there are some vast differences to
E06 037 this design of {0PG}'s. ^Dramatic changes have occurred in the sponson
E06 038 shape *- different trips and dihedrals. ^There is a bigger tunnel at
E06 039 the back under the transom. ^The finished design will in actual fact,
E06 040 be .30\0m (1\0ft) wider than *1The Boss *0.30\0m (1\0ft) longer and
E06 041 5.08\0cm (2*?8) shallower. ^The overall length will be 7.07\0m
E06 042 (23*?72*?8) and weigh 907\0kgs (2000\0lbs) wet and finished.
E06 043    |^{0PG} has worked very closely with Epiglass on the construction.
E06 044 ^He considered many different forms {0ie}, carbon fibre, \0S. Glass,
E06 045 and then after talking to Alf Locke, of Epiglass (who was involved
E06 046 with Australia 2 and Lion New Zealand), he came up with a compromise
E06 047 between timber, ply and end grain balsa. ^There is a lot of extra
E06 048 strength in the design by using oak battens. ^{0PG} mentioned that he
E06 049 has had a lot of much needed help from his \0No. 1 crewman, Laurie
E06 050 Brown, who is a very fastidious worker and just carries on when {0PG}
E06 051 has to pop across to Latimer Lodge, to earn his paycheck.
E06 052    |^The motor will be a 460 Supercharged Chev *- ^A Murray Baker
E06 053 motor, {0PG} tells me, and then laughingly adds Murray's Motto:
E06 054 *"^Sure to rise to any occasion**". ^A Casale gearbox running 40%
E06 055 overdrive through a Gibbs propellor will be installed, making the
E06 056 whole rig look like a sure contender and one to beat in the 1987 Grand
E06 057 Prix Series. ^This hull design of {0PG}'s is not designed to obtain
E06 058 fast line speed. ^The deeper tunnel gives the boat lift, which in turn
E06 059 makes the boat corner and turn better than any other design. ^To
E06 060 attempt fast line speed anything over 170{0mph} would cause the boat
E06 061 to lift too high and *"take off**".
E06 062    |^Murray McKay, who built *1The Boss's *0trailer, will be building a
E06 063 modified version for {0PG}. ^The improvements will be an electric fuel
E06 064 pump (60 \0galls) and electric hydraulic pumps to pump the boat up on
E06 065 the tilt. ^There will be built in lockers for storage \0etc, and to
E06 066 pull this giant of giants? ^None other than a new truck. ^{0PG} admits
E06 067 he was very lucky to be able to purchase a 1981 American Chevy truck
E06 068 boasting a 6 litre diesel engine with long wheel base and of course
E06 069 all the mod cons. ^There is plenty of room in this little beauty for
E06 070 the 2 spare motors, spare gearbox, spare shaft and props that will
E06 071 accompany this rig. ^It also has a little place already name-tagged
E06 072 for the spare driver *- Andrew, {0PG}'s 12 week old son begins
E06 073 training in the very near future.
E06 074    |^Peter wishes to thank the very generous support he has received
E06 075 from such companies as Epiglass, Masport, {0A.C.} Delco, {0C.R.C.},
E06 076 Jim Beam, and Latimer Lodge. ^He also appreciates the support he has
E06 077 had from his family *- Mum, Dad, Grandfather, Ellie and of course son
E06 078 Andrew, born in April.
E06 079    |^Peter's sentiments *- *"Anyone who is successful has to have the
E06 080 support behind them.**"
E06 081    |^For the future, {0PG}'s plans are fairly mapped out. ^His highest
E06 082 goal is to race in the 1988 World {0G.P.} Championships in Canada.
E06 083 ^Even to qualify in this event would be a major feat, considering 50
E06 084 boats enter. ^{0PG} is wise enough to know that he will need the two
E06 085 seasons here in {0NZ} leading up to this to get used to his new rig.
E06 086 ^He will need to be 100% in tune with all aspects of the boat.
E06 087    |^In the meantime, {0PG}'s all set to try for a win in the 1987
E06 088 International Series, or World Series as it will now be known, using
E06 089 the National Series as his *'sorting out**' period. ^He has no desire
E06 090 to challenge his father's world record. ^As {0PG} explains, he took
E06 091 time off racing, this last season to help his father with the world
E06 092 record attempt. ^In all honesty, {0PG} feels that Peter \0Snr's
E06 093 record, is as much his, Laurie's and Murray's, as they all spent a lot
E06 094 of time and effort in the lead up to the attempt.
E06 095    |^In closing, when asked if he had any regrets, {0PG} replies *-
E06 096 *"Only that I didn't get the *'big one**' sooner.**" ^But, he is first
E06 097 to admit that time and experience is the essence of success.
E06 098    |^Good Luck {0PG}. ^We are all waiting for the *'big one**' to hit
E06 099 the water.
E06 100 *<*6TRICK SKI TIPS*>
E06 101 *<WAKE BACK TO BACK*>
E06 102 *<*2WITH GRANT COYLE*>
E06 103 |^*4T*0here are two wake back to backs ({0WBB}) which are both worth
E06 104 150 points each, and if you can learn the two tricks they are a fast
E06 105 and easy 300 points. ^We will be working on the basic wake back which
E06 106 is not difficult to learn. ^Many skiers use the wake back to backs too
E06 107 for fast easy points and even positioning tricks. ^The way I have
E06 108 shown you in the photos is the low basic way to do the trick, but you
E06 109 can advance the back position to a back wrap position. ^The wrap is a
E06 110 lot faster and becomes an easier position to hold especially when you
E06 111 have it in your run and you want to go on to your next trick. ^In the
E06 112 wake back to back the important part of the trick is body position
E06 113 because it is very easy to lose this.
E06 114    |^To start the trick you will have to start outside the wake, the
E06 115 left side if left forward. ^Now, then turn around backwards in the
E06 116 basic wrap position, you should have your knees bent with your back
E06 117 straight. ^Make sure you are looking toward the boat while you are
E06 118 skiing in this position. ^Practice cutting up the wake and turning to
E06 119 the front only, so you can get used to the cut. ^I find that looking
E06 120 at the boat throughout the cut helps you to keep the weight over your
E06 121 ski. ^Now stand outside the wake in the front position and cut up to
E06 122 the wake turning backwards at the top. ^This is the practice for the
E06 123 second half of the trick, the second one-eighty. ^Keep practicing the
E06 124 two part until you are completely familiar with the positions. ^You
E06 125 are now ready to try the complete trick, first go back outside the
E06 126 wake and turn around to the back wrap position. ^You should not go too
E06 127 far outside the wake because too much speed in the cut will end up
E06 128 with you on the opposite wake. ^The bottom of the wake is sufficient
E06 129 to start your cut from. ^With your knees bent, good smooth cut to
E06 130 start with, **[PLATES**]
E06 131 followed by the start of your rotation which is led by your head and
E06 132 shoulders start your trick. ^At this point make sure your hands are in
E06 133 close to your hips to give you a bit of give when you get to the back.
E06 134 ^If you have your arms out or let them out half way through the trick
E06 135 you will get pulled out when you land the trick and fall. ^As you go
E06 136 around to the back upright body position**[SIC**]. ^When you land you
E06 137 will have to give slightly with your knees. ^Do not preturn the trick
E06 138 or turn too soon because your ski will get hooked up in the wake and
E06 139 you will fall. ^Remember a smooth cut is all you need to get good
E06 140 height, do not jump to get the height because you will lose body
E06 141 position.
E06 142 |^Just to recap the steps in completing the wake back to back:
E06 143 |**[LIST**]
E06 144    |^*1These steps will help you complete the trick. ^Some of the
E06 145 problems trickers find when doing the wake back to backs is losing
E06 146 body position due to stiff legs. ^Also falling away from the boat on
E06 147 the landing is caused by looking down. ^Preturning the trick is a bad
E06 148 habit among trickers so you must be careful. ^Once you have the basic
E06 149 {0WBB} down try the reverse on the other wake, this is harder because
E06 150 you will be starting in the reverse back wrap position. ^When you get
E06 151 both tricks down learn them on one wake to make them quicker for a
E06 152 run. ^When you get both tricks down learn them on one wake and have
E06 153 both tricks completed without really turning your body around to the
E06 154 backs or by doing the two wrap positions.
E06 155 *<*6WINTER TRAINING*>
E06 156 *<PART TWO*>
E06 157 *<STRETCHING EXERCISES*>
E06 158 *<*2BY BRENT MORGANS*>
E06 159 **[DIAGRAM**]
E06 160 |^*4A*0s in the position above, (\0fig 1) with hands supplying slight
E06 161 resistance on insides of opposite thighs try to bring knees together,
E06 162 just enough to contract the muscles in the groin. ^Hold this
E06 163 stabilized tension for 5-8 seconds, then relax and stretch the groin
E06 164 by holding onto your toes and gently pulling yourself forward, bending
E06 165 from the hips. (\0fig 2) ^This technique of tension-relax-stretch is
E06 166 valuable for athletes who have had groin problems.
E06 167 **[DIAGRAM**]
E06 168    |^To stretch your calf, stand a little way from a solid support and
E06 169 lean on it with your forearms, your head resting on your hands. ^Bend
E06 170 one leg and place your foot on the ground in front leaving the other
E06 171 leg straight, behind you. ^Slowly move your hips forward until you
E06 172 feel a stretch in the calf of your straight leg. ^Be sure to keep the
E06 173 heel of the foot of the straight leg on the ground and your toes
E06 174 pointed straight ahead. ^Hold an easy stretch for 30 seconds. ^Do not
E06 175 bounce.
E06 176    |^To stretch the soleus and achilles tendon, slightly bend the back
E06 177 knee, keeping the foot flat. ^This gives you a much lower stretch
E06 178 which is also good for maintaining or regaining ankle flexibility. ^15
E06 179 \0secs each leg.
E06 180 **[DIAGRAM**]
E06 181    |^Pulling your knee toward your chest is a good way to stretch your
E06 182 upper hamstrings and buttock muscles.
E06 183 *#
E07 001 **[112 TEXT E07**]
E07 002 **[BEGIN BOX**]
E07 003    |^*0According to Skip Novak of Drum, if you are thinking of
E07 004 another race when you've just done the Whitbread, then you haven't
E07 005 been trying hard enough.
E07 006    |^However, some have already given their names to race chairman
E07 007 Rear Admiral Charles Williams as potential starters in the next
E07 008 Whitbread due in 1990/ 91.
E07 009    |^Peter Blake is not among them yet for he feels four Whitbreads
E07 010 may be enough.
E07 011    |^Legendary Frenchman Eric Tabarly is the only one just finished
E07 012 whose experience outstrips that of Blake. ^The 55-year-old said:
E07 013 ^*"Yes, I think so,**" when asked if he would compete in the Whitbread
E07 014 again.
E07 015    |^Pop star Simon Le Bon said he would probably do it again,
E07 016 though it would have to be in someone else's yacht. ^Drum's campaign
E07 017 was costly *- the Fastnet capsize was a major drain *- and plans for
E07 018 the yacht after the Whitbread have been affected by tension in the
E07 019 Middle East.
E07 020    |^Along with Le Bon, Drum's owners Mike and Paul Berrow had hoped
E07 021 to sail in some of this summer's maxi series in the Mediterranean but
E07 022 these have been cancelled.
E07 023    |^Along with American tourists shying away from Europe after
E07 024 terrorist attacks, American maxi-boat owners do not want to bring
E07 025 their million-dollar, high-profile yachts to Europe. ^Thus the maxi
E07 026 events in Venice (Italy) and Paereus (Greece) have been cancelled.
E07 027    |^Skip Novak is getting ready to *"play the American card**"
E07 028 should the Whitbread be transformed from a four-leg event to one with
E07 029 five stopovers incorporating New York. ^Novak believes he could find
E07 030 American sponsorship and he sees the race turning into an event
E07 031 dominated by lightweight downwind flyers.
E07 032    |^Bruce Farr and Philippe Briand each have six prospective
E07 033 entrants talking to them about the next race already. ^Both are
E07 034 front-runners in the light-displacement brigade and their respective
E07 035 {0UBS} Switzerland and L'Esprit d'Equipe were the stars of the race.
E07 036    |^As for race winner Lionel Pean, of L'Esprit, he said *"maybe**"
E07 037 to another Whitbread.
E07 038    |^His plans are more immediate as he needs to find a multihull
E07 039 for this autumn's Route du Rhum race from France to the Caribbean
E07 040 although he has money available from his long-standing sponsor,
E07 041 Hitachi.
E07 042    |^Ludde Ingvall, the Finnish project manager and crew member of
E07 043 Padda Kuttel's Atlantic Privateer, is also looking shorter term.
E07 044    |^First he wants to buy a Half-Tonner to sail in this year's Ton
E07 045 Cup staged in his home waters off Helsinki.  ^Then he wants to go
E07 046 multihull racing before starting to think about the next
E07 047 round-the-world race.
E07 048    |^Charles Williams knows of one other potential entrant. ^She's a
E07 049 British girl Carol Lawson, who runs a model agency at Fareham, very
E07 050 close to the Whitbread start/ finish home of Gosport.
E07 051    |^She has no experience of the big time in yacht racing and does
E07 052 not intend to take part in the actual race.
E07 053    |^*"I know my own limitations and realise this is a man's
E07 054 race,**" she said. ^But she hopes the glamour angle of a woman
E07 055 organising an entry will be a trump card in attracting a sponsor for a
E07 056 line honours maxi to be designed by Ed Dubois and sailed by a
E07 057 professional skipper and crew.
E07 058 **[END BOX**]
E07 059 **[BEGIN BOX**]
E07 060 *<*4Three new Farrs for 1987 {0AC}*>
E07 061    |^*0Three new Farr designs are in the pipeline for New Zealand's
E07 062 1987 challenge for the Mumm Champagne Admiral's Cup.
E07 063    |^The rules for the series now require a minimum team
E07 064 rating total of 95\0ft.
E07 065    |^To meet this requirement, the Royal New Zealand Yacht Squadron has
E07 066 opted for a trio comprising two 30.5 \0ft raters and one 34\0ft rater. 
E07 067    |^The new One Tonners (30.5) have been commissioned by
E07 068 Wellington's Del Hogg and Auckland's Bevan Woolley.
E07 069    |^The 34\0ft rater has been ordered by Wellington's Peter Walker.
E07 070    |^All three are scheduled to start construction in August aimed
E07 071 at late November or December launchings.
E07 072    |^In addition to these three newcomers, New Zealand could yet
E07 073 retain access to Mike Clark's Paxus Exador which has been sold to
E07 074 Japan's Harunobu Takeda for delivery after the Kenwood Cup series in
E07 075 Hawaii in August.
E07 076    |^Clark is juggling his options but is seriously interested in an
E07 077 Admiral's Cup campaign.
E07 078    |^If he gets a sponsor, he will either buy the top One Tonner
E07 079 available after the 1986 One Ton Cup in Spain in July or build a new
E07 080 boat.
E07 081    |^He is, however, intrigued by the possibility of chartering
E07 082 Paxus Exador back from Takeda and revamping her for the New Zealand
E07 083 trials and for a One Ton Cup campaign in Germany in 1987.
E07 084    |^*"I don't know whether the charter would be on, but it is
E07 085 something I will pursue,**" he said as this issue went to press.
E07 086 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E07 087    |^Woolley will be making a comeback to top {0IOR} racing. ^He
E07 088 first came on the scene when he navigated Young Nick for Alan Warwick
E07 089 in the 1972 One Ton Cup in Auckland. ^He then navigated for Chris
E07 090 Bouzaid on Wai-Aniwa, Hann, Hati and Streaker and did the inaugural
E07 091 New Zealand Admiral's Cup challenge in 1975 on Evan Julian's Inca.
E07 092    |^More lately he has been campaigning his own Farr 11.6 Acclaim
E07 093 with considerable success.
E07 094    |^Woolley was understood to have a major sponsor lined up for his
E07 095 campaign and was likely to join in a joint building programme for the
E07 096 Farr One Tonners with Hogg, at the Cookson yard in Auckland.
E07 097    |^Hogg has put together his usual immaculate programme based on
E07 098 his experiences with the highly successful Pacific Sundance and the
E07 099 Kenwood Cup team boat Dollar Equity.
E07 100    |^He has formed a special partnership *- Wellington Admiral's Cup
E07 101 Yacht Investment \0Ltd & \0Co *- to build and campaign the boat and
E07 102 has a prospectus out for sponsorship.
E07 103    |^Hogg will select his crew from the Dollar Equity line-up with
E07 104 Peter Lester, now a veteran Admiral's Cup campaigner, his skipper.
E07 105    |^After investigating designs from most of the top names, Hogg
E07 106 has gone back to Farr for his third international campaign.
E07 107 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E07 108 said Hogg.
E07 109    |^*"He's consistently the top man and we are now used to dealing
E07 110 with him and his office. ^These days, that means a lot**".
E07 111    |^Hogg and Lester have asked the Farr team to look hard at the
E07 112 reaching properties of the new boat in light of the 1985 Admiral's
E07 113 Cup, with its changed Channel Race course, and of an extensive
E07 114 analysis of the last four contests in England.
E07 115    |^*"We had our suspicions, but even so we were surprised at how
E07 116 much two-sail reaching is involved over there,**" he said.
E07 117    |^Hogg intends giving his Dollar Equity crew a lengthy break
E07 118 after their intensive Kenwood Cup campaign so doesn't want to begin
E07 119 campaigning his new One Tonner until early January next year.
E07 120    |^*"Some people think that is too late, **" he said,
E07 121 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E07 122    |^Walker, who has raced three Admiral's Cups for New Zealand,
E07 123 including skippering Epic in 1985, has formed a project group to bring
E07 124 his 34\0ft rater to fruition.
E07 125    |^That group comprises some of the country's top racing names and
E07 126 includes North sailmakers Tom Schnackenberg and Tom Dodson, Kim
E07 127 McDell, John Newton, Rob Marten, Richard Cleave, Peter Spackman and
E07 128 Joe Allen.
E07 129    |^Some of those have yet to confirm they will race on the boat
E07 130 but Walker hopes they all will.
E07 131    |^Financial support for the project is being organised by the
E07 132 Wellington sharebroking firm O'Connor Grieve & \0Co, who are
E07 133 developing an investment structure.
E07 134    |^Walker had lengthy talks with the Farr office before making his
E07 135 design decision. ^Farr got the nod ahead of Laurie Davidson, Rob
E07 136 Humphreys, Philippe Briand and Joubert/ Nivelt.
E07 137 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E07 138    |^A decision on keel won't be made until after the Farr office
E07 139 has undertaken a comprehensive tank-testing exercise on its current
E07 140 thinking in September.
E07 141 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E07 142    |^Unlike Hogg, Walker wants an early launch and plenty of time on
E07 143 the water with his new boat and crew.
E07 144    |^*"My philosophy is to get everything on the road early *- and
E07 145 that includes the team selected to go to Britain,**" he said.
E07 146    |^The most recent Admiral's Cup meeting at the Squadron was
E07 147 attended by the four people mentioned but also by Farr 43 Thunderbird
E07 148 owner-skipper Don \0St Clair Brown and by Andy Ball, representing Ian
E07 149 Gibbs whose Swuzzlebubble *=III was top individual boat in the 1983
E07 150 Admiral's Cup and who campaigned the chartered Swuzzlebubble *=IV
E07 151 (formerly Wee Willie Winkie) in the 1983 New Zealand team.
E07 152 **[END BOX**]
E07 153 **[BEGIN BOX**]
E07 154 *<*6YACHTING NEWS*>
E07 155 *<*4Another Ondine*>
E07 156    |^*0Latest maxi in the water is Huey Long's seventh Ondine,
E07 157 newest in his long line of mid-blue topsided big boats.
E07 158    |^The German Frers-designed yacht has had an eventful life
E07 159 already. ^Her original builders, Souters of Cowes, went into
E07 160 receivership. ^They had finished much of the structural work with
E07 161 Bungy Taylor contracted as special advisor. ^The boat was then moved
E07 162 from the Isle of Wight to Gosport where Camper & Nicholsons finished
E07 163 her.
E07 164    |^The yacht shows all the hallmarks of Frers' latest thinking.
E07 165 ^She has very low freeboard and wide, shallow cockpits which will
E07 166 offer little protection to her crew.
E07 167    |^Below the waterline is an elliptical keel with the type of
E07 168 complicated through-keel propeller shaft installation the
E07 169 rule**[ARB**]-
E07 170 **[PLATE**]
E07 171 makers are trying to discourage through reducing rating credit. ^The
E07 172 rudder is another ellipse with only the smallest of skegs to help keep
E07 173 the water flow attached to the blade.
E07 174    |^Belowdecks, there is little room for a maxi due to the lack of
E07 175 freeboard height. ^Frers has moved away from the full-length
E07 176 Shockwave-style girders using them only aft as the mast partners. ^The
E07 177 central galley and navigatorium modules help lock hull and deck
E07 178 together.
E07 179    |^Right aft, the passageway can be curtained off to allow the
E07 180 owner a hint of privacy.
E07 181    |^The most striking feature is Ondine *=VII's rig, the very first
E07 182 five-spreader mast to be fitted to a modern maxi in the quest for a
E07 183 lighter spar which is still able to withstand the enormous compression
E07 184 loads.
E07 185    |^It was supplied by Sparcraft Europe in Lymington and follows
E07 186 the multi-spreader spar supplied to the mini-maxi Gitana.
E07 187 **[END BOX**]
E07 188 *<*4Davern goes to Liberty*>
E07 189    |^*0Chris Dickson had to withdraw from the Liberty Cup match
E07 190 racing series in New York (June 18 to 22).
E07 191    |^Dickson's involvement with the {0BNZ} Challenge build-up in
E07 192 Fremantle forced this decision.
E07 193    |^His place in the line-up was taken by Ken Davern, one of the
E07 194 fast-developing Auckland match racers from the Stewart 34 fleet.
E07 195    |^Davern finished seventh in the 1986 Citizen series with wins
E07 196 over Canada's Terry McLaughlin, Italy's Tomasso Chieffi, Australia's
E07 197 Gordon Lucas and fellow New Zealander Chris Packer.
E07 198    |^Among the crew he took to New York was sailmaker Rick Royden
E07 199 who has just won the order to provide one-design \0No 1 genoas for the
E07 200 Stewart 34 Owners Association.  ^These genoas will be compulsory for
E07 201 the class series with the Royal New Zealand Yacht Squadron in the
E07 202 1986-87 season.
E07 203 *<*4Isler goes for three*>
E07 204    |^*0Peter Isler ({0US}) was trying for a match racing hat-trick
E07 205 when he contested the Bacardi Rum series in Bermuda from June 25 to
E07 206 28.
E07 207    |^Isler won the Citizen series in Auckland in April and the
E07 208 Westerly Cup series in Lymington (England) in May.
E07 209    |^On both occasions his arch-rival was Challenge skipper Chris
E07 210 Dickson *- the outcome going to countback after a dramatic last race
E07 211 in Auckland and to protest after a final-mark clash between the duo in
E07 212 Lymington.
E07 213    |^Dickson was in the line-up for Bermuda along with Yves Pajot
E07 214 (France), Terry Neilson (Canada) and John Shadden ({0USA}). ^Pajot
E07 215 will skipper the Marseilles challenger in Fremantle in October while
E07 216 Neilson heads the restructured Canadian challenge which is now an
E07 217 amalgam of the Canada *=II and True North syndicates.
E07 218    |^The Bacardi Rum series is one of five match racing events which
E07 219 will form an official world circuit starting in 1987.
E07 220    |^The other events in the series are the Citizen in Auckland, the
E07 221 Westerly in Lymington, the Congressional Cup in California, the
E07 222 Australia Cup in Perth and the French championship in Antibes.
E07 223    |^Isler will be defending the Bacardi title which he won last
E07 224 year.
E07 225    |^The Bermuda series is raced in heavy displacement International
E07 226 One Designs ({0IOD}s) for the King Edward *=VII Trophy.
E07 227 *#
E08 001 **[113 TEXT E08**]
E08 002    |^*0Over the past ten years the range of outdoor furniture has
E08 003 increased dramatically. ^Virtually every imaginable exterior finish
E08 004 has been used to produce chairs and tables which will withstand the
E08 005 elements all year round.
E08 006    |^One of the most attractive options can be found at
E08 007 **[PLATE**]
E08 008 Furniture Discoveries' shops.
E08 009    |^The frames are Kwila *- a New Guinea hardwood *- which does not
E08 010 warp and twist through continued exposure to the elements.
E08 011    |^Initially the timber is a deep red tone. ^It gradually mellows
E08 012 to a soft grey giving it an aura appropriate to a relaxed garden or
E08 013 pool**[ARB**]-side setting.
E08 014    |^The seats and backs are Planasol a very durable man-made fibre.
E08 015    |^*"Today's Planasols are unbeatable,**" Karen Gilmore of
E08 016 Furniture Discoveries said.
E08 017    |*"^You can do anything with them and they last and last. ^They
E08 018 are non-fading and weatherproof.**"
E08 019    |^In the Kwila range there are four popular colours to choose
E08 020 from *- red, blue, green and ginger.
E08 021    |^The covers are slotted onto the frames and can be removed for
E08 022 washing if a hose down fails to remove all marks.
E08 023    |^The tables come in four designs and have adjustable heights so
E08 024 owners can have a coffee table or a standard table at any time. ^They
E08 025 fold away for easy storage.
E08 026    |^However, those who will only ever require a small coffee table
E08 027 will find models priced from *+$79 to *+$165. ^There are also deck
E08 028 chairs priced from *+$69 to *+$125 and directors' chairs at *+$79.
E08 029 ^And to complete the set, drinks wagons at an incredible *+$199 which
E08 030 fold away for easy storage or for shade, Fijian straw umbrellas at
E08 031 *+$284.
E08 032    |^Furniture Discoveries also stocks matchstick and tortoise-shell
E08 033 blinds for conservatories. ^These are available at their shop at 219
E08 034 High Street along with the largest range of cane furniture in
E08 035 Wellington. ^Cane is especially popular for furnishing conservatories
E08 036 and sunrooms.
E08 037 **[PLATE**]
E08 038 *<*5Criteria met by outdoor furniture*>
E08 039    |^*0The Devon range meets all the demands homeowners have of
E08 040 outdoor furniture. ^In short, it is designed to withstand the weather
E08 041 all year round with only minimal care.
E08 042    |^It was this consideration and the attractive designs which
E08 043 appealed to Claire Drake of Limited Editions. ^She stocks the full
E08 044 Devon range.
E08 045    |^To produce furniture which met the criteria, the manufacturers
E08 046 chose a tropical hardwood for the frames. ^Kwila is known for its
E08 047 natural durability even when exposed continuously to the elements.
E08 048    |^Kwila's natural colour is reddish but this gradually weathers
E08 049 to a silver-grey. ^The change in colour does not mark the start of
E08 050 deterioration, however, as the timber has a high resin content so is
E08 051 naturally resistant to decay.
E08 052    |^Rust-proof screws and pins, brass eyelets, epoxy glue and high
E08 053 tensile rust-proofed steel bolts with brass nuts were used and a
E08 054 German man-made fibre, Planasol, was chosen for the seats and backs of
E08 055 chairs. ^These ensure every part is able to withstand permanent
E08 056 outdoor exposure.
E08 057    |^The Planasol canvas comes in eight superb colours *-
E08 058 terracotta, burgundy, cobalt blue, olive green, red, beige, soft
E08 059 raspberry
E08 060 **[PLATE**]
E08 061 pink and sunshine yellow. ^Being rot proof and colour**[ARB**]-fast
E08 062 the fabric will retain these colours. ^Fading is not a problem. ^A
E08 063 regular hose down should remove most marks but for more stubborn ones
E08 064 a soak in Janola will solve the problem without affecting the colour.
E08 065    |^The covers are laced at the back to allow for easy removal.
E08 066    |^The designs cater for all needs. ^There are both round and
E08 067 oblong dining tables with appropriate chairs as well as easychair
E08 068 styles and a deck chair.
E08 069    |^Limited Editions are finding the Devon range extremely popular.
E08 070 ^The full range can be seen at their showroom at 262-264 Thorndon
E08 071 Quay.
E08 072 *<*4Canvas awnings can protect or decorate*>
E08 073    |^*0Sometimes it is the small things which can give a homeowner
E08 074 most pleasure *- an awning for example. ^It can change the appeal of a
E08 075 home enormously while helping to overcome a problem.
E08 076    |^*"Many homes are very stark in their design but an awning will
E08 077 soften the look of it completely,**" Ross Dwight of Dwight Canvas
E08 078 said.
E08 079    |*"^Or in some instances the effect of sun on furnishings is a
E08 080 major concern because of the costs. ^An awning will help protect them
E08 081 during the height of the sun.**"
E08 082    |^There are essentially two types of awning *- fixed and
E08 083 roll-away. ^Fixed awnings are used mainly for dramatic effect or
E08 084 interest
E08 085 **[PLATE**]
E08 086 over windows and entrance**[ARB**]-ways. ^Roll-away awnings are more
E08 087 likely to be used in areas where they are required to shield people or
E08 088 furnishings from the sun at particular times of day.
E08 089    |^But whatever style is required, the range of fabrics is
E08 090 enormous. ^Today plain fabrics are in strong demand especially where
E08 091 the awning is for decorative reasons. ^But subtle stripes never go out
E08 092 of favour. ^Now there is also a wet look finish which is particularly
E08 093 appealing to owners of very modern hi-tech homes.
E08 094    |^While cotton canvasses are still available, Ross prefers to
E08 095 encourage people to use the modern synthetic canvas.
E08 096    |*"^They have a number of
E08 097 **[PLATE**]
E08 098 advantages. ^They are colour**[ARB**]-fast, strong, do not shrink and
E08 099 both sides are the right side!**"
E08 100    |^Most will last up to ten years depending on the position.
E08 101    |^While roll-away awnings are presently hand operated, Dwight
E08 102 Canvas expects a motorised system to arrive any day. ^It will open and
E08 103 close automatically as its sensors react to the sun and wind. ^In this
E08 104 area many will find this an advantage.
E08 105    |^Dwight Canvas are the only company who specialise in awnings in
E08 106 the Wellington area. ^They have staff employed full time just to meet
E08 107 orders. ^They handle orders from all over New Zealand.
E08 108    |^And when it comes to design almost anything is possible.
E08 109 ^Dwight Canvas will help an idea become a reality.
E08 110 **[PLATES**]
E08 111 *<*5Imagination and care in Passive Solar's conservatory creations*>
E08 112    |^*0Anyone can build a square box onto the side of a home.
E08 113 ^However it takes imagination, care and sound knowledge of a product
E08 114 to produce an attractive addition which suits the architectural style.
E08 115    |^Passive Solar Systems has a proven record in the field. ^Their
E08 116 colour brochure demonstrates their ability to both reflect the
E08 117 architecture and improve a home's aesthetic appeal.
E08 118    |^One of the case studies in their brochure is a home built in
E08 119 the 1930's. ^The owners wanted a conservatory which would reflect the
E08 120 architecture of the period and harmonise with the existing joinery.
E08 121 ^The windows in the home were multi-pane.
E08 122 *<*4Colonial*>
E08 123    |^*0The colonial look in the windows was used in the conservatory
E08 124 and the lower portion continued the weatherboard theme. ^The owners
E08 125 were so highly delighted with it their only wish is that they had done
E08 126 it years ago.
E08 127    |^Another example of Passive Solar Systems designer ideas is in a
E08 128 very new sub**[ARB**]-division. ^The home is a contemporary stained
E08 129 weatherboard. ^To overcome the *"just added on**" look the owners
E08 130 asked Passive Solar to design a conservatory which had the same roof
E08 131 pitch as the home.
E08 132    |^By doing this they have made an unremarkable facade
E08 133 interesting.
E08 134 *<*4Delighted*>
E08 135    |^*0The owners were delighted with the results but above all with
E08 136 the prompt attention and service they received from Passive Solar.
E08 137    |^These two examples demonstrate the ability of the company to
E08 138 provide an extension which will blend with the home. ^Their clients'
E08 139 personal needs were met through professional expertise and completed
E08 140 with attention to detail and quality workmanship.
E08 141    |^Passive Solar is a subsidiary of The Aluminium Ideas Centre in
E08 142 Paraparaumu. ^They will recommend the best position for a conservatory
E08 143 addition and help design one which will look like part of the original
E08 144 home's design.
E08 145 *<Guttering inspection done when re-roofing quotes undertaken by Hutt
E08 146 company*>
E08 147    |^When Alan Tantrum inspects a home to quote for a new roof he
E08 148 always checks out the guttering as well.
E08 149    |^*"It's much easier to re-do the guttering while we are
E08 150 re-roofing than to do it later. ^It is also cheaper,**" he said.
E08 151    |^This opinion is based on 12 years' experience in the roofing
E08 152 business.
E08 153 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E08 154    |^A recent contract in Karori did not require new gutters *- they
E08 155 were in good condition. ^But if they had been needed he would have
E08 156 provided a separate quote for the owners to consider.
E08 157    |^The Karori home was typical of many Wellington houses. ^Its
E08 158 original size was doubled around 20 years ago by a large extension.
E08 159 ^Both sections of the home still had their original steel roof. ^The
E08 160 owners wanted a new roof which would blend with the home.
E08 161    |^They chose Decrabond in a charcoal colour. ^It is the most
E08 162 popular colour in the range probably because it blends well with all
E08 163 paint colours and permanent materials.
E08 164    |^There was another important consideration in their choice of
E08 165 Decrabond. ^It can be put on straight over the existing roof so
E08 166 avoiding a costly and expensive exercise in removing the original. ^It
E08 167 also meant the home was protected against the elements throughout the
E08 168 contract.
E08 169    |^Decrabond is made from steel over which a coating of
E08 170 rust-inhibiting primer is placed followed by an acrylic base onto
E08 171 which the stone chips are bonded under extremely high pressure. ^This
E08 172 ensures good contact and complete coverage.
E08 173    |^The underside of each section is also protected by a primer
E08 174 coat and sealer. ^This guards against salt spray and condensation
E08 175 damage.
E08 176    |^Although Decrabond is the biggest seller, Panorama Roofing
E08 177 finds there is an increasing demand for the new Armadillo slate tile.
E08 178 ^A more expensive product, it was designed for the upper end of the
E08 179 market. ^The same care in manufacture ensures that this too will give
E08 180 a lifetime of satisfaction.
E08 181 **[PLATES**]
E08 182 *<*4Quality doors from Renalls*>
E08 183    |^*0Quality Doors and Mouldings *- *"The Door People**" *- are
E08 184 major stockists of genuine Renall doors manufactured by Renall Timber
E08 185 Industries of Carterton.
E08 186    |^Renalls specialises in doors for all situations and in a superb
E08 187 range of styles. ^The company caters for traditional cottage and villa
E08 188 style homes as much as for ultra modern ones.
E08 189    |^The majority of interior and exterior doors are made in pine
E08 190 but they produce them in other timbers with attractive grains or
E08 191 colouring such as rimu, cedar and redwood.
E08 192    |^For all doors only premium grade timbers are selected. ^With
E08 193 pine they choose only pruned timber which they purchase in log form.
E08 194 ^This gives them complete control over quality during all stages of
E08 195 manufacture *- milling, drying and machining.
E08 196 *<*4Biggest*>
E08 197    |^*0While Quality Doors and Mouldings has one of the biggest
E08 198 selections available in Wellington displayed in its showroom, Renall
E08 199 has full stocks of standard-sized doors ready for immediate despatch.
E08 200 ^They will truck the customer's choice to Quality Doors if there is
E08 201 not one in the showroom.
E08 202    |^Renalls also offers a special service through Quality Doors and
E08 203 Mouldings. ^The company will manufacture unusual sizes and customer
E08 204 designer doors as required. ^This applies to all doors *- exterior,
E08 205 interior and cupboard doors.
E08 206    |^The range of cupboard doors is as extensive as for larger ones.
E08 207 ^The same high standards of care are taken with these at all stages of
E08 208 manufacture.
E08 209 *<*4Satisfaction*>
E08 210    |^*0The key to satisfaction with any door however is
E08 211 installation. ^A door which *"sticks**" is irritating for all who use
E08 212 it. ^And one which allows cool draughts into the home or room through
E08 213 gaps around the edge is also unsatisfactory.
E08 214 *<*4Arrange*>
E08 215    |^*0Quality Doors can arrange installation by professional
E08 216 tradesmen or supply the door pre-hung. ^A pre-hung door comes already
E08 217 in its frame complete with hinges. ^The homehandyman then only needs
E08 218 to slide it into position and fix it firmly to the surrounding
E08 219 framing.
E08 220    |^But for those who
E08 221 **[PLATE**]
E08 222 want the entire installation done professionally, Quality Doors and
E08 223 Mouldings has staff experienced in this work who will complete the
E08 224 job.
E08 225    |^The finishing is usually left to the owner. ^Quality Doors has
E08 226 a range of stains and sealers or the doors can be painted to suit.
E08 227    |^Renall doors all carry a warranty and are supplied with special
E08 228 instructions to help customers get the very best life out of a door.
E08 229 **[BEGIN BOX**]
E08 230 *<*4Christmas offer!*>
E08 231    |^*0With Christmas so close John Minnoch of Quality Doors and
E08 232 Mouldings plans to enter into the spirit of the festive season. ^His
E08 233 company is offering to pay the {0GST} on all Renall Doors bought
E08 234 before December 19.
E08 235 *#
E09 001 **[114 TEXT E09**]
E09 002 ^*0Aboard Split Enz the debate was whether or not to put up a kite at
E09 003 all. ^Helmsman, Neil Strong and crew Jason Price and Rudi Dekker
E09 004 decided that conditions were very marginal for Split Enz but with
E09 005 their light weight they thought, wrongly as it turned out, they could
E09 006 keep up without the spinnaker.
E09 007    |^Bullfrog forged ahead from the moment the kite was raised.
E09 008 ^Both boats gybed down harbour but Bullfrog under spinnaker was able
E09 009 to sail shallower angles than Split Enz and had built up a healthy
E09 010 lead at North Head of almost two minutes. ^Bullfrog sailed wide at
E09 011 North Head to avoid wind shadow and Split Enz clipped some time off
E09 012 Bullfrog by sailing in close to provide a better lead to A buoy. ^On
E09 013 the tight reach to A buoy Split Enz gained on Bullfrog, being only 32
E09 014 seconds behind when Bullfrog rounded 29 minutes 11 seconds into the
E09 015 race.
E09 016    |^Bullfrog reefed early during the three mile reach to North
E09 017 Leading, losing ground to Split Enz which had carried a reef from the
E09 018 start. ^Five minutes into this leg Split Enz led by 40 seconds and
E09 019 increased this lead to 54 seconds at North Leading, rounding at
E09 020 10.38.52. ^Split Enz averaged almost 20 knots on this leg. ^A
E09 021 motorboat following the yachts around the course was at times unable
E09 022 to keep up with either yacht while doing 20 knots.
E09 023    |^The beat to Compass Dolphin near the container wharf, just
E09 024 under three miles, favoured the starboard tack, Bean Rock being kept
E09 025 to port. ^Split Enz failed to lay Bean Rock and made a very slow tack
E09 026 toward North Head. ^Bullfrog, over**[ARB**]-taking fast, tacked much
E09 027 faster and tacked again on to starboard across the bows of Split Enz
E09 028 having made up 54 seconds in six minutes. ^Split Enz made a
E09 029 **[PLATE**]
E09 030 better tack then rapidly overhauled Bullfrog beginning to pass her to
E09 031 windward but Bullfrog managed to maintain a lee bow overlap to hold
E09 032 Split Enz.
E09 033    |^For five minutes they raced neck and neck. ^There were gasps
E09 034 from watchers on North Head as Bullfrog a number of times lifted her
E09 035 main hull out of the water. ^The crew of Split Enz were concentrating
E09 036 on keeping the weather hull down rather than getting it up as they
E09 037 would in a lesser wind. ^Nevertheless the hull would lift till those
E09 038 on Bullfrog were worried Split Enz might put her windex into
E09 039 Bullfrog's sail. ^Split Enz would dump sail to drop the hull. ^From
E09 040 Bullfrog they could see Jason Price's shoulders slump in dismay each
E09 041 time he had to reach for the winch handle. ^Both crews by now were
E09 042 suffering from physical exhaustion but excitement was high and
E09 043 adrenalin kept them going.
E09 044 *<*1Bullfrog higher*>
E09 045    |^*0Bullfrog, able to sail higher than Split Enz and on her lee
E09 046 bow, eventually forced Split Enz out of air. ^Split Enz luffed and
E09 047 fell below Bullfrog. ^Watchers
E09 048 **[PLATE**]
E09 049 from North Head were then able to see clearly that Bullfrog could sail
E09 050 several degrees higher than Split Enz. ^Bullfrog rounded Compass
E09 051 Dolphin at 11.00.04, 39 seconds ahead of Split Enz which now had a
E09 052 sagging main after the halyard had slipped. ^Split Enz did not have
E09 053 the winch power to get the sail up again in the strong wind.
E09 054    |^From there the course was a slog up the harbour to the line,
E09 055 the result seeming a foregone conclusion, Bullfrog being able under
E09 056 her new \0No 2 jib to tack faster and sail higher. ^Nevertheless the
E09 057 Bullfrog crew knew Split Enz had superior boat speed and kept a wary
E09 058 eye over their shoulders. ^Suddenly Split Enz wasn't there! ^They
E09 059 looked about in panic and then saw Split Enz in irons. ^It took Split
E09 060 Enz almost a minute to get under way again.
E09 061    |^After a two second celebration aboard Bullfrog a 14\0mm jib
E09 062 sheet broke at the knot. ^Ian Johnston was knocked to the deck by the
E09 063 flogging sail and Bullfrog had to run off and drop the sail
E09 064 restore**[SIC**] the sheet. ^They were across the other side of the
E09 065 harbour before they could winch their sails back in and were forced,
E09 066 like Split Enz had been, to gybe about. ^Split Enz was now back in the
E09 067 race with the lead again but Bullfrog hauled her back to resume the
E09 068 lead and cross the line 24 seconds ahead.
E09 069    |^After the race both crews were exhausted. ^The Bullfrog crew
E09 070 thought they could make it to the start of the afternoon race if they
E09 071 had to but the Split Enz crew had no doubt. ^They would hardly have
E09 072 the strength to crawl back to the boat even if the wind dropped to
E09 073 nothing, which it didn't! ^Bullfrog had taken the cup.
E09 074    |^Cathy Hawkins and Ian Johnston, after the race, focussed their
E09 075 attention on a steering problem. ^Bullfrog's skeg-mounted rudder had
E09 076 proved much too small and in addition suffered from a serious
E09 077 ventilation problem due to air being sucked down the shaft past a worn
E09 078 bearing. ^Four people had each forgotten to bring down promised grease
E09 079 guns that morning with which it was hoped to pack the shaft.
E09 080 ^Consequently Cathy Hawkins had little steerage at times during the
E09 081 race but Bullfrog is very well balanced so that they could steer
E09 082 Bullfrog by adjusting the sheets.
E09 083    |^Aboard Split Enz the chief worry was to keep the boat on the
E09 084 water. ^They were overpowered at times and were more concerned with
E09 085 surviving round the course. ^The difficulty in a 30 knot breeze is not
E09 086 keeping the weather hull down but keeping the whole boat from being
E09 087 lifted off the water.
E09 088    |^We could not have done anything else to win the race, was the
E09 089 opinion of the Split Enz crew. ^With 10 knots less wind Split Enz
E09 090 could probably have easily beaten Bullfrog. ^It was a good race and it
E09 091 was Bullfrog's race. ^They deserved to win.
E09 092    |^Ian Johnston said later that they have never driven Bullfrog so
E09 093 hard or had such a hard and exciting race. ^It was a mistake to reef
E09 094 so early during the reach to Northern Leading. ^They were not worried
E09 095 about breaking the boat and never felt they were on the edge. ^The
E09 096 directional stability of the tri was a great advantage in the
E09 097 conditions.
E09 098 *<*1Tasman challenge*>
E09 099    |^*0At an {0AMSA} after-race function at Richmond Yacht Club the
E09 100 sponsors of Bullfrog Sunblock, Johnson Wax presented the Formula 40
E09 101 Tasman Challenge Cup to Cathy Hawkins and Ian Johnston. ^They will
E09 102 take it back to Australia, to Sydney where New Zealand will have to
E09 103 go, possibly next season, to try to get it back. ^It is hoped on both
E09 104 sides of the Tasman that this cup will give rise to fleets of Formula
E09 105 40s which will compete in Grand Prix type race meetings to decide the
E09 106 boat to go forward to a match race series between New Zealand and
E09 107 Australia.
E09 108    |^At present there are two dedicated Formula 40 catamarans in New
E09 109 Zealand and another is soon to be started. ^There is one dedicated
E09 110 Formula 40 being built in Australia and several more boats can, with a
E09 111 little alteration, be regarded as Formula 40s. ^This class was devised
E09 112 in France as one which would suit sponsorship but rule 26 at present
E09 113 stands in the way of the promotion of this class within the regular
E09 114 sailing establishments. ^New ways of doing things will have to be
E09 115 found.
E09 116    |^It could be that Split Enz will be the boat to cross the Tasman
E09 117 for the challenge next season. ^Despite being beaten by Bullfrog
E09 118 Sunblock this time Split Enz would be unlikely to be embarrassed by
E09 119 such strong and unfavourable wind in a series and so remains a likely
E09 120 winner. ^But she will not get across the Tasman without sponsorship.
E09 121 **[PLATES**]
E09 122 *<*4Whangarei to open controversial season*>
E09 123 **[PLATE**]
E09 124 *<*5Offshore Power*>
E09 125 **[PLATE**]
E09 126 *<with Barry Tyler*>
E09 127 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E09 128 |*4A*0s I write this column we are just four weeks away from the start
E09 129 of the 1986-87 New Zealand offshore powerboat season with the first
E09 130 race, the Portobello Motor Inn sponsored race, at Whangarei on \0Nov
E09 131 8.
E09 132 **[END INDENTATION**]
E09 133    |^The Whangarei race is a new race on our calendar this year and
E09 134 the Whangarei {0PBRO}, and in particular Force of the North drivers
E09 135 Peter Wilson and Allan Jackson have gone to tremendous lengths to make
E09 136 sure the race is a booming success. ^With a parade organised on the
E09 137 Friday afternoon, proposed television coverage, the *+$2,500 line
E09 138 honours cheque, the high profile Fords Auto Court pleasure boat and
E09 139 nominated speed event, very careful thought has gone into making this
E09 140 one of the best races on the circuit.
E09 141    |^In Peter's own words, the Whangarei Club looked at the Northern
E09 142 Club's United Achiever 100 race from last season, pinched all the good
E09 143 ideas from
E09 144 **[PLATE**]
E09 145 that very successful race, tossed in a few ideas of their own and came
E09 146 up with what they think will be the best race ever. ^From what I've
E09 147 seen so far I've got to go along with their thoughts, however Peter,
E09 148 the Northern Club and the United Building Society have bigger and
E09 149 brighter ideas for this year's extravaganza, so she'll have to be a
E09 150 beauty.
E09 151 *<*5Drivers' disharmony*>
E09 152    |^*0Just seeing the effort going in by Whangarei is certainly
E09 153 going to show up a lot of the other clubs on our circuit. ^If a
E09 154 smaller city like Whangarei can put on such a great show, what the
E09 155 hell are all these other clubs doing, or not doing, should I say,
E09 156 which brings me on to another very tricky and controversial subject *-
E09 157 drivers boycotting races.
E09 158    |^With a couple of entrepreneurs from within the drivers' ranks
E09 159 looking at running a two-day race at Whangaparoa we are now looking at
E09 160 19 races for the season, an absolutely preposterous and indeed
E09 161 impossible situation. ^Is it any wonder a number of Auckland drivers
E09 162 are refusing to move out of their region to do their racing?
E09 163    |^If we look at the races a competitor has, including the Fiesta
E09 164 Marathon and the Worlds, we have 13 races within a 100 odd mile radius
E09 165 of Auckland. ^Okay, I can hear the two per cent of drivers who are not
E09 166 Auckland-based complaining like hell that New Zealand finishes at the
E09 167 Bombay Hills. ^But I'm afraid the cold hard facts are we just have far
E09 168 too many races on our calendar.
E09 169    |^The Drivers Association is now being branded as a bunch of
E09 170 trouble makers and stirrers for organising boycotts \0etc \0etc, but
E09 171 that isn't the case at all. ^They tried, along with the Northern Club,
E09 172 to put a case forward to the delegates at the {0NZOPA} {0AGM} but alas
E09 173 the delegates and executive didn't want to know. ^Now we have this
E09 174 situation, as individually, not collectively, the drivers are
E09 175 rebelling and it is the Drivers Association that is trying to come up
E09 176 with the answers.
E09 177    |^This is really going to be a make or break season because if
E09 178 the problem is not faced up to and a solution is not found, we may see
E09 179 the end of the New Zealand Drivers Championship as such, which would
E09 180 mean we wouldn't need to do any voting at the next {0NZOPA} {0AGM}.
E09 181 ^Worth thinking about isn't it?!!!
E09 182 *<*5Pre-season preparation*>
E09 183    |^*0As I said at the start of this column, the season is only
E09 184 four weeks away and you certainly wouldn't think it, looking at the
E09 185 state of a number of boats that are being rebuilt at the moment. ^Many
E09 186 reason there is plenty of time left**[SIC**] three months till the
E09 187 next race they figure, then two, holy chicken manure, four weeks till
E09 188 the season is underway. ^My how time flies when you don't have any.
E09 189    |^Boats in the process of being built or refurbished, at the
E09 190 moment, are Hills Floorings, to make way for the cube, Cliff Smith is
E09 191 having the Scott Robson magic wand waved over the old Hitachi cat,
E09 192 Paul Stevenson's new cat is nearing completion, Ross Tebbs has now
E09 193 decided to run the timber truck, so the deck has to come off that for
E09 194 repairs to the fuel tanks, Joe Stanton is well underway with his foray
E09 195 into the big time with the ex Mills, Harvie, Mills, Wraggs, Ron Archer
E09 196 has revamped the old {0EIT} (that's the predecessor to the present
E09 197 {0EIT} not the old Typhoon) and Sue Van Devison is still working on
E09 198 her project to get the old Vantage Aluminium set up into 3\0E trim.
E09 199 *#
E10 001 **[115 TEXT E10**]
E10 002 *0^He builds up a thick crust of paint with primers and dark base
E10 003 colours. ^The actual image is formed by gloss enamel in carefully
E10 004 separated applications creating a buried line. ^This gives the
E10 005 painting something of the feeling of a mosaic, of assembled elements.
E10 006 ^The lines become a consequence of the painting subject, not its
E10 007 genesis. ^The wavering line and shiny
E10 008 **[PLATE**]
E10 009 enamel surface announce emphatically *- this is a painting!
E10 010    |^When Baloghy began drawing years ago he worked in white on
E10 011 black paper *- in effect filling in the image rather than outlining
E10 012 it. ^He felt that this was *'more like the way in which light falls on
E10 013 things**'. ^This approach has carried through into the paintings until
E10 014 the 1985 oils discussed later. ^Although Baloghy can draw very well he
E10 015 also uses slide projection and tracing techniques in some of his
E10 016 urbanscapes. ^The photographic base serves to distance Baloghy's work
E10 017 from that plethora of on-the-spot drawings of quaint old Auckland
E10 018 buildings which one sees on placemats and calendars. ^His pictures
E10 019 have an unstudied, casual air: a take-it-or-leave-it reality.
E10 020    |^In common with many of the photorealists Baloghy tends to leave
E10 021 people out of these paintings: the buildings are the characters. ^An
E10 022 old weather**[ARB**]-board dairy hunkers down by a footpath, arranging
E10 023 her skirt of noticeboards and shading her logostickered windows with a
E10 024 rickety verandah. ^She has seen life and sustained it; she has a
E10 025 ridiculous dignity. ^Meanwhile in the outer suburbs the one-time queen
E10 026 of a 'sixties subdivision, a block of lock-up shops, struggles bravely
E10 027 to look smart but only manages to be tacky. (^Everyone's into
E10 028 boutiquey colonial mewses now dear, didn't you know?) ^Up Symonds
E10 029 Street way *- or is it Jervois Road *- multicoloured diversely
E10 030 designed shops sit in a row like old folk on a bench, gossiping to
E10 031 each other and watching the world go by.
E10 032    |^The clowns on Baloghy's painted stage are cars *- plump, squat,
E10 033 Japanese hatchbacks which offer their rotundity as a foil to the
E10 034 severe geometry on the
E10 035 **[PLATE**]
E10 036 buildings. ^Driverless, they stand about a bit aimlessly, waiting for
E10 037 something to happen. ^Baloghy calls them *'sculptural details**'.
E10 038    |^Baloghy's gas station paintings of 1983-84 were not quite as
E10 039 successful as the works of previous years because they lacked that
E10 040 element of character, of life: they were just gas stations; and
E10 041 perhaps the artist sensed this, putting them against unreal monochrome
E10 042 backgrounds in diamond-shaped frames to give them a lift.
E10 043    |^After experiencing some problems with his acrylic surfaces
E10 044 Baloghy changed to oils in mid-1984. ^This altered the look and feel
E10 045 of his urbanscapes considerably. ^The acrylic works were done on a
E10 046 dark background: but because of the transparency of oils a white
E10 047 background is now used. ^The artist has been able to get much more
E10 048 detail into the paintings.
E10 049    |^Baloghy admits to becoming obsessed with the detail: with
E10 050 lettering, nuances of shadowing, walls, roads and skies. ^The recent
E10 051 work moves much closer to photorealism done overseas and may have lost
E10 052 something in the process. ^The buried line, the shiny thick enamelled
E10 053 look, have gone and with them some of the friendly personal feeling
E10 054 exuded by the earlier works. ^There may be more
E10 055 **[PLATES**]
E10 056 painting, but there is less to relish.
E10 057    |^George Baloghy is very much aware of his audience and thinks
E10 058 that any good honest painter should be. ^He will accept inclusion in
E10 059 the Perkins-Angus-Binney line of enlightened landscapists.
E10 060    |^He also sees himself as something of a sociologist, recording
E10 061 our environment for posterity, and a romanticist *- giving bits of our
E10 062 everyday surroundings special status. ^He also may be something of a
E10 063 prophet of doom, for many of his chosen subjects have vanished in
E10 064 clouds of demolition dust almost before his paint was dry. ^The most
E10 065 uncanny of these incidents was his decision to use the old Bank of New
E10 066 Zealand building on Queen Street as the backdrop for a De Chirico
E10 067 spoof painting. ^He painted it as a mere facade with nothing behind it
E10 068 *- and that is just what it has now become. ^Baloghy put a Billy Apple
E10 069 mural in a painting *- it was painted out shortly thereafter. ^Even
E10 070 when buildings survive, change is constant in the city. ^Billboards
E10 071 are erected, trees are removed, verandahs added. ^The street, full of
E10 072 cars and people on a weekday, changes character completely on a quiet
E10 073 Sunday morning when
E10 074 **[PLATE**]
E10 075 Baloghy takes many of his photographs.
E10 076    |^In decades to come the paintings of George Baloghy may be
E10 077 looked at quite differently *- not as an affectionately ironic dig at
E10 078 quaintness or banality, but as a reverent record of vanished scenes:
E10 079 scenes which many Aucklanders gaze at today from the bus but do not
E10 080 see. ^In the meantime we can be grateful to the artist for putting the
E10 081 spotlight on neglected corners of our city and making us rethink our
E10 082 ideas about progress and the merits of mass redevelopment.
E10 083 **[PLATE**]
E10 084 *<*4George O'Brien*>
E10 085 *<Pavilioned in Splendour*>
E10 086 *<*2ROGER BLACKLEY*>
E10 087 |^*1Pavilioned in Splendour *0is the title of Dunedin Public Art
E10 088 Gallery's latest touring exhibition, a survey of George O'Brien's New
E10 089 Zealand watercolours. ^The catalogue accompanying the exhibition is
E10 090 the first monograph on this great and neglected artist, appearing
E10 091 almost a century after his death. ^*1Pavilioned in Splendour
E10 092 *0publishes a comprehensive *'Catalogue of publicly owned works**',
E10 093 which helps to explain why George O'Brien has remained one of Otago's
E10 094 best-kept secrets. ^No fewer than 76 works (out of a total of 97
E10 095 recorded New Zealand views) are housed in three Dunedin collections:
E10 096 the Otago Early Settlers Museum, the Hocken Library, and the Dunedin
E10 097 Public Art Gallery. ^Roger Collins and Peter Entwisle's exhibition
E10 098 draws heavily from these collections, and enables us to approach the
E10 099 full range of O'Brien's work for the first time.
E10 100    |^This artist's distinctive brand of realism had no equivalent in
E10 101 Dunedin's contemporary art world, at least within the realms of *'high
E10 102 art**'. ^When he exhibited his works in fine art contexts, lukewarm or
E10 103 even hostile commentaries in the newspaper questioned the precise
E10 104 status of his watercolours. ^The tight detail and magical clarity of
E10 105 O'Brien's style, which we now find so attractive, were characterised
E10 106 as laboured mannerisms peculiar to architectural or topographical
E10 107 projection.
E10 108    |^*1Pavilioned in Splendour *0reprints all known contemporary
E10 109 reviews together with titles of exhibited works, in an invaluable
E10 110 *'Record of exhibitions**'. ^The reviews are documents of the earliest
E10 111 reaction to O'Brien's works, and can help us to understand the
E10 112 ambivalent status they were accorded. ^These and other documents have
E10 113 been unearthed from old newspapers by \0Dr Collins, whose researches
E10 114 of the past decade form the basis for both exhibition and publication.
E10 115    |^Here is the *1Otago Daily Times's *0response to O'Brien's
E10 116 *1Dunedin from the Junction (1869):
E10 117 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E10 118    |^*0Thus was O'Brien's highly sophisticated contribution reduced
E10 119 to the mean confines of *'topography**', the accurate record,
E10 120 something that couldn't be art. ^Such apprehension endured long after
E10 121 O'Brien's death, through a period when curators scarcely thought art
E10 122 *1could *0be produced in New Zealand. ^This is why the Otago Early
E10 123 Settlers Museum has the most magnificent of all O'Brien collections
E10 124 (35 works), acquired at a time when the Art Gallery showed little
E10 125 interest in O'Brien, but were collecting similarly large watercolours
E10 126 by the likes of {0J.C.} Richmond and {0W.M.} Hodgkins.
E10 127    |^Twentieth-century commentaries also abound in the traditional
E10 128 judgements concerning O'Brien's style (*'meticulous**',
E10 129 *'laborious**') as well as a generally uncritical approach to the
E10 130 particular nature of his realism. ^Hamish Keith in his 1983 text
E10 131 *1Images of Early New Zealand *0merely repeats the popular notion of
E10 132 O'Brien as the ultimate topographer:
E10 133 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E10 134    |^While it's true that O'Brien's depictions of Dunedin and nearby
E10 135 localities were and still are admired for their convincing networks of
E10 136 observed detail, the present exhibition demonstrates the highly
E10 137 artificial nature of much of this artist's *'reality**'. ^Both in his
E10 138 essay and in his selection of works, Peter Entwisle stresses the
E10 139 idealizing nature of many of the pictures. ^He balances the *'real**'
E10 140 views, often not as straightforward as they appear, against the
E10 141 equally convincing architectural projections of buildings which are
E10 142 merely at the planning stage. ^Many were never in fact built, while
E10 143 others were realised only in modified or partial states.
E10 144    |^One of the great works in the exhibition is the projection of
E10 145 Robert Lawson's First Church, dated from the eighteen-sixties, in
E10 146 which the church appears within a wooden gothic archway that supports
E10 147 an illuminated scroll bearing the name of the church and the
E10 148 architect. ^As much an ambitious watercolour as a superb piece of
E10 149 architectural draughtsmanship, it depicts a subtly different church
E10 150 from the real one completed in 1873.
E10 151    |^An outdoor pencil sketch dated 1865 places the outline of First
E10 152 Church against
E10 153 **[PLATES**]
E10 154 the distant skyline *- testimony to O'Brien's ability to infiltrate
E10 155 the real with the purely projected. ^Interestingly, the large
E10 156 exhibition watercolour he worked up from his sketch, *1Dunedin from
E10 157 the Southern Cemetery, *0omits the church and instead shows the
E10 158 massive earth**[ARB**]-works of the mid-eighteen-sixties.
E10 159    |^*1The Gas Light & Coke Company Works, *0also of 1865, is a
E10 160 marvellous picture of a pioneering industrial structure.
E10 161 **[PLATE**]
E10 162 ^A basilica-like hall and adjacent double colonnade tower above
E10 163 proletarian shacks. ^A pump draws water from the stream through a
E10 164 slender pipe into the mysterious, windowless building. ^O'Brien has
E10 165 skilfully combined authentic, closely observed details from everyday
E10 166 experience with architectural fantasy. ^The full title of the painting
E10 167 is *1View of the Dunedin Gas Light & Coke Companys Works projected by
E10 168 Stephen Hutchison {0C.E.} Engineer and Lessee. ^*0Never actually
E10 169 built, the Coke Works remained a dream of Stephen Hutchison's,
E10 170 mediated by George O'Brien.
E10 171    |^The enormous watercolour entitled *1Designs of {0R.A.} Lawson,
E10 172 *0from the late eighteen-sixties, is patently a fiction. ^Grouped into
E10 173 a fantastic townscape is a panoply of Robert Lawson's architectural
E10 174 designs, with the early form of First Church as its focus. ^Although
E10 175 the conception may not have been O'Brien's (the picture is inscribed
E10 176 *1{0RAL} Dunedin *0on the left and *1\0G. O'Brien *0on the right) he
E10 177 has bravely orchestrated the collision of a huge range of buildings:
E10 178 ecclesiastical, commercial, domestic. ^There are gross disparities in
E10 179 relative scale, between the various buildings, and between them and
E10 180 the ant-like populace. ^These multiple perspectives, or viewpoints
E10 181 help create a certain weirdness. ^Each building has its own vanishing
E10 182 points, and there is a fundamental tension between the low viewpoint
E10 183 of the architectural projections and the high horizon of the whole
E10 184 picture, indicating a view from a height. ^The result is one of the
E10 185 strangest townscapes in New Zealand art, which can be cited in any
E10 186 genealogy of our persistent tradition of landscape surrealism.
E10 187    |^The literal basis of O'Brien's style is the drawing in very
E10 188 sharp pencil that
E10 189 **[PLATES**]
E10 190 forms the inevitable foundation to his subsequent washes of
E10 191 watercolour. ^The large outdoor sketch *1Dunedin Harbour from the
E10 192 Caversham Rise *0documents O'Brien's working technique: very detailed
E10 193 outlines, together with written colour notes and descriptive comments
E10 194 (*'green grass**', *'yellow field**', *'bracken mound which
E10 195 slipped**'). ^He also made outdoor colour sketches, but in the above
E10 196 case the pencil drawing alone is gathering the necessary information
E10 197 to enable the transformation of the scene into a full-scale exhibition
E10 198 watercolour *- at least a week's dedicated work in the studio. ^The
E10 199 elaborate little exhibition drawings, almost invariably in O'Brien's
E10 200 favourite oval format, reveal almost infinite gradations of light and
E10 201 dark *- very intense darks, often set against highlights of chinese
E10 202 white. ^The basic stucture of all O'Brien's pictures is determined by
E10 203 careful positioning of light areas against dark.
E10 204    |^The revelation of the studio watercolours is O'Brien's use of
E10 205 colour: pure bright washes applied very gradually, leading always from
E10 206 a translucent sky towards a foreground where colour can be applied in
E10 207 strong, thick layers, where O'Brien's left-leaning brush acquires
E10 208 greater freedom. ^Cool but intense hues of blue and green are set
E10 209 against warm combinations of pink, orange and mauve: a palette geared
E10 210 to fine weather, still water, and usually a very late light. ^This is
E10 211 not Otago in all lights and moods, but rather under a limited range of
E10 212 favourable meteorological effects. ^These range from broad daylight,
E10 213 through late afternoon, to the deep exquisite twilight of *1Otago
E10 214 Landscape *0(1870).
E10 215 *#
E11 001 **[116 TEXT E11**]
E11 002 |^*4H*0ave you ever been burgled? ^The parishioners of the Wellington
E11 003 South Anglican parish have discovered it can leave you with a lot of
E11 004 nasty feelings. ^Three of the magnificent stained glass windows which
E11 005 once graced the old Church of \0St Thomas, Newtown, had already been
E11 006 installed in the new \0St Thomas Church Centre and the remaining nine
E11 007 were being prepared for re-installation when the parish discovered
E11 008 that six panels had been stolen. ^The missing panels are choice pieces
E11 009 which could be used anywhere without great difficulty.
E11 010    |^Stolen were two windows of two panels each and a further two
E11 011 panels, parts of two other two-panel windows. ^The two windows of two
E11 012 panels each depict \0St Michael and \0St Thomas. ^They were
E11 013 beautifully created in rich colours *"To the glory of God and in
E11 014 memory of those who served in the war 1939-45**". ^Together, the two
E11 015 panels of each pair are just under 1 1/2\0m high by 1/2\0m wide. ^The
E11 016 two other panels stolen depict the heads and torsos of \0St Cecilia
E11 017 and Charity in most delicate art work. ^Their loss means the remaining
E11 018 panels of each pair are useless. ^To make matters worse, the windows
E11 019 commemorate an early Wellington pioneer family, the Allens. ^George
E11 020 Allen arrived in Wellington in 1841, served on the Provincial Council
E11 021 and for a time occupied the mayoral chair. ^*"The Allen Windows**" are
E11 022 a loss to the City of Wellington, not just the parish.
E11 023    |^When building the new \0St Thomas Church Centre, the parish was
E11 024 anxious to restore all its precious glass. ^The remaining five
E11 025 windows, recently displayed at the Dowse Art Museum, Lower Hutt, were
E11 026 placed in the new centre at the end of June and re-dedicated in the
E11 027 presence of the Governor-General and Lady Reeves. ^The parish of
E11 028 Wellington South is now anxious to complete the restoration of its
E11 029 windows and asks readers of this magazine to help locate the stolen
E11 030 pieces of glass. ^They have a value greater than that of mere money.
E11 031    |^They could turn up almost anywhere. ^If you happen to know
E11 032 where any of the missing panels are, then please help get them back to
E11 033 their rightful place. ^You can do this by writing to the \0Rev.
E11 034 {0R.G.} Neilson at 17 Gordon Place, Wellington, or by phoning him
E11 035 collect and person-to-person at (04) 894-932. ^The police enquiry is
E11 036 being handled by the Taranaki Street station (04) 723-000.
E11 037    |^The parish's deepest desire is to have the windows, described
E11 038 by Fiona Clara*?2n as *"a national treasure**", restored to their
E11 039 proper places. ^The vicar and parishioners will be greatly indebted to
E11 040 any reader who can help with information that might lead to their
E11 041 return.
E11 042 *<*4A Training in Conservation*>
E11 043 *<Ian Bowman*>
E11 044 |^T*0he Institute of Advanced Architectural Studies was first
E11 045 established as the York Summer School of Architectural Study in 1949.
E11 046 ^This was organised by the committee of the York Civic Trust and its
E11 047 main function then was the study of historic buildings. ^Some time
E11 048 later a course for those involved with the building industry and with
E11 049 an interest in historic buildings was established. ^The course,
E11 050 *"Protection and Repair of Historic Buildings**", was very popular and
E11 051 led to the founding of the York Institute of Architectural Study in
E11 052 1953. ^Later the name was changed to the Institute of Advanced
E11 053 Architectural Studies and in 1972 a full time postgraduate diploma
E11 054 course in conservation was implemented. ^In 1982 this was changed to
E11 055 an {0M.A.} (Conservation Studies) course.
E11 056    |^The course is arranged around a series of short courses which
E11 057 the {0M.A.} students and short course members attend. ^The {0M.A.} is
E11 058 supplemented by further lectures, site visits, seminars and individual
E11 059 research. ^The course focuses on the philosophies, theories,
E11 060 techniques and problems of building conservation.
E11 061    |^I first became aware of the {0M.A.} course from a description
E11 062 posted on the Auckland Architecture School library notice board. ^This
E11 063 was during my final year at the school completing a {0B.Arch.} in
E11 064 1982. ^Prior to entering the Auckland school, I had completed a
E11 065 {0B.A.} in history and economic history from Victoria University in
E11 066 1977 and I saw in the {0M.A.} a chance to combine my two interests of
E11 067 architecture and history.
E11 068    |^The entry requirements for the {0M.A.} are a minimum of 4 years
E11 069 experience after having completed a related professional or academic
E11 070 education. ^The fees in 1984 were *+3,150. ^My first task was to
E11 071 fulfill the entry qualifications; the second was to finance the
E11 072 course. ^I had completed almost half the 4 years experience
E11 073 requirement in Auckland before graduation. ^The remainder I completed
E11 074 while working for a London architectural firm. ^My job in London also
E11 075 gave me a chance to save sufficient to undertake the degree in York.
E11 076 ^I visited York in my first summer holidays and met the Director of
E11 077 Studies, \0Dr Derek Linstrum, who explained the course in greater
E11 078 detail.
E11 079    |^My first concern was that a course based in England should be
E11 080 relevant to New Zealand. ^Derek explained that lectures were given by
E11 081 70-80 visiting lecturers, many of whom have international experience
E11 082 of conservation, and that the course had a very close association with
E11 083 the other main international conservation course, at the International
E11 084 Centre for the Study of Preservation and Restoration of Cultural
E11 085 Property in Rome. ^This is one of the main international conservation
E11 086 organisations. ^Unfortunately, New Zealand is not a member. ^Although
E11 087 having had no experience of New Zealand conservation, Derek is
E11 088 familiar with conservation in Australia. ^He lectures there regularly,
E11 089 as do several of the other lecturers, and he assisted in the
E11 090 establishment of the Sydney University conservation course. ^Given
E11 091 this information, and told that students from 22 other countries had
E11 092 considered the York degree of relevance to their own countries, I
E11 093 decided to apply. ^Derek informed me that as I was the first New
E11 094 Zealander to apply, I would make the number 23.
E11 095    |^A further conclusion from visiting York was that I could not
E11 096 save sufficient for the total course expenses within the time allowed
E11 097 me by my visa. ^Added to the fees are accommodation expenses, which the
E11 098 {0I.A.A.S.} estimated, then, to be *+3,500. ^Lunch times at work
E11 099 became occupied with writing 105 requests for financial assistance to
E11 100 both British and New Zealand organisations. ^One letter I addressed to
E11 101 the Prime Minister, then \0Mr Muldoon, was passed on to the Department
E11 102 of Internal Affairs. ^Their Interim Committee for the Conservation of
E11 103 Cultural Property agreed to fund one-third of my fees. ^Other
E11 104 assistance came from the Enid Linder Foundation (a London charitable
E11 105 trust), also for one-third of my fees, and from Stephenson and Turner
E11 106 which covered the costs of two study trips, one to the West Country
E11 107 and one to Amsterdam. ^I was also awarded a University of York
E11 108 scholarship which covered the remainder necessary for the fees. ^After
E11 109 18 months of perseverance, I succeeded in obtaining sufficient to
E11 110 attend the course.
E11 111    |^The academic year began in September. ^I met the other students
E11 112 *- four British, three Greeks, one Palestinian, one Nepali, one Sri
E11 113 Lankan, one Algerian, one American and one Australian. ^Most of the
E11 114 students had experience of conservation and in some cases had worked
E11 115 on projects of international importance. (^Paris Papatheodoru, for
E11 116 example, had been a conservation architect on the Church of the Holy
E11 117 Sepulchre in Jerusalem while Surya Sangachhe had worked on a project
E11 118 of similar religious significance in Nepal *- at Lumbini Gardens,
E11 119 where Buddha was born.)
E11 120    |^The relevance of the course to a New Zealander, and students
E11 121 from elsewhere, became apparent as the course progressed. ^The
E11 122 philosophies, theories and history of conservation discussed are
E11 123 obviously applicable universally. ^The techniques and practice of
E11 124 material and structural conservation are mainly examined with
E11 125 reference to British examples, but where there are problems not found
E11 126 in Britain these too are described. ^Relevant to New Zealand were the
E11 127 7 hours of lectures on the problems associated with conservation in a
E11 128 seismic zone. ^A previous lecturer for this subject was a New
E11 129 Zealander, David Dowrick, an earthquake engineer with an international
E11 130 reputation, who has since returned to New Zealand to his own practice.
E11 131    |^Being based in York has considerable advantages for the
E11 132 non-technology subjects. ^York is a city of many historic buildings
E11 133 worthy of conservation and the city has been declared a conservation
E11 134 area. ^Because of this, many trades and professions associated with
E11 135 conservation are located in York. ^Many of these are visited during
E11 136 the course, such as the Minster Stone Masons Yard, the York Glaziers
E11 137 Trust, the York Archaeological Trust, several wood and stone carving
E11 138 contractors and many architectural firms involved with conservation
E11 139 projects. ^On one such visit to a wood carving contractor, I enquired
E11 140 whether any of the millions of cubic feet of New Zealand kauri
E11 141 exported to Britain was now used for any conservation purpose. ^I was
E11 142 proudly presented with a piece of *"kauri-pine**" which was being used
E11 143 for some cabinet-making repairs.
E11 144    |^Close to York are several stone quarries. ^Having seen the
E11 145 finished stone grotesques, gargoyles and crockets, we were shown the
E11 146 methods of extraction and cutting at a quarry in Huddersfield.
E11 147 ^Another issue examined with reference to York but with wider
E11 148 application was the process of urban conservation. ^York was one of
E11 149 the historic cities for which conservation reports were prepared for
E11 150 the government. ^The Esher report for York was commissioned in 1968
E11 151 and was concerned with the development of York while maintaining the
E11 152 historic integrity of the city. ^Much of the planning of the
E11 153 development of the inner city has been based on this report resulting
E11 154 in pedestrianisation schemes which have increased and enhanced the
E11 155 mediaeval network of foot streets, careful control of commercial
E11 156 development and encouragement of residential development within the
E11 157 city walls. ^The issues of rehabilitation, renovation and new design
E11 158 are being tackled through careful planning. ^The process, successes
E11 159 and failures, is the subject of several lectures.
E11 160    |^Selection criteria and methods of listing historic buildings
E11 161 are examined, as are the ways in which the conservation of these
E11 162 buildings is assisted financially. ^The British system is discussed in
E11 163 detail. ^This system is similar in many ways to that applying in New
E11 164 Zealand, though with less emphasis on the rights of property owners.
E11 165 ^This was contrasted with Amsterdam which has only one classification
E11 166 *- worthy of preservation. ^So far the emphasis in conserving these
E11 167 classified buildings has been rehabilitation. ^The different political
E11 168 climate in Holland is obvious in Amsterdam's conservation projects:
E11 169 most are inner city dwellings for which the rent of an existing tenant
E11 170 is guaranteed by the government, so that after rehabilitation the
E11 171 tenant pays the same rent. ^This prevents *"gentrification**".
E11 172    |^A value of the course is the interaction between the students.
E11 173 ^Each student has to give two seminars. ^Students outside Britain give
E11 174 seminars on conservation in their own countries. ^The exchange of
E11 175 experiences in these seminars was extremely valuable. ^Through this
E11 176 interaction one is made most aware of the everyday problems of
E11 177 conservation, common to every country: neglect of maintenance,
E11 178 insufficient funding, the use of untried or unsuitable repair methods,
E11 179 inexperienced operatives and, at times, inter-professional rivalry.
E11 180    |^The main method of assessment is by the dissertation. ^One of
E11 181 each student's seminars is usually devoted to the dissertation topic,
E11 182 giving the student feedback on the proposed content. ^Some of the
E11 183 topics chosen give an idea of the students' scope of interests:
E11 184 *"Methods of Grouting for Conservation**", *"Computer Applications to
E11 185 Photogrammetry for Conservation**", *"The Conservation of
E11 186 Cemeteries**", *"Rehabilitation of the Casbah, Algiers**" and *"A
E11 187 Methodology for the Conservation of Urban Spaces in the Cyclades**".
E11 188 ^My topic was *"Conservation in a Seismic Zone**".
E11 189    |^I approached the topic mainly from a New Zealand point of view,
E11 190 but the philosophy, methods of assessment of seismic vulnerability and
E11 191 methods of strengthening and repair are applicable to conservation in
E11 192 any earthquake area. ^I soon discovered that, I being the first New
E11 193 Zealander on the course, there were no books on New Zealand. ^The
E11 194 {0I.A.A.S.} library did provide some valuable information, but most
E11 195 had to be gleaned away from York.
E11 196 *#
E12 001 **[117 TEXT E12**]
E12 002 |^*4I*0t begins with violinist Vincent Aspey running through the
E12 003 streets of Wellington, late for the first rehearsal of the new
E12 004 orchestra of which he was the leader. ^He had missed his tram.
E12 005    |^It tells publicly for the first time of the bomb scare in the
E12 006 Dunedin Town Hall just prior to a performance for the Queen, Prince
E12 007 Philip, Prince Charles and Princess Anne in 1970. ^The audience was
E12 008 unaware of what was happening, and of the consequent police activity.
E12 009    |^We learn that the male orchestral musicians of the 1940s and
E12 010 1950s had to slip into the concert halls with their instruments
E12 011 concealed under their coats because men who played music were not
E12 012 publicly acceptable.
E12 013    |^The musical *"profile**" of the main centres is revealed in
E12 014 conductor James Robertson's advice to another visiting conductor:
E12 015 Wellington *- very receptive to modern music; Auckland *- not very
E12 016 receptive to modern music; Christchurch *- smallish hall, large
E12 017 population and is more musical; Dunedin *- enormous hall, smallish
E12 018 population, has to be wooed.
E12 019    |^And there is confirmation of the legendary duck chorus which
E12 020 joined in a concert at New Plymouth to the astonishment of orchestra,
E12 021 soloist and audience.
E12 022    |^All these stories and more are contained in *1The New Zealand
E12 023 Symphony Orchestra, The First Forty Years, *0a 300-page book written
E12 024 by Joy Tonks, personnel manager of the orchestra and editor of
E12 025 *1Concert Pitch. ^*0The book has been five and a half years in the
E12 026 preparation, and is being published to mark the orchestra's 40th
E12 027 anniversary.
E12 028 **[PLATE**]
E12 029    |^*"I did not set out to write the history of the New Zealand
E12 030 Symphony Orchestra,**" says Joy in her preface to the book.
E12 031 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E12 032    |^The result is a 200,000 word comprehensive archive covering the
E12 033 history of New Zealand's first professional national symphony
E12 034 orchestra, from the time such an institution was mooted when the new
E12 035 National Broadcasting Service was set up in the mid-1930s, until 1986.
E12 036 ^The final published version has been edited down to 110,000 words,
E12 037 but all the interviews and files brought together are now stored and
E12 038 available for later research.
E12 039    |^Joy Tonks recalls poring through dust-covered and forgotten
E12 040 files in the basement of Broadcasting House, and trying to find
E12 041 missing orchestra files and locate photographs and posters from the
E12 042 old days. ^She conducted 68 hours of interviews with former players
E12 043 and staff, and with all the surviving concert managers and resident
E12 044 conductors, and then transcribed them herself (she bought an
E12 045 electronic type**[ARB**]-writer and learnt to type). ^One enthusiastic
E12 046 player brought out a bottle of champagne for drinking during his
E12 047 interview, Joy says. ^Another produced a cake baked by his wife which
E12 048 caused the interview to be a series of appetite-satisfying silences.
E12 049 ^During three to four-hour interviews, many asked for the tape to be
E12 050 switched off as they recalled humorous but slightly risque*?2 stories.
E12 051 ^Some stories emerged in numerous versions, one being told by a
E12 052 conductor about himself when it occurred to someone else.
E12 053    |^The Brooklands Bowl chorus of ducks which belongs to orchestra
E12 054 legend was an example where diligent research was needed. ^During the
E12 055 1958 Proms concert at the outdoor Brooklands Bowl, soprano Mary
E12 056 O'Brien was in the middle of the waltz song from Gounod's *1Romeo and
E12 057 Juliet, *0with prominent flute accompaniment, when the ducks on the
E12 058 lake decided to join in. ^*"It brought the house down,**" remembers
E12 059 former orchestra viola player Glynne Adams. ^*"*'Ah, ah, ah,**' sang
E12 060 Miss O'Brien. ^*'Quack, quack, quack,**' went the ducks,**" writes Joy
E12 061 Tonks. ^*"How we kept going I don't know. ^The orchestra was just
E12 062 rolling about the stage,**" recollects conductor John Hopkins. ^But it
E12 063 seems everyone remembers it with a different singer, or conductor, or
E12 064 piece of music. ^Crosschecking many opinions and the handy orchestral
E12 065 card index of all works performed over the years, produced the correct
E12 066 version for the book.
E12 067    |^There are plenty of light-hearted insights into the life of an
E12 068 orchestra, such as the tale of maestro Alceo Galliera causing a mass
E12 069 walkout of musicians by shouting *"\Basta! \Basta**" at the double
E12 070 bass players. ^Thinking themselves insulted and called *"bastards**",
E12 071 they indignantly walked out, followed by their colleagues *- until
E12 072 someone explained that the maestro had merely said *"^Enough!
E12 073 ^Enough!**" in Italian.
E12 074    |^But Joy Tonks has not shrunk from tackling some of the more
E12 075 controversial, difficult or sadder aspects of the orchestra's history.
E12 076 ^The bomb hoax in Dunedin, a scary incident at the time, was revealed
E12 077 to her by the manager of the day George Perry. ^During the first half
E12 078 of the March 1970 concert, and prior to the arrival of the royal
E12 079 party, a police inspector and several constables dressed in boiler
E12 080 suits arrived at the hall with an apologetic *"^We've had a ring to
E12 081 say there's a bomb under the royal box. ^We think it's a hoax, but we
E12 082 have to be absolutely certain.**" ^With the conductor
E12 083 off**[ARB**]-stage between items, and an expectant audience sitting
E12 084 quietly waiting and unaware of the reason for the delay, the police
E12 085 crept into the royal box, went through a trap door in the floor and
E12 086 searched with torches. ^The house lights were kept off to avoid
E12 087 causing panic. ^The police gave the all-clear quietly to Perry after
E12 088 15 minutes, the concert went ahead, and the Royal Family arrived none
E12 089 the wiser.
E12 090    |^One of the most controversial periods of the orchestra's
E12 091 history was after the setting up of the Concert Orchestra in 1962 in
E12 092 response to demands from the national opera and ballet companies to
E12 093 use the National Orchestra. ^The short life of the fulltime theatre
E12 094 orchestra until the end of 1964 was troubled. ^The constant touring
E12 095 and poor conditions in which they played, the fact the pay was lower
E12 096 than that of the National Orchestra, and the constant
E12 097 turn**[ARB**]-over of musicians (14 trombonists during the *1Carmen
E12 098 *0tour of 1962, for example, 120 musicians passing through a 25-strong
E12 099 orchestra in three years) made for an unhappy orchestra. ^Says former
E12 100 New Zealand Broadcasting Corporation executive director Malcolm
E12 101 Rickard of the Concert Orchestra:
E12 102 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E12 103    |^Joy Tonks says some people she spoke to about the Concert
E12 104 Orchestra are still sensitive about it.
E12 105 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E12 106    |^It is instructive to contrast the welcome to the National
E12 107 Orchestra in the early days with the criticism of it. ^An effusive if
E12 108 unpolished poem to the orchestra in the *1Southland Daily News *0of
E12 109 April 17, 1948, read in part:
E12 110 **[POEM**]
E12 111 ^At the same time, the opinion that the orchestra was a *"luxury we
E12 112 cannot afford**" was a theme played through many newspaper
E12 113 correspondence columns for some years. ^Yet there were also complaints
E12 114 that there were not enough seats available at orchestral concerts in
E12 115 the different centres. ^Joy Tonks says writing the book has revealed
E12 116 to her what an achievement it was to have set up the orchestra in 1946
E12 117 when people were still recovering from World War *=II, and there were
E12 118 hardships such as rationing.
E12 119 **[PLATE**]
E12 120    |^The 47-year-old author says she had free rein to write about
E12 121 the orchestra, with nobody telling her *"you shouldn't say that**".
E12 122 ^At the same time she did *"a lot of soul-searching**" in writing
E12 123 about some personalities involved with the orchestra.
E12 124 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E12 125    |^Joy Tonks says she was grateful she was able to record
E12 126 assistant concertmaster John Chisholm's comments, as he knew he was
E12 127 ill and dying. *"^He was one of the greatest losses the orchestra
E12 128 suffered. ^He was respected by everybody.**"
E12 129    |^While writing in her own time, Joy Tonks had the assistance of
E12 130 former executive officer (artists and repertoire) John Gray who came
E12 131 out of retirement to do the job of personnel officer for several
E12 132 months, and compile indexes of players, conductors and artists, and
E12 133 the general index. ^Throughout, and especially in the *"horrendous**"
E12 134 last months of fulltime writing, Joy says her insurance agent husband
E12 135 Ralph was a great help in cooking, while her children Michael (21) and
E12 136 Karen (20) were an equal support.
E12 137    |^A short story writer, Joy Tonks would now like to devote some
E12 138 of her own time to writing a novel. ^A murder thriller set in an
E12 139 orchestra, perhaps? ^*"It's an interesting idea, but I am too close to
E12 140 it,**" she says.
E12 141 *<*6HAPPY BIRTHDAY ORCHESTRA*>
E12 142    |^*0On 24 October 1946, musicians carrying their instruments
E12 143 could be seen entering the Broadcasting studios in Waring Taylor
E12 144 Street, Wellington. ^When all the official speeches had ended and the
E12 145 important guests departed, the conductor Andersen Tyrer took the
E12 146 rostrum, raised his baton, then brought it down and the strains of the
E12 147 Dvorak *1New World Symphony *0came forth in response. ^The first
E12 148 rehearsal of the National Orchestra of the New Zealand Broadcasting
E12 149 Service had begun.
E12 150    |^On 24 October 1986, at 12.15 {0pm}, John Hopkins will mount the
E12 151 rostrum in the Wellington Town Hall (where the National Orchestra of
E12 152 the {0NZBS} gave its first concert) and, when he brings his baton
E12 153 down, the strains of the Dvorak *1New World Symphony *0will be heard
E12 154 again.
E12 155    |^But how much has happened in the interim *- forty years of
E12 156 concerts, two changes of name and now the New Zealand Symphony
E12 157 Orchestra, numerous international conductors and soloists and (not
E12 158 least) 48 performances of the *1New World Symphony.
E12 159    |^*0For the {0NZSO}, this concert on 24 October is its first
E12 160 celebration concert for its 40th year. ^In the twelve months that
E12 161 follow, there will be other occasions reflecting this milestone in the
E12 162 orchestra's history but the October concert is designed particularly
E12 163 for our many old friends; previous members of the orchestra and its
E12 164 management, members of the former Concert Section, and those who were
E12 165 present at the first concert in Wellington on 6 March 1947. ^For only
E12 166 *+$5 a ticket, we hope that many of our long-standing subscribers and
E12 167 friends will help
E12 168 **[PLATES**]
E12 169 us celebrate at this birthday concert. ^Placing this at 12.15 {0pm}
E12 170 will, we believe, be more suitable for those from out of town and many
E12 171 others who now prefer not to go out at night.
E12 172    |^The concert will open with the *1New World Symphony *0and close
E12 173 with the first piece played in public concert *- the Dvorak *1Carnival
E12 174 Overture. ^*0In between will be a selection of items of particular
E12 175 relevance to the Orchestra's history, including Douglas Lilburn's
E12 176 *1Birthday Offering *0(written for the 10th Anniversary), *1Soliloquy
E12 177 for Strings *0by Larry Pruden, and an extract from the music for
E12 178 *1Jack Winter's Dream *0by Ashley Heenan (for 23 years, Musical
E12 179 Director of the Schola Musica).
E12 180    |^Life they say begins at forty, and in the next twelve months
E12 181 the New Zealand Symphony Orchestra will be setting out to prove it!
E12 182 ^Several special celebrations have been planned for the orchestra's
E12 183 fortieth birthday, among them:
E12 184 |**[LIST**]
E12 185 **[PLATE**]
E12 186    |^Many changes have occurred in forty years, many more lie ahead.
E12 187 ^We look back on some of the highlights:
E12 188 _|1939 ^National Broadcasting Service string orchestra formed for
E12 189 {0NZ} Centennial Celebrations in 1940. ^Directed by Maurice Clare.
E12 190 |1946 ^National Orchestra established *- direction vested in {0NZ}
E12 191 Broadcasting Service (a Government Department). ^Andersen Tyrer
E12 192 appointed first Resident Conductor. ^Vincent Aspey *- leader. ^First
E12 193 rehearsals in Wellington on 24 October.
E12 194 |1947 ^First concert 6 March in Wellington Town Hall.
E12 195 |1949 ^National Orchestra engaged for Italian Opera tour of {0NZ}.
E12 196 |1950 ^Michael Bowles appointed Resident Conductor.
E12 197 |1952 ^Proms series inaugurated.
E12 198 |1953 ^Warwick Braithwaite appointed Principal Conductor.
E12 199 |1954 ^First Royal Concert. ^James Robertson appointed Resident
E12 200 Conductor.
E12 201 |1958 ^John Hopkins appointed Resident Conductor.
E12 202 |1959 ^First commercial recording, *"Festive Overtures**". ^National
E12 203 Youth Orchestra founded.
E12 204 |1961 ^Visit of Igor Stravinsky. ^Orchestral trainee scheme begins.
E12 205 |1962 ^New Zealand Broadcasting Corporation (public corporation) takes
E12 206 over management of orchestra.
E12 207 |1964 Name changed to {0NZBC} Symphony Orchestra. ^Visit of Sir
E12 208 William Walton. ^Juan Matteucci appointed Resident Conductor.
E12 209 |1967 ^Vincent Aspey retires from first chair and is replaced by Alex
E12 210 Lindsay (foundation principal second violin).
E12 211 **[PLATE**]
E12 212 |1969 ^Alex Lindsay appointed Concertmaster. ^End of resident
E12 213 conductor system.
E12 214 |1973 ^Brian Priestman begins 3-year term as Chief Conductor.
E12 215 |1974 ^First overseas tour (to Australia) with {0NZ} soloists Kiri te
E12 216 Kanawa, Michael Houstoun. ^Alex Lindsay dies suddenly. ^John Chisholm
E12 217 appointed Acting Leader.
E12 218 |1975 ^Name changed to New Zealand Symphony Orchestra.
E12 219 *#
E13 001 **[118 TEXT E13**]
E13 002    |^*0The exterior of a home can be completely renovated by
E13 003 visiting or calling the Central Roofing and Cladding Agency in
E13 004 Johnsonville.
E13 005    |^They have the best selling Luxalon roofing and house cladding
E13 006 (which are their main sellers) and they also have materials for
E13 007 soffits, cables, barge board covers and fascia boards. ^All are
E13 008 virtually maintenance-free, long lasting finishes and available in a
E13 009 good range of colours.
E13 010 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E13 011 Brian Ramage said.
E13 012 *<*4Reason*>
E13 013    |^*0The reason appears to be that once the body of the home is so
E13 014 easy to care for, the job of painting high, difficult-to-get-at areas
E13 015 grows from being a small job to being a major hurdle.
E13 016    |^Clients who wish to have everything re-clad but are unable to
E13 017 cope with the cost in one hit can arrange for Central Cladding to do
E13 018 it in stages. ^They need only ask.
E13 019    |^The latest service that
E13 020 **[PLATE**]
E13 021 Central Roofing and Cladding has added is for replacement windows.
E13 022 ^Nebulite windows are made by Upton and Shearer to the \0S mark
E13 023 standard. ^They are the only aluminium windows to meet this standard.
E13 024 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E13 025 Brian said.
E13 026    |^Their full range of products will be included in the display on
E13 027 their stand at the forthcoming Home Show. ^It will give hundreds of
E13 028 Wellington homeowners the chance to inspect the products and consider
E13 029 the possibilities of giving up expensive on-going maintenance
E13 030 programmes on the exterior of their homes for many years to come.
E13 031 *<*1Pinex make it easy:*>
E13 032 *<Suggestions, know-how abound in two books*>
E13 033 **[PLATE**]
E13 034    |^*0Two books *- *"The Pinex Great Ideas Book**" and *"The Pinex
E13 035 Show Me How Book**" are a must for all home renovators.
E13 036    |^The first will help homeowners decide which product from the
E13 037 incredible range will best achieve the look wanted. ^The second shows
E13 038 in step-by-step stages how to go about installation.
E13 039    |^Both are available free from Pinex stockists.
E13 040    |^The *"Great Ideas**" book includes superb photographs of room
E13 041 settings showing the uses for the various types of board.
E13 042    |^One of these is the Wet Wall Collection. ^Especially designed
E13 043 to co-ordinate with bathroom and kitchen fittings it is available in
E13 044 three styles *- Riotone which has a marbled look, Seratone which is
E13 045 the plain colour panel selection, and Quattro, the tiled look.
E13 046    |^All three come in a fabulous range of colours.
E13 047    |^The greatest beauty of the Wet Wall Collection is its sheer
E13 048 practicality. ^Water rolls off easily without damaging the finish. ^In
E13 049 areas such as showers where soap can build up over a period of time, a
E13 050 regular wipe down will keep it in as-new condition.
E13 051    |^For living areas and bedrooms the Tudorwood range is sure to
E13 052 have great appeal. ^As the name implies all panels feature the popular
E13 053 wood grain look in teak, rimu, douglas fir, cypress or yaka.
E13 054    |^Tudorwood is finished with a durable polyurethane coating
E13 055 designed to give it resilience to every day wear. ^But it should only
E13 056 be used where it will not be in regular contact with water.
E13 057    |^Both the Wet Wall Collection and Tudorwood are easy to install.
E13 058 ^Renovators who have not used it before will find the *"Pinex Show Me
E13 059 How Book**" provides easy step by step instructions and diagrams to
E13 060 achieve professional results.
E13 061    |^Pinex wall panels are made by New Zealand Forest Products whose
E13 062 stand at the forthcoming Home Show will have the full range of panel
E13 063 boards on show.
E13 064 **[PLATES**]
E13 065 *<*4Before *- yuk!... After *- super!*>
E13 066 **[PLATES**]
E13 067    |^*0Some homes seem to be beyond renovation yet people buy them
E13 068 and within months the transformation is well under way.
E13 069    |^Such was the case with the home of Lynne and Brian Nicholas in
E13 070 Petone. ^The interior was run down and filthy, in fact so awful they
E13 071 could not move in until initial work was done in the kitchen and
E13 072 laundry.
E13 073    |^The kitchen was the biggest hurdle. ^So many decisions had to
E13 074 be made so quickly. ^In the space of six weeks they gutted the laundry
E13 075 and kitchen to form one big room, re-wired, re-plumbed, re-piled, put
E13 076 up lining, ordered the new kitchen joinery and had it installed.
E13 077    |^*"Peter was marvellous. ^We had ideas which he listened to,
E13 078 then he came up with the plan,**" Brian said.
E13 079 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E13 080 Brian said.
E13 081    |^The layout is practical and makes the most of the space
E13 082 available while encompassing all the modern appliances the Nicholas
E13 083 family wanted to include.
E13 084    |^It is obvious that Peter, Brian and Lynne are now friends,
E13 085 purely as a result of their working relationship.
E13 086    |^*"When you work so closely with people on their kitchens you
E13 087 can't help but get to know them. ^It's extremely satisfying for me,**"
E13 088 Peter Anderson said.
E13 089    |^*"You wouldn't believe how daunting a task they faced when they
E13 090 bought the house, it just couldn't be lived in. ^But the results are
E13 091 spectacular.**"
E13 092    |^It is the type of contract he regularly handles as agent for
E13 093 Hallmark Kitchens.
E13 094    |^And every job has a satisfying conclusion as the range of
E13 095 finishes and possibilities of layout with the Hallmark system are
E13 096 enormous. ^There is something to suit every client.
E13 097 *<*4High performance technology aids car owner*>
E13 098    |^The automatic garage door opener is as much a part of modern
E13 099 living as the video or computer. ^Like those items it aims to make
E13 100 life more enjoyable and certainly a lot easier.
E13 101    |^In New Zealand the automatic garage door opener has been a real
E13 102 boon. ^Our constantly changing climate means rain can be expected at
E13 103 any time, all year round. ^Getting out of the car to open or close a
E13 104 garage door when it is raining is far from fun.
E13 105    |^But the Tiltamatic automatic opener enables drivers to operate
E13 106 the garage door from the comfort of the car.
E13 107    |^Since it was first designed, technological improvements to the
E13 108 Tiltamatic have maintained a high performance but enabled the price to
E13 109 be considerably reduced. ^More and more homeowners are taking
E13 110 advantage of this.
E13 111    |^As well as the obvious convenience, the Tiltamatic has a number
E13 112 of features worth noting.
E13 113    |^There is a quick-release trolley which allows manual operation
E13 114 of the mechanism in the event of power failure. ^A safety reverse
E13 115 mechanism operates should the moving door come in contact with an
E13 116 obstacle. ^A microprocessor mechanism acts as a back up device if the
E13 117 door does not complete its cycle in 27 seconds. ^And all electronics
E13 118 are contained on a single, easily replaced circuit board.
E13 119    |^Garage Door Services can install the Tiltamatic on either
E13 120 existing or new garage doors.
E13 121 *<*6ONE OF THOUSANDS*>
E13 122 **[PLATE**]
E13 123    |^*0Garage Door Services has produced so many timber garage doors
E13 124 it would be difficult now to come up with a design they have not
E13 125 already made.
E13 126    |^Their timber, tilting doors are all produced to the customer's
E13 127 requirements in size and design.
E13 128    |^Most designs have a basic frame of steel which the company cuts
E13 129 and welds to size. ^The timber finish is then put together and
E13 130 securely attached to the basic frame.
E13 131    |^The most commonly used timber is Canadian Cedar. ^Its
E13 132 durability, strength, resistance to splitting and cracking and its
E13 133 light weight make it an ideal timber for garage doors.
E13 134    |^Generally cedar is left to weather to a soft grey so the garage
E13 135 door will not require further on-going maintenance. ^However, for
E13 136 homeowners who want to have a stained and sealed, or simply a sealed
E13 137 finish to blend with the architecture of the home, Garage Door
E13 138 Services can do this work also.
E13 139 **[BEGIN BOX**]
E13 140 **[PLATE**]
E13 141    |^*4Garage Door Services not only make and install beautiful
E13 142 garage doors fitted with automatic openers, they can now provide the
E13 143 same service for gates.
E13 144    |^Moving into gates was a logical extension of their work.
E13 145    |^The gates are made in their own factory from galvanised steel,
E13 146 in designs reminiscent of the old wrought iron gate. ^But there is
E13 147 virtually no limit on design, Garage Door Services are happy to
E13 148 discuss clients' ideas.
E13 149    |^*"But what is the point of having gates if you never use
E13 150 them?**" Errol Bruce said.
E13 151    |^None. ^So Garage Doors can now supply and install an automatic
E13 152 opener with remote control. ^Wet or fine, it is only a matter of
E13 153 sitting in the car, pushing the remote control button on a special
E13 154 unit and the gates will open or close.
E13 155 **[END BOX**]
E13 156 *<*1Fabulous fabric ideas at Show*>
E13 157    |^*0Loder Interiors' price range for curtains is as wide as their
E13 158 selection. ^There is literally something for everyone and every
E13 159 pocket.
E13 160 *<*4Vast*>
E13 161    |^*0At the forthcoming Wellington Home Show, Loder Interiors will
E13 162 demonstrate this with some exquisite fabrics in a vast range of
E13 163 patterns and colours all priced under *+$20. ^Some of the fabrics are
E13 164 these prices permanently, but to celebrate the Home Show Loders will
E13 165 include some other fabrics as well.
E13 166    |^For a full month from March 6 to April 6, all fabrics in this
E13 167 display will be held below *+$20 a metre. ^A similar display will run
E13 168 in their Victoria Street showroom at the same time.
E13 169    |^For customers with a fairly firm idea of how much they wish to
E13 170 spend it will help make selection a little easier. ^Loder Interiors'
E13 171 range of fabrics is enormous and narrowing the field should be a help.
E13 172    |^Another part of the stand will feature the creative work Loder
E13 173 Interiors can do in bedspreads. ^They have chosen a superb burgundy
E13 174 bedcover with matching valance which has 144 fabric roses individually
E13 175 sewn into each square. ^It is a padded cover filled with 8 ounce
E13 176 tetron giving it a soft *"fluffy**" appearance.
E13 177    |^There will also be a display of imported wall**[ARB**]-papers
E13 178 picked from their mezzanine floor designer section.
E13 179    |^This area specialises in superb papers flown in directly from
E13 180 Europe. ^Every one is a work of art
E13 181 **[PLATE**]
E13 182 and there are many different textures, finishes and colours to choose
E13 183 from. ^These give homeowners ample scope to create a special look in a
E13 184 room.
E13 185 **[PLATES**]
E13 186 *<*4Restaurant enjoys international reputation*>
E13 187    |^*0Any day of the week the owner of Le Normandie licensed
E13 188 restaurant is likely to receive an international phone call. ^It will
E13 189 be an overseas visitor booking a table for a forthcoming trip to
E13 190 Wellington. ^Calls such as this are proof of the international
E13 191 reputation Le Normandie enjoys.
E13 192    |^The restaurant *- the first fully licensed one to open in New
E13 193 Zealand *- was opened by Madam Louise. ^She ran it for twelve years
E13 194 building up an enviable reputation for quality food and superb silver
E13 195 service. ^This was reinforced by the second owner, Drago Kovic, who
E13 196 was there for nine years.
E13 197    |^For the past five years Bernd Uwe Kruger has been the guiding
E13 198 light. ^Madame Louise is still a regular client.
E13 199 *<*4Expectations*>
E13 200 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E13 201 Bernd said.
E13 202    |^For example, whitebait is on the menu all year round as many
E13 203 regular clients will order them every time they dine there.
E13 204 *<*4Club*>
E13 205    |*"^*0I liken the restaurant to a club. ^We are not a trendy
E13 206 restaurant, we cater for regular clients who like to know that certain
E13 207 things will always be available.**"
E13 208    |^But Bernd has introduced his own dish specialties.
E13 209    |*"^They are New Zealand dishes using local products but cooked
E13 210 using French cuisine methods.**"
E13 211    |^At Le Normandie they are now an integral part of the menu.
E13 212 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E13 213 Bernd said.
E13 214    |^They can be found in an exciting and extensive range of
E13 215 appetisers and entrees.
E13 216    |^The main course selection falls into three categories. ^First
E13 217 there are spectacular Flambees. ^Because Bernd enjoys the opportunity
E13 218 it can provide to interact with clients, he has increased the range on
E13 219 the menu. ^Flambees can only be ordered for two or more people. ^Our
E13 220 table had no difficulty finding two people eager to try the same dish.
E13 221 ^Watching Bernd as he created the dishes using gleaming copper pans
E13 222 was fascinating.
E13 223    |^Specials of the House are also for a minimum of two persons
E13 224 with the choice being Beef Tartar, Chateaubriand and the Roast Lamb
E13 225 Loins.
E13 226    |^The individual main course dishes include duckling, veal and
E13 227 salmon.
E13 228 *<*4Sabayon*>
E13 229    |^*0For dessert Bernd treated Homelife to a fantastic surprise *-
E13 230 Sabayon *- a spectacular dish he created under our own eyes. ^He uses
E13 231 the English spelling for this renowned dessert but the French recipe
E13 232 which features dry white wine, Grand Marnier, and Cointreau for
E13 233 flavouring. ^It is served in giant balloon-shaped stemmed glasses over
E13 234 a layer of rich chocolate. ^We *4have *0to recommend it! ^It was the
E13 235 piece-de-resistance for the evening.
E13 236 *#
E14 001 **[119 TEXT E14**]
E14 002    |^*4They're back. ^And it's not only the dealers who are breathing a
E14 003 sigh of relief. ^Potential purchasers would seem to be very keen too.
E14 004    |^{0CI} Munro who have hardly produced a caravan since the
E14 005 Otorohanga factory was destroyed by fire two years ago held a dealer
E14 006 conference mid-last month to introduce a new up-market line in
E14 007 caravans. ^They had on display the very latest Oxford caravans and a
E14 008 number of useful caravan accessories: ^But no Crusaders; not yet.
E14 009    |^*0The conference attracted 21 {0CIM} dealers and that's not at all
E14 010 bad considering most of them haven't seen a new Otorohanga-built
E14 011 caravan for so long.
E14 012    |^*"These caravans are just what we want,**" said Palmerston North
E14 013 dealer Lock Parlane, *"^I'm really low on two to three-year old stock
E14 014 now. ^We need these new caravans and we'll go out and sell them.**"
E14 015    |^Similarly, {0CIM} managing director Gordon Munro, very pleased
E14 016 with the dealer turn-out and enthusiasm, is not at all fazed by the
E14 017 fact that his company is getting back in when some companies are
E14 018 considering getting out, so low are new sales and so tough is the
E14 019 business climate.
E14 020 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E14 021 he said.
E14 022    |^Gordon is particularly keen on promoting the company's new Royale
E14 023 line which is not a caravan as such but a finish and fitments package
E14 024 which can be applied to any of the Oxford caravans.
E14 025    |^It embodies a hint of what he sees as the future for caravans:
E14 026 electronics and more technical fitments.
E14 027 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E14 028    |^\0Mr Munro believes that the Royale package, which includes a
E14 029 solar ventilation system, electronic *"servant system**" which
E14 030 monitors fresh water level and other electrical appliances, stereo
E14 031 cassette, rangehood, extractor fan, {0TV} wiring, radio aerial, new
E14 032 dual purpose table, colour matched interior and net curtains is what
E14 033 people are waiting for.
E14 034 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E14 035    |^He said that all {0CI} Munro caravans would continue to be made
E14 036 using the company's patented Aluloc aluminium frame. ^Coil sprung
E14 037 suspension will also be used as will acrylic windows. ^\0Mr Munro said
E14 038 that even though {0CIM} caravans rated amongst the lightest built he
E14 039 would like to see more weight lopped off. ^That is likely to be
E14 040 achieved by the use of a lighter weight chassis which may make an
E14 041 appearance later this year.
E14 042    |^It is likely that more technical and especially
E14 043 electronically-based fitments will be seen in {0CIM} caravans. ^\0Mr
E14 044 Munro mentions an electronically operated step which is now fitted to
E14 045 some motorised caravans, being used on the new Oxfords and possibly
E14 046 automatic parking jacks. ^He thinks that air conditioning may be
E14 047 another future development.
E14 048    |^In the meantime the factory is concentrating on producing a full
E14 049 range of Oxford caravans *- from 130s to 280s *- in standard and
E14 050 Royale form to keep dealers stocked throughout the year.
E14 051    |^The company also wants to increase its dealer network and will be
E14 052 seeking new dealers in areas not presently serviced by a {0CI} Munro
E14 053 franchise.
E14 054 *<*4Third Wheel Changes*>
E14 055 **[PLATE**]
E14 056 *<by Chris Bullen*>
E14 057    |^*0A few changes have been made to Liteweight's three-wheeler range
E14 058 in the short time they've been on the market.
E14 059    |^The changes are rather subtle, and you may not spot them until
E14 060 they're pointed out, but they do seem to be for the better.
E14 061    |^Taking the exterior first, the original three wheelers came out
E14 062 with *"ribs**" or undulations in the aluminium exterior sheathing.
E14 063 ^This has now been omitted, leaving the van sides perfectly flat. ^The
E14 064 *"ribs**" did cause some waviness or *"bubbling**" on some vans, and
E14 065 the flat sheetmetal enables the sides to remain flat. ^It adds to the
E14 066 appearance.
E14 067    |^Inside the van, the first thing one notices is the disappearance
E14 068 of the stainless steel bench. ^For some years these benches, with
E14 069 built-in cooker, have been a feature of Liteweights. ^Now the factory
E14 070 has gone back to a Formica bench, and a separate cooker. ^In the
E14 071 4-metre van I inspected in April the cooker was a Flavell model.
E14 072    |^The third change I picked up was the height of the wardrobe. ^In
E14 073 the original models it was quite a few centimetres short of the
E14 074 ceiling, but in the latest vans it reaches much nearer to the ceiling.
E14 075    |^Ideally the wardrobe should probably go right up to the ceiling
E14 076 for aesthetic reasons, and also to avoid a frustrating dust-trap, but
E14 077 there would be problems in this, and possibly added cost. ^The
E14 078 slightly longer *- or taller *- wardrobe represents a reasonable
E14 079 compromise.
E14 080    |^The latest third-wheeler I've seen is finished much better also.
E14 081 ^I know the factory has been conscious of finishing problems, and I
E14 082 think they've been able to do something about it. ^Certainly I have no
E14 083 complaints about the most recent van I inspected.
E14 084 *<*4{0CI} Munro Royale*>
E14 085 *<Bringing caravans into the 20th century*>
E14 086    |^*0It may take more than an electrical control panel, an automatic
E14 087 door step and a solar ventilation system to hoist caravans into the
E14 088 technological age of the eighties... but, together it is *"one small
E14 089 step for a manufacturer... **" \0etc \0etc.
E14 090    |^Maybe that's pushing the situation a little too far as well. ^The
E14 091 point does need to be made though that equipment common place in
E14 092 houses, cars and boats is seldom found in caravans.
E14 093    |^A story this issue on a new highly specified motor home for a
E14 094 boating owner shows what can be done. ^We've run many stories about
E14 095 Liteweight's third wheeler
E14 096 **[PLATE**]
E14 097 and their foam wall construction, both technological developments.
E14 098 ^Now {0CI} Munro, producing caravans after a two year absence are
E14 099 offering a caravan with more modern equipment in a standard package
E14 100 and at an affordable price, than has been seen before.
E14 101    |^The company's new *"caravan**" is in reality a package which can
E14 102 be fitted into any size of {0CI} Munro caravan. ^It is now available
E14 103 in the Oxford 130 to 280 range and caravans so fitted out will be
E14 104 called *"Royale**".
E14 105    |^Equipment fitted standard includes an electronic monitoring
E14 106 system, solar ventilation, dual purpose dining table, stereo cassette,
E14 107 {0TV} and radio wiring, net curtains. ^A battery powered retractable
E14 108 door step originally designed for the {0CI} Munro motor homes, could
E14 109 be fitted, but it is not a standard item.
E14 110    |^The *"Royale**" treatment is in addition to rangehoods, extractor
E14 111 fans and, in the larger caravans, fridge freezers and ovens.
E14 112    |^A number of Oxfords were on show at Otorohanga in April and we
E14 113 have concentrated here on an Oxford Royale 200.
E14 114    |^As mentioned in a separate story this issue the Oxfords being
E14 115 built now retain {0CI} Munro's aluminium frame, coil suspension and
E14 116 acrylic windows. ^They have the same shape as before too.
E14 117 *<*6REFINED*>
E14 118    |^*0Royale colours and upright side windows will allow people to
E14 119 distinguish
E14 120 **[PLATE**]
E14 121 between these caravans and standard Oxfords. ^Red, blue, brown and
E14 122 green are the colours with mid-line striping and bottom panels. ^The
E14 123 exterior colour is carried over inside. ^So a red striped Royale has
E14 124 red squab covering, a blue exterior has blue squabs.
E14 125    |^The interior is not that dissimilar from before except there is an
E14 126 undoubted refinement in the Royale. ^Squabs, curtains, furniture
E14 127 veneer, carpet, lampshades are combined to exude a homely and pretty
E14 128 plush setting.
E14 129 *<*6LOUNGE/ DINING*>
E14 130    |^*0Let's start at the front and work back. ^The Royale 200 on show
E14 131 had red paint, and red *- closer to maroon *- squab covers. ^The main
E14 132 lounge/ dining seating goes down one side and across the front. ^At
E14 133 night they can be two single beds.
E14 134    |^Set close to the seating is {0CIM}'s new table. ^It's fixed, by a
E14 135 steel stand, into the floor but it can swivel right around and it can
E14 136 be removed and stood on its own tripod for awning or barbecue use
E14 137 outside. ^It's big enough to seat four easily but you'd need a
E14 138 free**[ARB**]-standing stool or chair to make best use of it the way
E14 139 this caravan was laid out.
E14 140    |^Opposite the table is a two-drawer, two-cupboard dresser. ^Above
E14 141 the front squab, set in a space between the two front
E14 142 over**[ARB**]-head cupboards is the electrical control unit which
E14 143 {0CIM} call their *"Servant System**". ^It has two-speaker stereo,
E14 144 radio and cassette, digital clock and indicator lights for
E14 145 malfunctions of main power and lighting and indicators to show water
E14 146 storage levels. ^The switches for the hot water heater and electric
E14 147 water pump are here also.
E14 148    |^The *"servant system**" is a direct development from the company's
E14 149 motor home involvement.
E14 150 *<*6KITCHEN*>
E14 151    |^*0The kitchen has a lot of storage and space for a cooker,
E14 152 although it was not fitted in the caravan we saw.
E14 153    |^There's a stainless steel bench and electric demand hot and cold
E14 154 water, a rangehood and extractor fan.
E14 155    |^Also fitted in the ceiling above the kitchen is the solar
E14 156 ventilation unit.
E14 157    |^Although it's standard in the Royales this completely sealed unit
E14 158 can be fitted to any other caravan. ^It is said to be completely
E14 159 trouble-free once installed and operates by converting sunlight,
E14 160 through a photovoltaic cell, to electrical energy which drives a motor
E14 161 which drives a fan. ^The fan, although small *- and utterly silent *-
E14 162 would change the air in the Royale 200 about every hour and a half.
E14 163 ^{0CIM} see it as being of particular use for people who leave their
E14 164 caravans on-site or unattended for extended periods. ^It should keep
E14 165 mildew and musty smells at bay.
E14 166    |^Opposite the kitchen is a fridge freezer, two useful pantry
E14 167 cupboards and the wardrobe which also has two drawers and a locker
E14 168 beneath it. ^Kitchen storage is unlikely to be a problem in the 200.
E14 169 *<*6BEDROOM*>
E14 170    |^*0There's a fixed double bed in the main bedroom which can be
E14 171 curtained off from the rest of the caravan. ^It's entered through an
E14 172 arched doorway.
E14 173    |^The bed lies crosswise in the caravan and stands out from the rear
E14 174 wall.
E14 175    |^There's a bedside cabinet and vanity unit with hot and cold water.
E14 176 ^Storage is under the bed, in over**[ARB**]-head lockers and in the
E14 177 cabinet.
E14 178 *<*6CONCLUSION:*>
E14 179    |^*0The Royale package costs around *+$1500 on top of the standard
E14 180 Oxford price. ^One suspects that that is far less than would have to
E14 181 be paid were the individual equipment and finishing touches installed
E14 182 after purchase of the caravan.
E14 183    |^They do add immeasurably to the caravan *- but that measure will
E14 184 be in the eyes of the purchaser.
E14 185    |^{0CI} Munro have proved *- pretty conclusively *- that they've
E14 186 lost none of their caravan making skills whilst they've been off
E14 187 building motor homes. ^In fact, probably the opposite has occurred;
E14 188 they've learnt a lot from building a lot of motor caravans in a short
E14 189 time.
E14 190    |^The Royale 200 we saw was well built, nicely finished with no raw
E14 191 edges and beautifully co**[ARB**]-ordinated. ^As an Oxford it would
E14 192 stand alone. ^With its Royale equipment it stands out in front.
E14 193 *<*4{0CI} Munro 150 Special*>
E14 194 *<Shower, toilet and fold-down bed*>
E14 195    |^*0Hardly had we published an article about a new fold-down bed
E14 196 caravan from Trail-lite when {0CI} Munro emerge with their model in a
E14 197 4.57\0m caravan.
E14 198    |^Actually emerge is probably the wrong term as {0CI} Munro have
E14 199 produced a few caravans with a fold-down bed before.
E14 200    |^This one however, has quite distinctive Oxford features and it can
E14 201 be recognised from behind by its *"straight-up rear**" similar to
E14 202 {0CIM}'s Carafloat.
E14 203    |^Inside is sleeping for three to four in fold-down double bed and
E14 204 either front single or pull-out double beds.
E14 205    |^There's a handy sized kitchen and at the rear is a separate
E14 206 shower/ toilet cubicle.
E14 207    |^The caravan is very nicely finished but without the Royale
E14 208 niceties. ^However, it does share the patterned carpet and similar
E14 209 furniture finish.
E14 210 *<*6BEDS*>
E14 211    |^*0The main attraction is the pull-down double bed. ^It comes out
E14 212 from an extension into the caravan which also backs to the shower/
E14 213 toilet cubicle. ^When down it rests on the caravan's side seating *-
E14 214 minus squabs *- and a hinged magazine rack. ^There's enough room for
E14 215 the bed to be stowed made-up and there's also a reading light at the
E14 216 head of the bed and another *"magazine rack**" above the light. ^The
E14 217 bed is light to raise and lower.
E14 218    |^When stowed there's *"L-shape**" seating opposite the kitchen.
E14 219 ^It's possible that this is where dining will be done.
E14 220    |^Up front there's seating down
E14 221 **[PLATE**]
E14 222 one wall and across the front.
E14 223 *#
E15 001 **[120 TEXT E15**]
E15 002    |^*4Fishing into Taranaki's rocky or heavily weeded areas can be
E15 003 expensive on gear, so if you're the type who adds up the cost of each
E15 004 hook, sinker and spool of line, then stick to fishing the beaches.
E15 005    |^*0You probably won't lose any gear, but you're unlikely to reap
E15 006 the same rewards as the rough country fisherman.
E15 007    |^Although open beaches will produce snapper in numbers at times,
E15 008 at least they used to, and will again, these fish are usually the
E15 009 nomadic fish, on the move along the coast, probably from reef to pipi
E15 010 bed, feeding as they go.
E15 011    |^Catch half a dozen and they're likely to be all within a few
E15 012 ounces and inches of each other.
E15 013    |^On the other hand, the fishermen who fish the rocks and kelp
E15 014 are more likely to land the big trophy snapper. ^These won't be in
E15 015 large numbers, though several years ago a friend of mine took seven
E15 016 big snapper all in excess of 15 pounds one Saturday afternoon, and
E15 017 next afternoon took five more from the same spot. ^This happened on
E15 018 the sou'west porting of the Ahu Ahu Road reef at Oakura, Taranaki.
E15 019    |^Over the years, at odd intervals big snapper have been taken
E15 020 from the same spot, sometimes in ones, sometimes two or three. ^But
E15 021 they all come from the same type of territory.
E15 022    |^Big, big rocks and heavy weed. ^Long casts are needed. ^Some
E15 023 fishermen overcome this problem by donning wet suits and wading out to
E15 024 some distant rock.
E15 025    |^Others drop their line weight and hone up on their casting
E15 026 skills.
E15 027    |^In the rough stuff gear is usually different from what is used
E15 028 on the open coast, free of rocks. ^Out there bomb sinkers and small
E15 029 baits with light line make for long range casting which may be
E15 030 necessary to reach that offshore trough.
E15 031    |^On the rocks, though, where
E15 032 **[PLATE**]
E15 033 a small bait can become lost and remain unseen by a fish, big baits
E15 034 are often necessary.
E15 035    |^Big baits call for big hooks. ^Big hooks take a bit of driving
E15 036 home in a snapper's jaw, so strong line is needed too.
E15 037    |^Big baits and sinkers may need a more powerful rod to lay them
E15 038 out, and the thicker line certainly needs a larger reel to carry the
E15 039 amount needed.
E15 040    |^I've never been a heavy line fisherman, most of my surfcasting
E15 041 has been done using Tortue nylon having a test of 5 1/4 \0lbs for the
E15 042 open beach and 7 1/2 \0lbs for rocky places. ^In both cases I have a
E15 043 leader of about 15 feet of 19 pound line. ^Hook size is 4/0.
E15 044    |^In rocks a size 4/0 hook will handle a fairly big bait if it's
E15 045 run up the trace a little way and bound in place on the hook with
E15 046 either thread, wool, or a piece of fuse wire that can be permanently
E15 047 twisted to the eye of the hook.
E15 048    |^I have a quaint theory *- often borne out in practice *- that
E15 049 once a sinker is caught in the rocks something has to give before the
E15 050 line can be retrieved.
E15 051    |^Sometimes if the line is strong enough the hook may straighten,
E15 052 if it is the hook that's caught. ^But whether you're using seven pound
E15 053 line or 70, if the sinker is caught it's going to break.
E15 054    |^So, I used to take my chance that a small bait would be seen in
E15 055 the rocks *- and it often was *- and use the light rig rather than the
E15 056 heavy one.
E15 057    |^Now that was referring to rocks. ^Fishing in kelp or heavily
E15 058 weeded areas it's a different story.
E15 059    |^A really big bait is necessary if it's going to lie in among
E15 060 weed or kelp. ^A snapper hooked in these places has the additional
E15 061 advantage of strands of weed working in his favour, and in addition to
E15 062 fighting his inherent strength, the fisherman has the strength of the
E15 063 weeds to contend with.
E15 064    |^This often, in fact usually, imposes great strain on tackle so
E15 065 here it makes good sense to use the big bait, big hook, heavy line,
E15 066 big reel and sturdy rod setup.
E15 067    |^If you're using really heavy line it may be wise to use line a
E15 068 few pounds lighter knotted a few feet up from the sinker.
E15 069    |^The light nylon would then break if hung up, saving the loss of
E15 070 maybe many metres of your main line.
E15 071    |^Also, I've seen some extremely hard tussles with fishermen
E15 072 attempting to break off 10\0kg line when the sinker or hook has become
E15 073 snagged.
E15 074    |^Some peculiar antics too as they attempt to hop from one rock
E15 075 to another with the taut nylon acting like a catapult!
E15 076    |^A *"fixed**" sinker, as opposed to a free running sinker is a
E15 077 must for this form of fishing. ^The line is knotted to one side of the
E15 078 ring on the sinker, and the trace is knotted to the other. ^Free
E15 079 running sinkers have the line passing through the eye of the sinker
E15 080 with a stopper ring forming the junction of the trace.
E15 081    |^With this rig used mainly on sandy areas, the line is free to
E15 082 run out with the sinker not moving.
E15 083    |^It used to be called *"pickers' doom**" as fish that
E15 084 *"picked**" at the bait could be clearly detected. ^It also allowed
E15 085 timid fish to play about with the bait without the resistance of the
E15 086 weight of the sinker to alert them.
E15 087    |^With the fixed sinker rig if the sinker itself becomes caught
E15 088 up then there's a very high chance that a hooked fish will pull it
E15 089 free.
E15 090    |^I hit on this fixed sinker idea some 30 years ago when fishing
E15 091 at the mouth of the local Waiwakaiho river.
E15 092    |^There were rocks a-plenty at this place, and I was fishing
E15 093 there one time when a fish picked up my bait and moved off. ^When I
E15 094 gave it the heave ho it bolted in between some of the rocks and I
E15 095 could not dislodge it.
E15 096    |^Using the tactics I described in the June issue of Fishing News
E15 097 I slacked off the line and let it hang over my finger with the bail
E15 098 open. ^The fish, after a short spell began to move off and I let line
E15 099 slip off my finger to avoid scaring it with any resistance.
E15 100    |^When it was judged to be clear and that it was free of the
E15 101 rocks I shut the bail and tightened up on it.
E15 102    |^It was not a big fish, by the feel of it, and I gradually
E15 103 worked it shorewards until suddenly it stopped solid. ^I slacked off
E15 104 line again and adopted the same tactics. ^Three times the fish seemed
E15 105 to clear the rocks and each time I'd get it back to the same place and
E15 106 things would stop.
E15 107    |^It didn't need an {0I.Q.} of 180 to guess what had happened.
E15 108 ^The sinker was jammed and when the fish ran it simply took line
E15 109 through the ring in the sinker, and when line was recovered it would
E15 110 only come as far as the sinker.
E15 111    |^Eventually the light line broke so I re-rigged and cast out
E15 112 again. ^After a short wait another fish took the bait and over the
E15 113 next half hour history repeated itself and again I was left with a
E15 114 broken line.
E15 115    |^That {0I.Q.} of 180 would have been helpful at this point;
E15 116 instead, old single minded self once more rigged up with a running
E15 117 sinker which was standard practice way back in those days, and
E15 118 optimistically heaved it out trusting in some Divine Providence to
E15 119 keep it clear of that trap out there.
E15 120    |^But *- you've guessed it, number three fish was on and the same
E15 121 seesaw tussle began and ended the way the others had.
E15 122    |^This really got the old gray matter working. ^If only those
E15 123 darned fish had towed the sinker clear when they moved away from their
E15 124 shelter. ^And why hadn't they? ^Because the line was slipping through
E15 125 the ring on the sinker, you clot.
E15 126    |^What to do? ^Tie the sinker to the line so it could be pulled
E15 127 free. ^A loop was quickly formed in the line a couple of feet above
E15 128 where the hook would be.
E15 129    |^A new hook and bait attached and out went the rig for the
E15 130 fourth time. ^It was a bit much to hope that there would be any more
E15 131 takers out there, but you wouldn't know until you tried.
E15 132    |^Time passed then the sag in the line between the rod tip and
E15 133 the sea gave a couple of jumps then tightened. ^Lower rod, wait, then
E15 134 thump it!
E15 135    |^The fish was on and straight into the rocks. ^This was going to
E15 136 be the test.
E15 137    |^Line slack. ^Wait tensely, then the slack line gave a couple of
E15 138 jerks and gradually tightened again.
E15 139    |^I had a bit of extra tension on the drag for the next step,
E15 140 which was to heave up on the rod, and keep it high, to prevent that
E15 141 beastie from getting back down. ^Before that could happen I kept the
E15 142 rod as high as I could by standing on a smallish rock and winding
E15 143 steadily.
E15 144    |^When the ratchet clicked I'd stop winding and let the fish take
E15 145 a little line. ^Then as soon as it turned, the power would be applied
E15 146 again. ^And it worked.
E15 147    |^I got that fish in without further hookups, a snapper of 3\0kg.
E15 148 ^I caught two more under identical conditions before the advancing
E15 149 tide chased me out of that spot.
E15 150    |^All those fish had been snagged on a ledge that ran across the
E15 151 patch of beach I was fishing from, and only by keeping a tight line
E15 152 and a rod held high were they kept coming once they'd left that
E15 153 sheltering ledge.
E15 154    |^From that day I never used a running sinker, and one by one my
E15 155 mates who had grown up on the running sinker idea followed suit.
E15 156    |^Instead of a loop in the nylon, which did tend to be cut on the
E15 157 sinker, a loop of herring line was formed, with a small brass ring
E15 158 incorporated.
E15 159    |^The trace and main line were knotted to this ring and a neat
E15 160 secure connection was made.
E15 161    |^Some sinkers have wire loops moulded in, and these make the job
E15 162 even simpler. ^In my latter days of surfcasting I dispensed with the
E15 163 rings and simply knotted the line and trace to the cord loop. ^Never
E15 164 had any trouble with that setup, either.
E15 165 *<*4Magnum *- a force to be reckoned with in waders*>
E15 166 *<By Rick Oram*>
E15 167    |^To anyone who has a television set, Magnum {0PI} is a
E15 168 well-known character. ^Quite a few trout fishermen are aware that he
E15 169 has distant cousins in New Zealand.
E15 170    |^*0Magnum has shown his fans that he does not get cold feet, and
E15 171 has shown that he has underwater skills.
E15 172    |^So too the New Zealand cousins, known as Magnum \0W *- \0W for
E15 173 wader.
E15 174    |^The wader is the creation of Colin and Lee Orr, proprietors of
E15 175 Magnum Wetsuits \0Ltd, in South Auckland.
E15 176    |^They have been making wetsuits for 10 years, the last four as
E15 177 Magnum. (^The {0Tv} hero did not inspire the name of their company.)
E15 178    |^For some time now, the Orrs have been making waders for
E15 179 fishermen using the neoprene that keeps scuba divers and windsurfers
E15 180 warm.
E15 181    |^Colin Orr:
E15 182 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E15 183    |^He called into Turangi and Taupo on the way home, selling the
E15 184 idea to a couple of retailers.
E15 185    |^He arrived back at work, and made 20 pairs.
E15 186    |*"^I got virtually the lot back. ^They leaked.**"
E15 187    |(^Not like the *2REAL *0Magnum: ^He has never been known to wet
E15 188 himself.)
E15 189    |^The sewn seams had developed hairline cracks, even though they
E15 190 were glued.
E15 191    |(^When used by scuba divers, wetsuits literally are wet,
E15 192 allowing water in to lie between the suit and the skin. ^The body
E15 193 warms the layer of water and the neoprene retains the heat inside.)
E15 194    |^*"We weren't worried,**" says Colin.
E15 195    |^A thicker neoprene was used and the seams were taped. *"^They
E15 196 still came back.**"
E15 197    |^This time it was not the seam, but the join of the rubber
E15 198 gumboot to the bottom of the waders.
E15 199 *#
E16 001 **[121 TEXT E16**]
E16 002    |^*0The end of the season at last! ^It couldn't come soon enough
E16 003 for me. ^I don't mind admitting that I was totally run down at the
E16 004 time of the Honda City {0NZ} Open and how I got through it I'll never
E16 005 know. ^Ross likewise struggled a bit through the tournament but came
E16 006 through when the going got tough.
E16 007    |^Looking back on the past month I certainly learnt a lot in a
E16 008 short space of time. ^The two losses I suffered in Christchurch and
E16 009 Wellington although not significant in terms of World ranking points
E16 010 nevertheless gave me a fright. ^It was becoming perhaps a little too
E16 011 easy and I was beginning to feel slightly complacent about my position
E16 012 at the top and two losses jolted me back to earth showing that the
E16 013 rest of the field is not far behind. ^It also showed me that some of
E16 014 the Press are quick to write off their top sports people after a loss
E16 015 or two and act like bloodhounds when the champ is struggling. ^It of
E16 016 course turned out to be a dream for the organisers of the Open as the
E16 017 galleries were full at the prospect of Devoy being beaten. ^My form
E16 018 was so awful early in the tournament that even my Father couldn't bear
E16 019 to watch. ^At 2 games all in the match against Robyn Friday (not
E16 020 ranked in the World's top 10) he gave up the ghost and walked out of
E16 021 the court and out of the club.
E16 022    |^The final was probably the toughest match of my career. ^Not
E16 023 only was I in poor physical shape through insufficient training but
E16 024 had the added pressure of the Press on my back and me wanting badly to
E16 025 end the season on a high note before returning to England after
E16 026 Christmas. ^The trouble is if you give these Poms like Opie and
E16 027 Soutter an inch they take a mile. ^I can just imagine them flying home
E16 028 with the {0NZ} Open under their belt shouting to the British Press
E16 029 that the Devoy era had come to an end.
E16 030    |^Since hanging up my racket (temporarily) on Sunday October 5th
E16 031 I have been able to dedicate myself to attending functions, after
E16 032 dinner speaking and eating and drinking heaps. ^The Winstones/ {0NZ}
E16 033 Sports Foundation Dinner last week was a most enjoyable evening and
E16 034 with Brierley Investments putting up *+$1.5 million over the next 5
E16 035 years, the Sports Foundation coffers will be looking healthy again.
E16 036 ^One feature of the evening was a 20 minute live telecast via
E16 037 satellite link between Mike Moore/ David Beattie and Michael Fay/
E16 038 Peter Montgomery in Perth at the America's Cup.
E16 039 |^I never realised what a big deal this boat race has developed into.
E16 040 ^I personally would find as much enjoyment from watching an apple rot
E16 041 as I would watching an extended telecast of KZ7 racing. ^However I
E16 042 must admit I know absolutely nothing about yachting (I even had to
E16 043 look up the dictionary to get the correct spelling) and I'm sure there
E16 044 is a great deal of application, planning and skill on the water that
E16 045 goes into a race so I guess I'll have to be like the other 3 million
E16 046 Kiwis supporting the whole event and get interested! ^I think the
E16 047 aspect that has captured the attention of the average bloke in the
E16 048 street is the possibility of New Zealand beating giants like America
E16 049 and Australia who have 10 times the investment and 100 times the
E16 050 manpower to select from. ^I hope the Kiwis can do it as it would at
E16 051 least double the value of my Auckland house!
E16 052    |^A couple of other dinners coming up include the {0AGC} Young
E16 053 Achievers Awards due for finalising in early December and the {0NZ}
E16 054 Sportsman of the Year. ^With more than 350 applicants for grants under
E16 055 the Young Achievers scheme the organisers are delighted with the
E16 056 response and now comes the job of judging to be undertaken by Devoy,
E16 057 David Kirk, Paul Collins \0etc. ^The Sportsman of 1987 has got to be
E16 058 Richard Hadlee and it will come as an honour to me to hand the trophy
E16 059 on to someone as outstanding as Hadlee. ^Not only achieving 9 wickets
E16 060 in a test innings, but also spearheading the Kiwis to a test series
E16 061 win in England has got to stand out as the most exceptional sporting
E16 062 achievement of '86.
E16 063    |^Other than a week in Rarotonga and 3 days in Singapore the rest
E16 064 of the year looks fairly quiet. ^Apparently there's a wedding on in
E16 065 Rotorua in December so I better not miss that!
E16 066 *<*6PETER BIDWELL VIEW POINT*>
E16 067    |^*0Former top junior Lance Cooper is the latest Wellingtonian to
E16 068 go north to further his squash.
E16 069    |^In the wake of John Mills and Jillian Oakley last year Cooper
E16 070 is off to Auckland where he will turn out for the Ponsonby Club.
E16 071 ^Cooper recently spent six weeks under Geoff Hunt at the Australian
E16 072 Institute of Sport in Brisbane and now back in New Zealand is intent
E16 073 on trying to make a career in the game.
E16 074    |^His departure will add to the general lowering in standard for
E16 075 this year's capital inter-club competition, starting in late April.
E16 076    |^The competition will not be quite the same without the late
E16 077 Shane O'Dwyer, such a fierce exponent for so long before injury
E16 078 disrupted his involvement last season, Tony Naughton, who will appear
E16 079 for Mana only as a reserve, Cooper, and David Oakley, who went to
E16 080 Australia before Christmas.
E16 081    |^Oakley played some marvellous stuff for Collegians last season,
E16 082 exhibiting all his class. ^But he decided it was time to broaden his
E16 083 outlook late last year and he may soon pick up the threads again
E16 084 across the Tasman.
E16 085    |^Mitchell Park have more than made up for the loss of Cooper in
E16 086 securing brilliant teenager Glen Wilson from Maidstone. ^Wilson
E16 087 displayed further evidence of his rapid improvement at the National
E16 088 under-23 Championships at Easter when he beat Mark Tapsell easily
E16 089 before bowing out to the top seed Hugh Leabourn in the semi-finals.
E16 090    |^Wilson's back-up will come from the improving Mike McSweeney,
E16 091 hard-nosed faithfuls Morris Billington and Paul Fyfe and Tony Kane.
E16 092    |^Last year's champions Khandallah will again be a formidable
E16 093 unit led by Paul Wallace and Jonathan Leach with plenty of back-up
E16 094 from Shane Hagan, Michael McSherry and Robert Walker. ^Leach had an
E16 095 exceptionally good under-23 championships at Tokoroa when he beat
E16 096 Cooper to enter the semi-finals before going out to the eventual
E16 097 champion Rory Watt (Hamilton), and in a scorching five-game playoff
E16 098 for third Leach just pipped Wilson.
E16 099    |^Overall though it is disappointing to note that there are only
E16 100 seven teams in grade one this year as against last year's eight and as
E16 101 this story was written it seemed as though the competition would not
E16 102 be sponsored.
E16 103    |^Four teams *- Mitchell Park, Khandallah, Mana and Otaki *- look
E16 104 like being strong but the other three *- Island Bay, Thorndon and
E16 105 Kapiti *- may struggle.
E16 106    |^Mana's team will be led by Wilson and McSherry's New Zealand
E16 107 team-mates at the World Junior Championships in Brisbane, Rodney
E16 108 Bannister and Darrin Nichols, with support from Steve Grant, now
E16 109 recovered from previous serious injury, and Robin Clements.
E16 110    |^After dropping out for a season or so Otaki are back,
E16 111 spearheaded by Barrie Matthews, Cliff Irwin, Grant Smith and Brendon
E16 112 Murphy.
E16 113    |^Irwin's move from Upper Hutt has contributed to that club being
E16 114 unable to field a first grade team. ^Kevin Hannan is now with Thorndon
E16 115 and Chas Evans still overseas. ^Collegians and Maidstone are also
E16 116 missing from last season, and the new faces are Otaki and Thorndon.
E16 117    |^The latter have Joseph Romanos, Hannan, Bill Hampton and Steve
E16 118 Romanos. ^Lately Hannan has preferred to concentrate on rugby but he
E16 119 remains a tough opponent.
E16 120    |^Island Bay will rely heavily on Ray Lindsay, back after a
E16 121 coaching stint in Belgium, with Geoff Owen going overseas. ^Others
E16 122 likely to turn out are Tim Wesney and John Chiet.
E16 123    |^Kapiti, who battled along last year, have Jan Borren, Mark
E16 124 Wilson and Mark Millar, the latter showing useful early season form in
E16 125 finishing third in the Hawke's Bay Easter Open.
E16 126    |^For the women it seems the losses are greater than the gains as
E16 127 well. ^Last year's champions Upper Hutt have lost Fiona Taylor to
E16 128 overseas and Sue Coppersmith, who performed so well for Wainuiomata in
E16 129 1985, is away as well.
E16 130    |^Happily though they have avoided a bye with eight teams *-
E16 131 Collegians, Khandallah 1 and 2, Upper Hutt, Fraser Park, Kapiti,
E16 132 Scottish Harriers and Mana.
E16 133    |^Missing are Mitchell Park, a rare occasion indeed, Wainui and
E16 134 Masterton-Red Star, the latter having battled on gamely for years
E16 135 though regularly having to come over the Rimutaka Hills to take part.
E16 136    |^Mitchell Park, after being such a strong force for years, have
E16 137 lost their senior depth with Oakley in Auckland and Trish Barnes in
E16 138 Palmerston North.
E16 139    |^Upper Hutt will have Suzie Ward, Andrea Empson, Karen MacDonald
E16 140 and Debbie Misseldine and Scottish Harriers Kay Glenny, former
E16 141 Aucklander Gay Bryham, Teresa Tufnail and Lyn Broad.
E16 142    |^Collegians' team will come from Dru West, Carolyn Hughes, Jan
E16 143 Morgans, Kim Ashley and Claire Garhham.
E16 144 *<*6COLIN BROWNLEE ON SQUASH*>
E16 145    |^*0So far this year I have attended the Waikato Open
E16 146 Championship, North Island Junior Championship and the Bay of Plenty
E16 147 Open. ^There is nothing unusual about this as they were all close to
E16 148 Rotorua and these tournaments give early season pointers for the rest
E16 149 of the competitive year.
E16 150    |^But for me the competition and match play results were not the
E16 151 most important aspects of these tournaments. ^At all of these events
E16 152 more people were talking about squash generally and not just the
E16 153 merits of the players and who should have beaten whom.
E16 154    |^Everyone seemed to be having a go. ^Administrators, parents,
E16 155 coaches and even supporters were all giving opinions. ^There is
E16 156 nothing new about this either. ^Coaches are usually accusing
E16 157 administrators for lack of understanding of what is required.
E16 158 ^Administrators keep their distance from coaches to avoid another ear
E16 159 bashing and parents are cautious in case their criticism disadvantages
E16 160 their children.
E16 161    |^What was new on these occasions was that everyone was talking
E16 162 with each other and they were all discussing the same subjects and
E16 163 there was plenty of variety in those too.
E16 164    |^Coaching, administration, falling club membership, {0I.D.G.}
E16 165 direction, comparison between districts, tournament prize-money, you
E16 166 name it they all seemed to get discussed!
E16 167    |^Not many people seemed totally happy with their lot, but the
E16 168 exciting thing was that they all gave the impression they wanted to
E16 169 get together, forget all past animosities and formulate programmes and
E16 170 plans for the benefit of all, particularly the players. ^This feeling
E16 171 has not been evident for a long long time and the sport should
E16 172 capitalize on this as quickly as possible. ^What everyone is waiting
E16 173 for is direction.
E16 174    |^With the obvious advances made by squash in New Zealand over
E16 175 the last few years it may seem strange that so many people think the
E16 176 sport has lost direction, but while the sport has been advancing at
E16 177 National and International levels the development of the base of the
E16 178 sport has suffered. ^I am sure most clubs, club members, or even
E16 179 district associations know very little about decisions made at
E16 180 National level.
E16 181    |^Lack of communication through to club level could be one of the
E16 182 major problems but when so many people are starting to express their
E16 183 concerns there must be reasons.
E16 184    |^Everyone in every area of squash, should all be working to
E16 185 achieve the same result and this is being sure that all our players
E16 186 have the opportunity, if they wish to accept it, of reaching their
E16 187 full potential. ^Far too often we blame our players for not achieving
E16 188 better results, particularly internationally, when both coaches and
E16 189 administrators should be accepting most of the responsibility for
E16 190 this.
E16 191    |^But this situation can change and it can change very rapidly if
E16 192 the {0N.Z.S.R.A} is prepared to listen to and take notice of the
E16 193 ground swell of opinions that are emerging.
E16 194    |^So where do we go from here?
E16 195 *#
E17 001 **[122 TEXT E17**]
E17 002    |^*0Restaurants and licensed premises are required by law to have
E17 003 sprinkler systems installed. ^But this essential system does not have
E17 004 to be obtrusive to be effective.
E17 005    |^In a building under construction the water pipes which feed the
E17 006 sprinklers can be hidden in the ceiling. ^But in an older building
E17 007 such as Wallaceville House it is another issue. ^To put the pipes out
E17 008 of view would mean additional, expensive, time-consuming work to open
E17 009 the ceiling then cover the damage afterwards. ^Instead the pipes are
E17 010 run on the ceiling then painted the same colour so they blend in with
E17 011 the decor. ^At Wallaceville House they are quite unobtrusive.
E17 012 *<*4Licence*>
E17 013    |^*0The work was done by \0A & \0T Burt Mechanical. ^They make
E17 014 the Viking sprinkler under licence in Dunedin and supply the whole
E17 015 country.
E17 016    |^*"One sprinkler is usually enough to put out a fire before it
E17 017 gets hold,**" contract engineer Peter Byrne said.
E17 018    |*"^Each sprinkler covers a 12 square meter area and each
E17 019 operates individually so that the only water damage is in the
E17 020 immediate area of the fire.**"
E17 021    |^The triggering mechanism is a tiny bulb filled with a glycerine
E17 022 solution which bursts when the temperature reaches 68 degrees
E17 023 centigrade. ^When this breaks a stopper valve is forced out by the
E17 024 pressure of the water, the water flows hitting a serrated shield which
E17 025 causes the water to spray rather than pour down in a direct stream.
E17 026 ^Within minutes the fire can be out.
E17 027    |^The system is controlled by special control valves usually
E17 028 outside a building but under cover. ^This detects the drop in water
E17 029 pressure and triggers the alarm connected to the fire station so they
E17 030 are alerted as soon as the sprinklers go off.
E17 031    |^The unit also has a valve so that once the brigade establishes
E17 032 the fire is out, the flow of water can be turned off. ^This minimises
E17 033 water damage.
E17 034 *<*4Device*>
E17 035    |^*0But the sprinkler system is not the only device installed at
E17 036 Wallaceville House to protect against major fire. ^Trident Alarms were
E17 037 also installed. ^Five *"call points**" (boxes which require the glass
E17 038 to be broken manually) can be found on the walls *- these switch on
E17 039 the audible alarms.
E17 040 *<*4Contracts*>
E17 041 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E17 042 *0Peter Byrne said.
E17 043 *<*5Experienced newcomer switched on to lights*>
E17 044    |^*0Wayne Newby is a newcomer to Wellington. ^But he is not new
E17 045 to the lighting business or to Academy Lighting where he has just
E17 046 taken over as manager in Wellington.
E17 047    |^His background started in electrical work but for the past
E17 048 sixteen years his interest has been in lighting, especially
E17 049 consultancy work.
E17 050    |^*"The best way to describe me is as a working manager,**" he
E17 051 said.
E17 052    |^Wayne has handled the full range of consultancy contracts
E17 053 including domestic, commercial and land**[ARB**]-scape lighting. ^He
E17 054 has helped customers with one or two rooms or complete homes. ^And he
E17 055 loves every minute.
E17 056 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E17 057 *<*4Challenge*>
E17 058    |^*0He finds the *"smallest room**" a particular challenge. ^One
E17 059 unusual job was for a gentleman who had one wall covered in book
E17 060 shelves *- it was the only place he got enough peace to read!
E17 061    |^A light fitting to Wayne is an ornament which happens to have a
E17 062 crucial function. ^So while helping customers find a light which fits
E17 063 with the decor and architecture, it must also perform the task
E17 064 required. ^It may be required for direct working quality light, to
E17 065 highlight a favourite object d'art or to simply create an atmosphere
E17 066 for particular family activities.
E17 067 *<*4Atmosphere*>
E17 068    |^*0And he speaks confidently of the various approaches to
E17 069 setting an atmosphere as he talks of the Danish system where
E17 070 **[PLATE**]
E17 071 table lamps and standard lamps are used, or the American way where
E17 072 long cords are taken from a central point to the four  corners of a
E17 073 room.
E17 074    |^After working for the past eleven years in Academy's
E17 075 Christchurch showroom, he finds the Wellington one small. ^Yet it
E17 076 contains every style of light customers could want.
E17 077 *<*4Comprehensive choice in cane furniture caters for every need, room
E17 078 and owner*>
E17 079    |^*0Furniture Discoveries Cane Shop in Lower Hutt boasts the
E17 080 largest and most comprehensive range of furniture at the lowest prices
E17 081 in Wellington. ^There is something for every room in the home.
E17 082    |^Patio and breakfast tables are ideal for breakfast nooks and
E17 083 sun rooms. ^There are several sizes with seating for two to eight
E17 084 people.
E17 085 **[PLATE**]
E17 086    |^In sun rooms there may also be space for a day bed which not
E17 087 only provides extra seating but can be used as an additional bed for
E17 088 guests.
E17 089 *<*4Styles*>
E17 090    |^*0There are two styles. ^One is a single bed size with
E17 091 free-standing plump cushions which can be removed for sleeping. ^The
E17 092 other has large connecting squabs which are pulled out to make a
E17 093 double bed.
E17 094    |^Both can be covered in the fabric of choice.
E17 095    |^For spa rooms and conservatories cane is ideal. ^It is
E17 096 resistant to sun and steam. ^For these rooms there is a large range of
E17 097 suite styles to choose from. ^Chairs may also be bought individually
E17 098 if desired.
E17 099    |^Although Furniture Discoveries has an excellent selection of
E17 100 suitable upholstery fabrics, they are quite happy for customers to
E17 101 provide their own for the suites.
E17 102 *<*4Windows*>
E17 103    |^*0The finishing touch for any room is the window covering. ^A
E17 104 solution could be found in their range of cane blinds. ^One of the
E17 105 most popular is the match**[ARB**]-stick which can be painted with a
E17 106 water-based paint to blend with the decor. ^The other natural finish
E17 107 blinds are tortoiseshell, rice-paper and Chinese. ^They come in 6\0ft
E17 108 drops in various widths up to a maximum of 8 \0ft.
E17 109    |^Bedroom needs are also catered for in Furniture Discoveries'
E17 110 range. ^There are drawer units in three, four and five drawer models,
E17 111 and dressing tables. ^Both have woven cane tops.
E17 112 *<*4Shelves*>
E17 113    |^*0For those wanting additional storage, any of the shelving
E17 114 units would make an attractive feature and of course there is an
E17 115 excellent selection of occasional tables.
E17 116 **[PLATE**]
E17 117 *<Husband's gift *- an interior designer *- means home completely
E17 118 redecorated*>
E17 119    |^Ingenuity is the hallmark of the birthday presents Helen and
E17 120 Pat Williams dream up for each other. ^But Helen's present in 1984 had
E17 121 to be one of the best. ^Her husband gave her an interior designer!
E17 122    |^In fact there were two
E17 123 **[PLATES**]
E17 124 *- Rod Loder of Loder Interiors and his long time member of staff,
E17 125 Philippine McRae. ^They arrived with a letter of introduction giving
E17 126 Helen the freedom to accept their guidance in redecorating the home.
E17 127    |^Helen was delighted. ^The Williams had bought their 10 acre
E17 128 block because of the setting, but the home did not reflect their
E17 129 personalities. ^Her unique present gave her the opportunity she had
E17 130 longed for.
E17 131    |^Initially she spent time with Rod and Philippine going through
E17 132 the home and discussing the part each room played in their lives.
E17 133 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E17 134 Helen said.
E17 135    |^Their furniture and carpet provided the key around which the
E17 136 ideas were built. ^The Williams had collected older furniture for
E17 137 their previous home. ^The neutral fawn carpet was in good condition.
E17 138    |^For the lounge of the 15 year old concrete block house, a
E17 139 granite green Blume handprint wallpaper with tiny gold streaks was
E17 140 chosen. ^The Warner curtain fabric has the same green and introduces
E17 141 the rust tones picked out in a diamond pattern rust and cream velvet
E17 142 upholstery fabric.
E17 143    |^*"I wanted this to be a reasonably formal room,**" Helen said.
E17 144    |^Double doors lead to an open plan area with a sitting corner,
E17 145 dining and kitchen.
E17 146    |^To bring out the country cottage flavour a plain biscuit
E17 147 coloured Blume wallpaper was used with two highlight wall coverings *-
E17 148 cork and wool.
E17 149    |^Continuous weave curtaining by Baumann of Austria covers the
E17 150 extensive window area.
E17 151    |^For the hallway a cream Ashley vinyl paper with textured look
E17 152 was used.
E17 153    |^This also toned with the existing paper in the family room
E17 154 where the curtains have rust and earth tones which are carried through
E17 155 to the leather patchwork covering in the suite.
E17 156    |^The black and white Dash wallpaper chosen for the bathroom
E17 157 allowed Helen to have a red ceiling as a dramatic highlight. ^The same
E17 158 red was in a picture she bought in Bali.
E17 159    |^The one room for which Helen had definite ideas was the master
E17 160 bedroom. ^Helen wanted a burgundy suede wall covering and no curtains.
E17 161 ^The results are dramatic, broken only by the cream padded covering on
E17 162 the waterbed with the same colour in pleated lampshades.
E17 163    |^It took almost two years to complete the entire project but the
E17 164 Williams are thrilled with the results. ^Working with trained
E17 165 personnel makes interior decorating so much easier they said and they
E17 166 recommend it to everyone.
E17 167 *<*4Accurate light control for windows *- with flexible blind system*>
E17 168    |^*0There are dozens of options to choose from when considering
E17 169 window coverings but one of the most versatile must be the vertical
E17 170 blind. ^It can be used over feature windows, sloping windows, sliding
E17 171 and French doors, or even as a room divider.
E17 172    |^As well as providing the finishing touch a vertical blind gives
E17 173 homeowners complete control over light, provides protection from
E17 174 ultraviolet light for valued furniture and furnishing,
E17 175 **[PLATE**]
E17 176 yet allows for complete privacy or maximum view with ease.
E17 177 *<*4Proven*>
E17 178    |^*0Vertical blinds are proven overseas where they have been
E17 179 available for several years. ^In April this year Nuvo Blinds opened in
E17 180 Lower Hutt to serve the Greater Wellington area.
E17 181    |^The company is a family concern. ^The partners are brothers *-
E17 182 Morgan and Edward Goldsmith. ^Also involved with promotions is
E17 183 Morgan's wife, Louise.
E17 184    |^Their aim is not to just sell the product but to provide
E17 185 customers with a completely personalised service.
E17 186 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E17 187 Louise said.
E17 188    |^*"We want them to make the right choice *- they must be happy
E17 189 with what they get.**"
E17 190 *<*4Tracks*>
E17 191    |^*0The tracks come in silver or bronze, while the range of
E17 192 fabrics is extensive. ^Many are fire resistant, others are designed
E17 193 for use in wet areas where mould is a distinct problem (such as
E17 194 bathrooms), while others are purely for decoration.
E17 195    |^There are a number of *"looks**" *- linen, suede, lightly
E17 196 textured, heavily textured and functional. ^The choice will usually
E17 197 depend on the room being fitted and the final effect preferred by the
E17 198 owner.
E17 199 *<*4Colours*>
E17 200    |^*0The fabrics cover a wide range of colours from white and
E17 201 pastels through to dramatic black and burgundy.
E17 202    |^*"Colour co-ordination through our in-house free measure and
E17 203 quote service is proving very popular,**" Louise said.
E17 204 *<*4Benefits*>
E17 205    |^*0One of the benefits with vertical blinds is that the fabric
E17 206 can be changed when the decor is re-done.
E17 207    |^Another is that should a single slat be damaged it can be
E17 208 replaced.
E17 209    |^Delivery is between 2 and 4 weeks with a 12 month guarantee on
E17 210 workmanship and installation.
E17 211 *<*4Display*>
E17 212    |^*0Vertical blinds can be seen *"in action**" at Nuvo's showroom
E17 213 in Dudley Street, Lower Hutt, where many of the colours and fabrics
E17 214 are on display.
E17 215 *<*5Custom Renovators definitely Alu-Frame now!*>
E17 216    |^*0A year ago Custom Renovators had a name change *- they became
E17 217 known as Alu-Frame. ^But it has not been easy for the company to shrug
E17 218 off the old name. ^People who dealt with the company prior to the
E17 219 change show their friends the superb work done for them, but their
E17 220 friends cannot find the company listed anywhere in the telephone
E17 221 books. ^It is listed under its new name.
E17 222    |^The change was initiated by the manager, Bob Carlyon, who felt
E17 223 the old name did not reflect what the company was doing and that it
E17 224 was a bit long winded.
E17 225    |^In discussion with a marketing specialist he explained that he
E17 226 wanted a name which gave a hint of their work, was short, punchy, and
E17 227 easy to remember. ^Alu-Frame Industries was the result *- commonly
E17 228 known as Alu-Frame.
E17 229    |^*"With this name there is not much confusion about what we do.
E17 230 ^It's a small easy name to use,**" Bob Carlyon said.
E17 231    |^Under that umbrella they design and build conservatories,
E17 232 in-fill replacement or full replacement windows and produce house lots
E17 233 of windows all made in durable, easy-care aluminium.
E17 234    |^Although people probably picture aluminium frames as being
E17 235 either the original anodised silver or the more recent popular bronze,
E17 236 Alu-Frame can offer a wide range of colour finishes.
E17 237    |^The most popular today is white closely followed by olive green
E17 238 which blends with green stained timbers.
E17 239 *#
E18 001 **[123 TEXT E18**]
E18 002 *<*3AUCKLAND *1report*>
E18 003 *<by Don Cameron*>
E18 004 |^*6E*2VERYONE *0in Auckland knows what Jeff Crowe wants for Christmas
E18 005 *- a big package of runs.
E18 006    |^The solidly-built 28-year-old has never looked better. ^He is
E18 007 lean and trim, looks a picture of health, is settling down into a
E18 008 promotions job with Lion Breweries, he seems to be seeing the ball all
E18 009 right. ^The problem is that up to the start of this month he cannot
E18 010 find a run.
E18 011    |^There has been an embarrassing number of noughts in his club
E18 012 score-sheets. ^He just keeps getting out *- quickly. ^In the Data
E18 013 General one-day game against New South Wales, and after John Reid and
E18 014 Peter Webb had given Auckland a solid start, Bob Holland gave Crowe a
E18 015 rather friendly full toss first ball.
E18 016    |^Crowe got it nicely in the middle of the bat, but the ball went
E18 017 in the air and if Murray Bennett at deep midon had been a little
E18 018 quicker (and not nursing a bruised thumb) Crowe's run of zeroes would
E18 019 have grown by one.
E18 020    |^There is the usual comment that the runs after Christmas are
E18 021 the ones that count, when the Shell matches come along, and it is not
E18 022 always a good idea to get hundreds of runs before Christmas.
E18 023    |^But Crowe needs runs unless the Auckland selectors are prepared
E18 024 to pick him on faith rather than fact. ^There seem to be so many
E18 025 batsmen (and bowlers) shuffling round Auckland at the moment that the
E18 026 selectors must lean heavily to pre-Christmas form.
E18 027    |^After that near-miss at Eden Park Crowe went busily along to
E18 028 17, while Peter Webb was leading the charge from the other end, and
E18 029 their 53-run partnership in quick time probably turned that one-day
E18 030 rain-shortened game in Auckland's favour.
E18 031    |^Webb's form was most interesting. ^He preferred to bat down the
E18 032 order last summer, with conspicuous success. ^But in that season
E18 033 Auckland had Trevor Franklin and Phil Horne at the top of the list.
E18 034    |^Now Franklin is missing, still recovering from that horrendous
E18 035 injury from a luggage trolley at Gatwick airport after the New
E18 036 Zealanders' tour of England.
E18 037    |^For a long time it seemed as if Horne would be missing, too.
E18 038 ^He went off to the Commonwealth Games carrying his badminton racket,
E18 039 and then planned a longish holiday.
E18 040 **[PLATE**]
E18 041    |^However, the call of cricket was too loud to ignore. ^Horne
E18 042 caught a plane home, went almost from the airport straight into action
E18 043 for Grafton on November 29 and, not surprisingly after two days
E18 044 without sleep, was considerably below his best form. ^But Horne has so
E18 045 much to offer, both in steadfast batting and quite superb fielding,
E18 046 that the Auckland selectors will be foolish if they do not pick him
E18 047 for the Shell series.
E18 048    |^Whether Webb will be the other opener depends very much on the
E18 049 selectors' plans. ^He was so often the key man in the middle of the
E18 050 innings last summer, 441 runs, average 50, that he should be left to
E18 051 bat in the \0No 5-7 region again.
E18 052    |^Various other batsmen have, with Franklin absent, moved up the
E18 053 list to bid for an opening berth. ^One is Richard Reid, a very capable
E18 054 and experienced cricketer. ^Another is Derek Scott, the youngster who
E18 055 made such a promising top-order start at \0No 2 or 3 for Auckland last
E18 056 year, and named by the New Zealand Almanac as one of the three most
E18 057 promising young players last summer. ^Scott's ability as a medium-pace
E18 058 bowler adds to his claims.
E18 059    |^Martin Pringle, a young man of considerable talent *- and a
E18 060 sharpshooter in the field *- opened in the Data General one-day
E18 061 matches for Auckland without making a deep impression. ^He would be
E18 062 better off working his passage down the order at this stage of his
E18 063 career.
E18 064    |^John Reid is the logical \0No 3 batsman and Dipak Patel's
E18 065 all-round ability insists that he keep a place at about \0No 4 or 5.
E18 066 ^Perhaps the best batting list for Auckland at the moment would be
E18 067 Horne, Richard Reid or Scott, John Reid, Patel, Crowe, Webb and
E18 068 perhaps Pringle. ^John Bracewell is a certainty as the off-spinning
E18 069 all-rounder and Paul Kelly remains at the head of the wicketkeeping
E18 070 queue.
E18 071    |^But sorting out a four-man medium-fast attack from the talent
E18 072 available must have the selectors Eric Smith, Warren Stott and Barry
E18 073 Huston tossing uneasily in their beds.
E18 074    |^In the Data General matches Auckland used Danny Morrison,
E18 075 Willie Watson, Martin Snedden and Stuart Gillespie against Wellington,
E18 076 and Morrison, Gary Troup, Snedden and Gillespie against New South
E18 077 Wales.
E18 078    |^Hovering somewhere in the background is Brian Barrett, still
E18 079 not in top gear after his injury-hit tour of England, and now
E18 080 evidently having a back injury.
E18 081    |^At the moment Morrison might just be at the head of the list.
E18 082 ^He bowled 18 overs in the two one-dayers, two wickets for 40 runs.
E18 083 ^He was brisk rather than blindingly fast, but his run-up (perhaps a
E18 084 shade too long) and his action looked good and he seems prepared to
E18 085 bend his back every now and then and let one slip.
E18 086    |^Watson is the puzzle. ^Perhaps through injury or lack of
E18 087 confidence he seems to have dropped his speed a little. ^Two years ago
E18 088 he could bowl the really sharp ball every now and then. ^He still
E18 089 wobbles it around nicely, but may have lost a little of his cutting
E18 090 edge.
E18 091    |^Then you come to the three senior gentlemen, Troup, Snedden and
E18 092 Gillespie. ^Troup has been hampered a little by a shoulder injury
E18 093 which, while not affecting his bowling very much, has stifled his
E18 094 throwing arm in the field. ^This is Troup's benefit season for
E18 095 Auckland and so he will be doubly keen to make an impact.
E18 096    |^Gillespie looked a little wooden and awkward against New South
E18 097 Wales, but his club form has been good. ^Still, it is hard to think of
E18 098 an Auckland side at the moment without the durable Snedden. ^On good
E18 099 pitches Snedden looks more likely to produce the really good ball than
E18 100 Gillespie.
E18 101    |^Having sorted out their side the Auckland selectors, with Webb
E18 102 as the skipper, must then give their players a short, sharp talk.
E18 103 ^There was a look of the *"Great Auks**" about Eden Park \0No 2 as
E18 104 Wellington took them apart in the first one-day Data General match in
E18 105 late November. ^They had all the flossy gear from a new sponsor, they
E18 106 looked great, and did not play all that well. ^Fancy Dans, a
E18 107 Wellington player called them.
E18 108    |^Well, if the Aucklanders discard the fancy frills and get down
E18 109 to solid, hard work they will be a decidedly useful side *- especially
E18 110 if Santa Claus comes along with that big package for Jeff Crowe.
E18 111 *<*3NORTHERN DISTRICTS *1report*>
E18 112 *<*4by *6ANDY QUICK*>
E18 113 |^N*2ORTHERN *0Districts should be looking mainly to fairly well
E18 114 established players to carry the association's banner in this season's
E18 115 Shell series.
E18 116    |^However, not all the old guard will be there. ^Geoff Howarth's
E18 117 move to Auckland and his alignment with Takapuna has ended a long and
E18 118 so often profitable association with Northern Districts. ^Through
E18 119 injury he missed three Shell Trophy matches last season and in nine
E18 120 first class innings he managed only 168 runs with a highest score of
E18 121 79 and only one other time past 20 but his presence always offered
E18 122 hope and boosted confidence.
E18 123    |^A loss which Northern Districts may feel particularly is that
E18 124 of medium paced bowler Steve Scott, who also moved to Auckland and is
E18 125 playing for Ellerslie. ^Scott, who was a Northlander when he first
E18 126 broke into the Northern Districts team, more recently helped Bay of
E18 127 Plenty in its rise to prominence.
E18 128    |^He was captain of the Bay of Plenty team which last summer
E18 129 lifted the U-Bix Cup from Hawke's Bay and retained it to the end of
E18 130 the season. ^The other feature which helped to make the season so
E18 131 eventful for Scott was his recall to the Northern Districts team after
E18 132 an absence of three seasons. ^He accepted a big load with plenty of
E18 133 enthusiasm and determination and finished with 24 wickets at 30.04 in
E18 134 first class games.
E18 135    |^Another well known player gone from Northern Districts and Bay
E18 136 of Plenty, after two seasons in the area, is New Zealand
E18 137 representative Bruce Blair, who decided to return home to Otago.
E18 138 ^Because of his commitments with the New Zealand team in the Benson
E18 139 and Hedges one day series in Australia he made only two appearances in
E18 140 Northern Districts' first class matches last season and came out with
E18 141 a double of 51 not out and 46 to make him the best of the batsmen
E18 142 against the Australians at Seddon Park.
E18 143    |^If the loss of Scott was a matter for concern, so was the early
E18 144 season back problem of opening bowler Mark Carrington, whose 25 first
E18 145 class wickets last summer were netted at a cost of 31.68 apiece.
E18 146 ^After an appearance for Melville early this summer he had to make
E18 147 himself not available for club and Hamilton representative fixtures
E18 148 and selectors were left hoping he would be able to make a return
E18 149 before too long.
E18 150    |^Much may depend on left arm new ball bowler Karl Treiber, who
E18 151 when he came in for the latter part of last season's first class
E18 152 programme made a big impact. ^Fellow Northlander Murray Child, with
E18 153 his consistent left arm medium pace, could again be figuring in the
E18 154 attack, while there will be interest in the progress of young new ball
E18 155 bowler Kim Hancock.
E18 156    |^Introduced last season, Hancock showed promise in several
E18 157 matches and later he went on an Australian tour with the Prudential
E18 158 New Zealand Youth team. ^Hancock's bowling is probably not being
E18 159 helped by his return from club cricket at Hamilton to Matamata,
E18 160 especially when majority vote was against the inauguration of a Thames
E18 161 Valley-wide club competition which should have helped the development
E18 162 of young players like Hancock.
E18 163    |^Another New Zealand Youth team member in Australia who should
E18 164 figure more and more in despatches for Northern Districts is Grant
E18 165 Bradburn with his offspin and his middle order batting. ^His debut for
E18 166 Northern Districts last season was marked by some very encouraging
E18 167 performances.
E18 168    |^From the Youth team's Australian tour he returned second in the
E18 169 batting averages and was the leading wicket taker.
E18 170 **[PLATE**]
E18 171    |^Not all the movement among the bowlers had been away from the
E18 172 team. ^One who has come back eager to resume his first class cricket
E18 173 after a break of a season is Northern Districts' top wicket taker of
E18 174 all time, left arm spinner Cliff Dickeson. ^After confining his
E18 175 activities last season to club and Hamilton representative matches
E18 176 Dickeson has returned with renewed vigour and hunger for wickets. ^He
E18 177 seems certain to be used for long periods and should stand up to it
E18 178 well.
E18 179    |^Another obvious selection as followers assessed the prospects
E18 180 was wicketkeeper Bryan Young, who last season broke fellow Northlander
E18 181 Lance Mountain's record for the number of dismissals for Northern
E18 182 Districts in a season.
E18 183    |^Lindsay Crocker, easing himself back after a late start because
E18 184 of an operation in the off season, Russell Mawhinney, fighting back
E18 185 after an unusual number of cheap dismissals in early club and Hamilton
E18 186 matches, David White, who last season became Northern Districts' first
E18 187 double century maker, Chris Kuggeleijn and Barry Cooper loomed as
E18 188 virtually certain batting choices.
E18 189    |^Another chapter in the Lance Cairns saga seemed about to be
E18 190 written with his announcement he was available for Shell Cup fixtures.
E18 191    |^Among young players who appeared to be knocking at the door of
E18 192 Northern Districts selection were Counties batsman Brian Spragg,
E18 193 Hamilton all rounder Paul Hodder and Hamilton left arm medium pacer
E18 194 Murphy Sua. ^Star batsman in the Northern Districts under-20 team last
E18 195 season, Spragg made one appearance for the second *=XI and went on to
E18 196 head the New Zealand Youth team's batting averages in Australia.
E18 197    |^Hodder finished last season's second *=XI programme with 83 in
E18 198 the second innings against Canterbury and 77 in the only innings
E18 199 against Otago. ^He is a very handy bowler at something sharper than
E18 200 medium pace and is a brilliant field.
E18 201 *#
E19 001 **[124 TEXT E19**]
E19 002    |^*4The series of Oddball Trout that featured in Fishing News
E19 003 several months ago illustrated some of the dreadful deformities
E19 004 outside influences, such as man, can both knowingly and unknowingly
E19 005 inflict on trout.
E19 006    |^*0The most common reasons for these deformities in trout
E19 007 populations are changes in the temperature of water flowing through a
E19 008 redd and either an increase or decrease in the outside pressure of the
E19 009 spawning grounds.
E19 010    |^Anglers don't have any control over water temperatures but they
E19 011 can control unnecessary pressure. ^The increased weight exerted on the
E19 012 still developing trout embryo within the redd by an angler wading on
E19 013 it, can, at the very least, create future oddballs.
E19 014    |^But in most cases, thoughtless wading over a redd, especially
E19 015 during the critical period of development of the trout's nervous
E19 016 system which occurs from two days to two weeks after fertilisation,
E19 017 kills the majority of embryo outright.
E19 018    |^No one, in particular sports fishermen, would knowingly cause
E19 019 the deaths of so many trout. ^Assuming of course they know what trout
E19 020 spawning ground looks like and where they are normally found.
E19 021    |^There are, without doubt, many anglers who fish the Taupo
E19 022 rivers during the winter spawning runs, who wouldn't know a spawning
E19 023 redd if they tripped over one. ^And they often do.
E19 024    |^This fact was driven home to me recently while watching a pair
E19 025 of trout spawn in the upper reaches of the Waitahanui River.
E19 026    |^A visiting American angler and I had spent the best part of an
E19 027 hour watching the hen industriously forming a shallow depression in
E19 028 the loosely packed gravel. ^Then accompanied by the jack, move into
E19 029 the depression, lay and fertilise the ova then move slightly upstream
E19 030 and repeat the process so the gravel dislodged from the next dig,
E19 031 covered the one holding the freshly deposited ova. ^To my American
E19 032 guest, this was the highlight of his fishing career for he came from a
E19 033 state where the waters were almost exclusively stocked with hatchery
E19 034 reared fish.
E19 035    |^Because of this he had never before had the opportunity to
E19 036 actually see wild trout doing what comes naturally.
E19 037    |^Though I had witnessed spawning rituals many times before, I
E19 038 had never in the past seen it in such perfect light conditions.
E19 039    |^From the hen's appearance I
E19 040 **[PLATES**]
E19 041 guessed they were almost through when to our horror, two anglers
E19 042 appeared on the opposite bank and without so much as a glance, entered
E19 043 the water and waded over almost the entire length of the freshly made
E19 044 redd.
E19 045    |^When I, none too subtly confronted them about their poor choice
E19 046 for a river crossing, they had no idea what I was talking about.
E19 047    |^These anglers, like many others were fully aware of the
E19 048 existence of spawning grounds but did not know what one looked like.
E19 049 ^Nor the unfortunate fact that trout spawn mainly in the tails of
E19 050 pools and runs in water seldom deeper than 40 centimetres which is
E19 051 usually the place and depth chosen by anglers for river crossings.
E19 052    |^Should an angler be fishing waters that hold spawning trout,
E19 053 care should be taken before wading to look for the obvious signs of
E19 054 spawning grounds.
E19 055    |^These signs, when looked for are easy to identify. ^There must
E19 056 be good flow of clean, highly oxygenated water over a bed of loosely
E19 057 packed small stones, preferably rounded, ranging in size from 1 to
E19 058 5\0cms.
E19 059    |^The texture or size of stones in the stream bed is important.
E19 060 ^Too smaller**[SIC**] stones, like too much silt, smother the ova by
E19 061 restricting the flow of water through the redd.
E19 062    |^Overly large stones make it impossible for the fish to excavate
E19 063 it in the first place, though it is amazing how many extremely large
E19 064 stones appear on redds at times.
E19 065    |^Once the likely looking spawning areas have been identified,
E19 066 locating any redds already dug is a simple task, made easier by using
E19 067 polaroid glasses. ^All streams, regardless of size, flow or even the
E19 068 time of year, have a layer of slime or algae on their beds.
E19 069    |^Areas that have been used by spawning trout to make their redds
E19 070 always appear as a very clean section of the stream bed, shaped like
E19 071 an elongated oval, the area of which is slightly higher than the
E19 072 surrounding bed.
E19 073    |^In some cases, these clean, raised sections which are the
E19 074 redds, can exceed five metres in length and be more than a metre wide.
E19 075 ^Providing a few seconds' care is taken to have a look, a freshly dug
E19 076 redd is as obvious as a glo-bug in a gorse bush.
E19 077    |^*4Footnote. ^*0In the 1983 Fisheries Act, in what could have
E19 078 only been a totally misinformed decision, the Ministry of Agriculture
E19 079 and Fisheries deleted the clause in the Taupo freshwater fisheries
E19 080 regulations that prohibited the disturbing of spawning grounds.
E19 081    |^Hopefully, the Wildlife Service will be able to reinstate this
E19 082 important and much needed regulation.
E19 083 *<*4\0S-glass rod did the trick & fishermen slumbered on*>
E19 084 *<*0By Craig Worthington*>
E19 085    |^*4Recently, after suffering from the effects of a sudden and
E19 086 unexplainable urge to spend, I became the proud owner of yet another
E19 087 rod to add to my steadily growing pile of fishing paraphernalia.
E19 088    |^*0This latest acquisition was destined to replace my old and
E19 089 rather battle weary saltwater fly rod that had been mistreated for far
E19 090 too long and was consequently well overdue for retirement.
E19 091    |^The new fly rod was one of Kilwell's gutsy saltwater sticks
E19 092 that is designed specifically to handle line weights in the order of
E19 093 10 to 12 as well as all the punishment that the hoped for hard
E19 094 fighting deep running pelagic species could possibly give it.
E19 095    |^It introduced the first \0S-glass/ composite graphite materials
E19 096 into my collection of standard fibreglass fishing poles and I was
E19 097 therefore curious to see what differences these additional properties
E19 098 would make in terms of performance.
E19 099    |^The \0S-glass bit is a fairly new concept in rod manufacture
E19 100 which has only been seen on the marketplace within the last few years.
E19 101 ^It involves a complex process whereby manganese is injected into the
E19 102 fibreglass during the actual fibre production stage. ^Supposedly this
E19 103 increases the stiffness of the glass as well as increasing its
E19 104 strength.
E19 105    |^The salty \0S-glass fly rod definitely did feel stiffer,
E19 106 snappier and altogether stronger than ordinary fibreglass but I
E19 107 decided to reserve my final judgement until after it had undergone the
E19 108 obligatory fishing test.
E19 109    |^For the purpose of this customary rod breaking-in session I
E19 110 chose to visit a local rivermouth that is a favoured kahawai hole of
E19 111 mine as it is usually well stacked out with fish. ^A blank day at this
E19 112 location is such an extreme rarity that I had every confidence that
E19 113 the new fly rod would be adequately christened.
E19 114    |^I arrived at the rivermouth with these hopeful expectations
E19 115 still firmly intact and quickly set about scanning the small surf for
E19 116 telltale signs of life. ^Here the kahawai are frequently quite easy to
E19 117 spot as they have a tendency to sit in tightly knit schools close in
E19 118 against the beach.
E19 119    |^When found behaving in this fashion they can make quite an
E19 120 incredible spectacle as their thousands of closely packed bodies ride
E19 121 each wave and swell in unison.
E19 122    |^On this day an insignificant surf and a dull cloudy sky made
E19 123 fish spotting difficult but eventually I managed to catch sight of a
E19 124 good patch of fish. ^They were in an area that I had least expected
E19 125 them to be, right in amidst three nylon lines that originated from
E19 126 beach rods stuck in the sand.
E19 127    |^The kahawai were only visible as a hard to detect dark smudge
E19 128 of water that looked more like weed than fish and would be totally
E19 129 unidentifiable to the unaccustomed observer.
E19 130    |^So it was with the owners of the beach rods. ^They lay on the
E19 131 sand with their backs to the beach and seemed quite oblivious to the
E19 132 fact that there were fish at their feet.
E19 133    |^I snuck in beside them as quietly as I could so as not to
E19 134 disturb their rest and carefully laid a fly out over the school.
E19 135    |^Immediately the fly dropped down it was pounced upon by a horde
E19 136 of eager kahawai, the hookup was instantaneous and a fine aerobatic
E19 137 battle ensued.
E19 138    |^After playing out this powerpacked three kilo fish I eased it
E19 139 into the shallows and slipped the hook from its jaw, it hesitated for
E19 140 a short while before tearing back towards the security of the school.
E19 141    |^I repeated this process with another half dozen fish of similar
E19 142 size and during all this time the slumbering fishermen behind me did
E19 143 not stir.
E19 144    |^The new rod had performed beautifully up to this point.
E19 145 ^Although the casting was only as good as my limited fly tossing
E19 146 abilities would allow, it fought all those fish in tremendous style.
E19 147    |^It handled the four kilo leader I was using with consummate
E19 148 ease and still had plenty more power in reserve.
E19 149    |^The action that it possessed could almost have been described
E19 150 as fast for a fly rod, definitely no deep C bends here.
E19 151    |^Much of its strength was right down towards the butt of the
E19 152 rod, giving it heaps of that much needed lifting power that is so
E19 153 essential for pulling stubborn fish out of deep water.
E19 154    |^Overall, you could say I was more than happy with my purchase.
E19 155    |^Feeling as smug as I was I decided to place out a live bait and
E19 156 follow the example of my fellow fishermen by retiring on the sand. ^I
E19 157 was being a bit hopeful by trying for a kingi this early in the season
E19 158 (it was the middle of October) but I figured that any chance was worth
E19 159 a go.
E19 160    |^Closer to the onset of summer this river, like many others
E19 161 around our eastern coastline, can turn on some quite spectacular kingi
E19 162 fishing when conditions are favourable.
E19 163    |^It is generally at its best when a lowtide coincides with dusk
E19 164 at the end of a hot day.
E19 165    |^After warming all day in the heat of the sun, many species of
E19 166 baitfish, juvenile fish and other potential kingfish fodder are
E19 167 attracted to the river's tepid waters.
E19 168    |^Large numbers of these small fish are then sucked out of the
E19 169 river on the outgoing tide and fall easy prey to the kingis as they
E19 170 are overwhelmed by the force of the seaward current.
E19 171    |^With the tide running out strongly and the sun still high in
E19 172 the sky the kingfish tend to shy away from the shallower water around
E19 173 the river mouth and instead sit well out to sea.
E19 174    |^At this stage they can be difficult to hook from the shore
E19 175 although I have had some success with piper and livebaits floated well
E19 176 out to sea with the aid of a stiff westerly and a fully inflated
E19 177 balloon.
E19 178    |^Mostly though you have to wait until the real action begins as
E19 179 the sun begins to sink low on the skyline.
E19 180    |^As the sun goes down and the tide diminishes in strength the
E19 181 mullet, piper, and juvenile kahawai congregate around the mouth in
E19 182 anticipation of the turning tide.
E19 183    |^With them come the kingis who wait until the first bits of blue
E19 184 start to fade from the sky before they move in on the attack.
E19 185    |^Soon there are packs of kingis all over the place blasting
E19 186 their way through panicking schools of kahawai.
E19 187    |^Little fish flee in all directions, throwing themselves up on
E19 188 the beach and erupting from the water in great sprays of twisting,
E19 189 tiny bodies.
E19 190    |^For a few moments it is a full on feast for the kings but as
E19 191 the last bands of light disappear from the horizon this orgy of eating
E19 192 abruptly comes to an end.
E19 193    |^This sort of intensely exciting activity usually lasts for 15
E19 194 to 20 minutes and if you fail to hook up within that time then that is
E19 195 it *- you've muffed it.
E19 196    |^The fishing during these frenzied feeding binges is however not
E19 197 as simple as it may seem. ^Your bait has to be placed right in front
E19 198 of the kingi's nose for it to be noticed and this can often be
E19 199 difficult when they are moving quickly all over the place chasing a
E19 200 thousand other targets.
E19 201 *#
E20 001 **[125 TEXT E20**]
E20 002 |^*4A*0n expedition of about a dozen Wildlife Officers and volunteers
E20 003 assembled at Te Anau in mid-January 1986, and with the aid of
E20 004 helicopters were removed from the comfort of motel beds to perches
E20 005 thousands of feet high on mountain fastnesses within minutes. ^Some
E20 006 were more fortunate than others; their homes for the next few weeks
E20 007 would be huts supplied by {0BP} as part of the company's *+$23,000
E20 008 contribution to the kakapo project. ^The remainder would have to
E20 009 settle for tents, come rain or snow.
E20 010    |^The first morning of my stay in the Transit Valley, we decide
E20 011 to tackle *"The Kastle**", so named for its impregnable appearance.
E20 012 ^From our camp, the safest way up to it is via a fixed rope suspended
E20 013 down a steep gut. ^Access to this natural promontory is extremely
E20 014 hazardous for humans, but kakapo have clambered up such steep ridges
E20 015 for eons towards their rendezvous with their mates. ^Perhaps only here
E20 016 have predators failed to penetrate.
E20 017    |^Signs are apparent of kakapo feeding but disappointingly they
E20 018 are old, possibly several months or even longer. ^Tales of kakapo
E20 019 feeding and *"housekeeping**" habits are
E20 020 **[PLATE**]
E20 021 legend.
E20 022 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E20 023 explains Anderson.
E20 024    |^Strictly vegetarian, their favoured foods are spaniard,
E20 025 celmisia, dracophylum and tussock, of which they eat large amounts to
E20 026 gain a weight of up to 3.4 \0kg.
E20 027 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E20 028 (Reischek, *1Yesterdays in Maoriland.)
E20 029    |^*0The following three days are spent in exhaustive and
E20 030 exhausting searches for kakapo sign. ^Distances are measured in hours
E20 031 rather than mileage, for leatherwood makes for uncompromising travel.
E20 032 ^By the end of the week we have seen a little sign but a fraction of
E20 033 the valley, and one understands why helicopters have become such an
E20 034 important part of Wildlife work.
E20 035    |^At night the news of the day is broadcast to Burwood Station at
E20 036 Te Anau, which receives from all the kakapo searchers in Fiordland as
E20 037 well as those on Stewart Island, staff working on takahe in the
E20 038 Murchison Mountains and on black stilt in the MacKenzie Basin.
E20 039    |^During a *"pit day**" Dick Anderson tells me how the Wildlife
E20 040 Service intends to save the kakapo from extinction. ^Like many staff,
E20 041 he feels strongly about the bird's survival, having been involved in
E20 042 numerous expeditions since the mid-60s.
E20 043 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E20 044 Anderson says.
E20 045    |^Codfish Island is possibly even more suitable for kakapo as the
E20 046 climate is closer to what the present population is used to, but it is
E20 047 yet to be completely cleared of possums and wekas. ^It is estimated
E20 048 that perhaps two years will see the last of these and the island will
E20 049 become fit for kakapo habitation.
E20 050    |^But as the only breeding population lives on Stewart Island,
E20 051 where fewer than 50 birds are still at risk from cats despite the
E20 052 vigilance of Wildlife staff, isn't that a sufficient threat to remove
E20 053 the kakapo from there immediately and transfer them, even temporarily,
E20 054 to a safe haven?
E20 055    |^Anderson answers that they are satisfied the cat problem is
E20 056 under control, at least enough not to warrant upsetting the birds by
E20 057 shifting them. ^Furthermore, even though the kakapo on Little Barrier
E20 058 are not breeding yet, there are high hopes that they will do so.
E20 059 ^Finally, time is on their side, for it is estimated that kakapo could
E20 060 live as long as 50 years although they breed perhaps only at one to
E20 061 four year intervals in normal situations.
E20 062 *|^*4I*0t is the second to last day of my all too brief stay in the
E20 063 Transit Valley. ^The chances of finding kakapo in time-honoured ways
E20 064 are evaporating; modern technology takes over as we decide to locate
E20 065 one of the males (dubbed Talbot) fitted with a radio transmitter.
E20 066    |^Talbot's booming area lies only a 100 or so metres below the
E20 067 camp, and so we start from there, pointing antennae shaped like a
E20 068 {0TV} aerial in the most likely direction *- but instead of
E20 069 descending, the *"beep beep**" signal comes from the right, across the
E20 070 valley.
E20 071    |^For the next five hours we sidle across, through predominantly
E20 072 rata-beech forest inhabited by flocks of noisy kaka and where the
E20 073 going is much easier than the tortuous sub-alpine scrub not too many
E20 074 metres above.
E20 075    |^Finally, about two \0kms from where we have started, the
E20 076 signals tell us Talbot is just below. ^As silently as possible we
E20 077 descend until the signal is arriving from all directions *- the
E20 078 transmitter will not lead us precisely to the bird, but only provides
E20 079 a vague direction of its whereabouts. ^Usually dogs find it at this
E20 080 point.
E20 081    |^By descending further, we soon realise that Talbot is now above
E20 082 us. ^We are on a dense beech-covered ridge, one side of which drops
E20 083 away sharply down to a water**[ARB**]-fall. ^Every fern or moss under
E20 084 every rock and fallen tree becomes a kakapo... suddenly, a flash of
E20 085 wings and there he is under a log, attempting to bury himself deeper
E20 086 into his secretive world.
E20 087    |^Anderson catches him at an awkward angle and cannot prevent the
E20 088 bird from gnawing painfully into his hand. ^After a bout of hoarse
E20 089 croaking Talbot calms down and placidly sits, his owl-like countenance
E20 090 seemingly expressing the wisdom of many years.
E20 091    |^It is a special moment. ^The anthropomorphic sentiment that
E20 092 this and other Fiordland kakapo must be very lonely cannot help
E20 093 surfacing, nor the feeling that such a unique animal must be
E20 094 preserved.
E20 095    |^In less than five minutes our business is done; Talbot is
E20 096 somewhat lighter than he should be for booming and breeding purposes,
E20 097 but otherwise he is in good condition. ^The moment he is placed onto
E20 098 the ground he crawls back under the log and adopts the freeze position
E20 099 characteristic of the species. ^It is the only defence it knows.
E20 100    |^Up until now that posture has been no safeguard against
E20 101 marauding predators; today humans hold the key to the survival of this
E20 102 *"old New Zealander**" in what has become a battle against time. ^The
E20 103 boom of the kakapo has sounded out for thousands of years. ^Will it
E20 104 continue to do so in the 21st century?
E20 105 *<*4Captive Rearing of Takahe*>
E20 106 *<*0By Craig Robertson New Zealand Wildlife Service*>
E20 107 |^*4F*0or the past ten years the New Zealand Wildlife Service has been
E20 108 researching and preparing an intensive management plan dedicated to
E20 109 the preservation of the endangered takahe.
E20 110    |^There are three parts to this plan:
E20 111 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E20 112 _|*?31^To enhance and expand the existing wild population and
E20 113 re-establish further wild mainland populations.
E20 114 |*?31^To establish an additional population on a predator-free island.
E20 115 |*?31^To develop a captive rearing station.
E20 116 **[END INDENTATION**]
E20 117    |^The third part of this plan is now fully operational at the
E20 118 Burwood Bush Takahe Rearing Unit, part of the Gorge Hill Scientific
E20 119 Reserve, a 1350 hectare area of red tussock and beech forest about 35
E20 120 \0km east of Te Anau. ^One of the last remaining extensive areas of
E20 121 lowland red tussock, at present it is being managed jointly by the
E20 122 Wildlife Service and the Lands and Survey Department.
E20 123 **[PLATES**]
E20 124 *<*4Significant increase*>
E20 125 |^*0When the flightless takahe was rediscovered by \0Dr Geoffrey
E20 126 Orbell in the Murchison Mountains of Fiordland in 1948 the population
E20 127 stood at about 500 birds. ^By 1982 it had declined to an all-time low
E20 128 of 120 birds but now stands at approximately 180 wild birds *- a
E20 129 significant 20 percent increase in numbers over the past two years.
E20 130    |^In the wild, takahe usually rear only one chick each breeding
E20 131 season, yet most pairs have a two egg clutch. ^Most nests will have
E20 132 two *'good**' eggs (fertile and developing); in some both eggs will be
E20 133 infertile.
E20 134    |^Between 1982 and 1985 an egg manipulation programme was carried
E20 135 out, the aim being to ensure that each pair had a fertile egg. ^Eggs
E20 136 are *'candled**' (shining a light through the shell) to determine the
E20 137 presence of an embryo. ^Fertile eggs were transferred to nests which
E20 138 had infertile eggs, and from each of fifteen nests one egg was removed
E20 139 and taken to Burwood Bush to be artificially incubated. ^From 1986 no
E20 140 egg transfers will be made, but instead whole clutches from 10 pairs
E20 141 will be removed for artificial incubation. ^It is hoped that the pairs
E20 142 which have had eggs removed will re-lay. ^This has already proved
E20 143 successful with several pairs.
E20 144 *<*4Artificial rearing*>
E20 145 |^*0Captive rearing methods and research carried out on takahe at the
E20 146 National Wildlife Centre at \0Mt Bruce and the Te Anau Wildlife Park
E20 147 have helped develop the new technique. ^At present the National
E20 148 Wildlife Centre has six adult birds and this year, for the first time,
E20 149 twin chicks. ^Altogether eight takahe chicks have been reared to
E20 150 independence at \0Mt Bruce.
E20 151    |^The Wildlife Service first attempted artificial rearing of
E20 152 takahe (isolation technique), at the Te Anau Wildlife Park in a
E20 153 temporary
E20 154 **[PLATE**]
E20 155 set-up over the 1982/ 83 breeding season.
E20 156    |^From four eggs, three chicks were successfully raised. ^These
E20 157 birds are now in captivity at the park. ^In the 1983/ 84 season six
E20 158 chicks were raised and during 1984/ 85 three chicks. ^These nine
E20 159 takahe were transferred to Maud Island in the Marlborough Sounds in
E20 160 April '84 and June '85 as a trial for the establishment of takahe in a
E20 161 pasture grass/ island situation.
E20 162    |^Permanent rearing facilities have now been built alongside
E20 163 State Highway 94 overlooking the Burwood Bush Reserve, and, in
E20 164 November 1985, 16 eggs were brought out in three transfers from the
E20 165 Murchison Mountains. ^Eggs brought out of the mountains are placed in
E20 166 incubators in an air-conditioned room. ^Once a day every egg is
E20 167 candled and accurately weighed. ^Hatching dates can then be
E20 168 calculated, based on the size of the egg and how much weight loss has
E20 169 occurred.
E20 170    |^As the incubation period of 28-30 days nears its end, it is
E20 171 amusing to watch the eggs rocking about and to hear the baby takahe
E20 172 cheeping away inside the shell. ^At this stage, taped brooding calls
E20 173 of a parent bird are played through a speaker in the incubator. ^Just
E20 174 before the chick breaks completely out of the shell it is removed from
E20 175 the incubator and placed under a fibreglass model surrogate parent in
E20 176 a specially designed brooder. ^This is to prevent imprinting to humans
E20 177 when the chicks are very young and to imitate as near as possible the
E20 178 rearing conditions in the wild.
E20 179 *<*4Landscaped floor*>
E20 180 |^*0The *'parent**' is fully insulated, has a built-in speaker through
E20 181 which brooding calls of the parent are played, and a pet warmer pad is
E20 182 used to keep the chicks warm. ^Each brooder has a fibreglass
E20 183 landscaped floor, a small pond and a pot-planted tussock. ^A
E20 184 **[PLATE**]
E20 185 one-way glass observation window allows the staff to monitor the birds
E20 186 without themselves being seen by the birds.
E20 187    |^The brooders have been designed with two identical sides
E20 188 separated by a pulley-operated sliding door so that the chicks can be
E20 189 moved into the other side to allow regular cleaning of each brooder.
E20 190 ^The artificial lighting is programmed to coincide with daylight
E20 191 hours, and helps to keep the brooders at a constant temperature. ^Each
E20 192 brooder houses up to four chicks of a similar age. ^It is important
E20 193 that there be as little age variation as possible since older chicks
E20 194 become dominant and attack the younger ones.
E20 195    |^Last season all 16 eggs hatched but one chick died minutes
E20 196 after hatching at the wrong end of the shell. ^Another chick died from
E20 197 unknown causes when only a few days old. ^A further chick died some
E20 198 weeks later after failing to gain any weight or strength.
E20 199 *<*4Maternity annexe*>
E20 200 |^*0The brooder room resembles a maternity annexe with hungry, noisy,
E20 201 cute little balls of black fluff quite unbalanced on their oversized
E20 202 pink feet. ^Feeding the chicks is a long and involved process. ^From 7
E20 203 {0a.m.} to 10 {0p.m.} the chicks require food once every half-hour.
E20 204 ^The nutritious diet consists of tussock (*1{6Chionochloa pallens}
E20 205 *0and *1{6\0C. rubra}), *0clover, carrot, cabbage, potato, dog food
E20 206 and *'Farex**' baby food. ^This is all finely chopped, mixed together
E20 207 and served in conjunction with a plateful of moths, all devoured in a
E20 208 matter of minutes. ^Puppets are used to feed the chicks *- a blue
E20 209 material sleeve with red wooden beaks *- while a small speaker held in
E20 210 the hand emits a deep guttural takahe feeding call.
E20 211 *#
E21 001 **[126 TEXT E21**]
E21 002 |^*0Twenty-six Kiwis from all over the country assembled in Auckland
E21 003 on 15 August to board Air New Zealand Flight TE6 for Honolulu and
E21 004 ultimately to travel on to Canada for the 4th bi-annual World Left
E21 005 Handed Golf Championship. ^However, the first stop was the Sheraton
E21 006 Makaha Resort and Country Club on Oahu, some 30 miles from Waikiki,
E21 007 where a very challenging 18 hole course awaited the twenty-one golfers
E21 008 in the group. ^During the five days we spent at this delightful hotel
E21 009 in the beautiful Makaha Valley we competed in a 36 hole tournament and
E21 010 for some it was the first experience of golfing at a resort course.
E21 011 ^Big wide fairways, bunkers everywhere, huge greens and a few lakes
E21 012 and ponds tossed in for good measure. ^It was here that experience and
E21 013 a skill some had learnt in previous golfing trips to Hawaii first
E21 014 surfaced *- how to read the greens! ^The grass used, because of high
E21 015 temperatures is quite different to home, and the pronounced grain,
E21 016 coupled with the sometimes quite severe slopes, makes putting a real
E21 017 test.
E21 018    |^With the exception of the writer (who had been attacked by a
E21 019 mosquito and couldn't bend his fingers) all fifteen men and six ladies
E21 020 completed the 36 holes, thanks to the electric carts, and the winners
E21 021 were (men) 1st Bruce Poole, 2nd Ross Dalgety. ^The ladies' event was
E21 022 won by Shirley Lowe from Dunedin.
E21 023    |^{0NALGNZ} President, Bruce, scored 72 stableford points which
E21 024 was a fine effort considering the length of the course (7091 yards
E21 025 from the back tees).
E21 026    |^The happy hours and the hotel manager's cocktail party were
E21 027 enjoyed by all, but, unfortunately, we had to leave this really
E21 028 luxurious resort and travel on to Canada where the real golfing
E21 029 challenge was waiting.
E21 030    |^Three airline flights later, via Los Angeles and Vancouver, we
E21 031 arrived at the Inn on the Harbour Hotel in Victoria. ^One finds it
E21 032 difficult to describe this city, quite the most beautiful gardens,
E21 033 flowers everywhere, lovely old buildings and a magnificent harbour. ^A
E21 034 bit like Christchurch if it had Wellington's harbour and Whangarei's
E21 035 climate. ^Our hotel was right on the waterfront and from your window a
E21 036 constant stream of ferries, pleasure boats, float planes, tugs and
E21 037 barges was to be seen at all hours of the day and night.
E21 038    |^The golfing and social programme arranged for the Championship
E21 039 was to test the stamina of all 600 odd competitors and ladies. ^Left
E21 040 handers
E21 041 **[PLATE**]
E21 042 from all over the world: Taiwan, Ireland, England, Australia,
E21 043 {0U.S.A.}, Canada, and of course the Kiwi contingent, renewed old
E21 044 friendships, made new ones and got ready to do battle on four golf
E21 045 courses for the ultimate prize in left handed golf.
E21 046    |^Regretfully, the chance of a world champion from New Zealand
E21 047 all but disappeared on the first day, par 72 rounds from Stan Still
E21 048 (the American champion) and John Fram \0Jr. (the local Canadian hope)
E21 049 led the field, with the best performance from the Kiwis a 77 by Brian
E21 050 Peters, an eight handicapper from Auckland, with the next best a 79
E21 051 from Jim Begovic.
E21 052    |^The weather was perfect as Victoria had had 42 consecutive days
E21 053 without rain prior to our arrival and for the twelve days we were
E21 054 there it was beautifully fine with temperatures of 22-25 degree
E21 055 celsius. ^The first course played, Glen Meadows, was hard and fast, a
E21 056 direct contrast to Uplands, the course played on day two, which like
E21 057 the last two courses played had extensive fairway watering systems
E21 058 which made them lush and very green.
E21 059    |^Stan Still carried on with another 72 on this par 70 course,
E21 060 closely followed by John Fram with a 73. ^The Kiwis crashed on day two
E21 061 and all disappeared back to the pack. ^However, the quite unique (to
E21 062 us anyway) American system of running stroke play events came to our
E21 063 rescue as far as the possibility of collecting trophies was concerned.
E21 064 ^The field was divided up into groups of 16 after 36 holes based on
E21 065 gross scores for the first two rounds. ^The Kiwis, who had all played
E21 066 badly, suddenly found themselves leading a flight or at least being
E21 067 handily placed. ^It may have been flight number 6 or even flight
E21 068 number 9, but that didn't matter, we had something to play for.
E21 069    |^Round 3 at Royal Colwood sorted the men out from the boys. ^A
E21 070 magnificent parklands course, quite the best I have ever played, was
E21 071 literally taken apart by John Fram with a 67, three under par on a
E21 072 course measuring 6500 yards from the back tees. ^Stan Still hung in
E21 073 there with a 73. ^However, the five shot lead Fram had built up was to
E21 074 prove too difficult to overcome in round 4 played at Gorge Vale the
E21 075 following day. ^Fram and Still were playing together along with the
E21 076 ultimate third place getter, Peter Read from Australia, and both
E21 077 matched each other shot for shot to record 75 each and leave John Fram
E21 078 \0Jr. at 19 years of age, the 1985 World Champion. ^A 72 hole total of
E21 079 287, three over par and a worthy winner.
E21 080    |^Whilst all this great golf was going on the Kiwis were
E21 081 beavering away in the engine room so to speak, and we ended up with
E21 082 eight trophy winners: Malcolm McGregor-Hay 1st *- Flight 2 Des Hager
E21 083 3rd *- Flight 2 Neville Lucas 3rd *- Flight 4 Ross Dalgety 6th *-
E21 084 Flight 4 Neil Costley 1st *- Flight 6 Bruce Poole 5th *- Flight 8
E21 085 Nigel Messenger 1st *- Flight 9 Ron Bridgeman 5th *- Flight 9 (Seniors
E21 086 Division).
E21 087    |^A real highlight for the ladies was Shona Dalgety winning the
E21 088 ladies' tournament at the Victoria Golf club with an 89 gross and the
E21 089 Kiwi team were delighted to have a real champion amongst us. ^Shona
E21 090 played a very difficult course (some say harder than Pebble Beach)
E21 091 very well and thoroughly deserved her win.
E21 092    |^Following the farewell banquet, our group split up with the
E21 093 main party travelling through the Rockies to Radium Hot Springs for
E21 094 six days of golf and a 54 hole toumament arranged by {0ISTAS} at this
E21 095 resort high up in the mountains (2500 feet above sea level). ^You can
E21 096 hit the ball for miles this high up and John Stent and
E21 097 **[PLATE**]
E21 098 Ross Dalgety relished the conditions to share first prize in the men's
E21 099 division, with Margaret Costley taking out the ladies' first prize.
E21 100    |^The Happy Hours and friendliness of all the group meant a
E21 101 relaxing time at Radium and the hotel management and pro shop staff
E21 102 made us all very welcome.
E21 103    |^We travelled on through the Rockies, stopping at Banff and
E21 104 Calgary before flying back to Hawaii to the Sheraton Hotel on Maui for
E21 105 our final seven days of golf and relaxation before returning home.
E21 106    |^During our stay here we played both the North and South courses
E21 107 of the Royal Kaanapali complex and also the village course at Kapalua,
E21 108 which is a real test, designed by Arnold Palmer and so hilly that our
E21 109 carts could barely climb some of the paths up to the tees.
E21 110 **[PLATE**]
E21 111    |^Another 54 hole tournament here and the constant golf we had
E21 112 played on our trip started to show with some members of the party
E21 113 regularly scoring over 40 stableford points per round. ^We used the
E21 114 {0ISTAS} scoring system again and even when compared to a regular
E21 115 stableford, the results were almost identical.
E21 116    |^Ross Dalgety won the men's section at a canter, with Malcolm
E21 117 McGregor-Hay 2nd and Frank Gestro, who had played his heart out for 25
E21 118 rounds, finally came good to fill 3rd spot.
E21 119    |^Maud Doherty, whose golf had steadily improved all the way
E21 120 along, won the ladies' section with Portia Kerse 2nd.
E21 121    |^Our final get together on the lawn by the beach was a happy/
E21 122 sad occasion and our delightful *'sheriff**', Jenny Baker, was
E21 123 rewarded with a small gift from the group for all the laughs and fun
E21 124 she had given us over the 32 days we had been away.
E21 125    |^All the group were sorry to leave and come home to New Zealand
E21 126 but the memories and experiences enjoyed will be with us for the rest
E21 127 of our lives, and plans are already being made to attend the 5th World
E21 128 Lefties in Australia in 1988 to meet again some of those wonderful
E21 129 people who made our trip to Canada so memorable.
E21 130 *<*4*"The Pines**" Golf Club \0Inc.*>
E21 131 |^*0*"The Pines*" Golf Club, situated on the shores of Parua Bay on
E21 132 the Whangarei Harbour is 16 years of age this year.
E21 133    |^In 1968 the Onerahi Golf Club, situated in the heart of a
E21 134 developing suburb, was disbanded. ^A large portion of its members and
E21 135 all its funds formed the new Sherwood Park Golf Club west of
E21 136 Whangarei, but a splinter group, anxious to promote a new golf club
E21 137 somewhere reasonably close to the original club, began a search for a
E21 138 suitable site to the east. ^This was found on part of the farm owned
E21 139 by \0Mr Jim Scott-Davidson, whose initial support (and that of the
E21 140 whole Scott-Davidson family), especially in easing the financial
E21 141 burden of the purchase of such a valuable piece of land (87 acres in
E21 142 all), made possible the initiation of the Pines Golf Club. ^Following
E21 143 several meetings of a steering committee and much canvassing for
E21 144 support in the district the first General Meeting was held on the 28th
E21 145 August, 1968, at the home of \0Mr \0J. Scott-Davidson. ^A constitution
E21 146 was adopted and the first office bearers, under the presidency of \0Mr
E21 147 \0W. Scott-Davidson, were elected.
E21 148    |^The proposed course initially had quite a number of areas
E21 149 covered in gorse and scrub, large numbers of small stones damaging to
E21 150 fine cutting mowers, and insufficient drainage to allow for good
E21 151 fairways and greens. ^So in general it posed a severe challenge and
E21 152 much more than enthusiasm was required of the original few members to
E21 153 get the development of the golf course under way. ^With no funds
E21 154 carrying over from the original course money was in very short supply
E21 155 so voluntary labour was called on, while \0Mr Jim Scott-Davidson made
E21 156 available free of charge all his large farm implements, supplemented
E21 157 by those of other nearby farmers, many of whom hoped eventually to
E21 158 find time to become golfers. ^So most week-ends and frequently during
E21 159 the week, bands of men and women were to be seen armed with a motley
E21 160 of implements and the will to do, gradually forming the first rough
E21 161 greens and fairways, siting trees, laying drains, grubbing gorse,
E21 162 picking up stones and planting trees for future shelter belts. ^The
E21 163 large, voluntary working bees of the weekends were supported by meals
E21 164 served by lady members from the restricted kitchen and cooking
E21 165 facilities of the original farm house, which was an important bonus
E21 166 which came to the club with the purchase of the land. ^But most days
E21 167 during the week lonely figures armed with grubber, hook or rake, and a
E21 168 lunch box, could be glimpsed working away in scattered difficult
E21 169 pockets of scrub or drain about the course.
E21 170    |^Nine fairways and greens were soon established, the greens
E21 171 having low surrounding fences to keep off the 700 sheep retained as
E21 172 four-legged fairway mowers. ^Domestic mowers were borrowed to mow
E21 173 greens and tees. ^Each committee member was
E21 174 **[PLATE**]
E21 175 responsible for one particular green.
E21 176    |^By 1971 the sheep had been replaced and by the end of 1972 the
E21 177 course increased to 18 holes, largely by the drive and insistence of
E21 178 our then Grounds Convenor, and later life-member, \0Mr \0D. Logan. ^By
E21 179 now a part**[ARB**]-time paid greenkeeper had been appointed and
E21 180 fairway gangmowers purchased, but not by any means did this mark the
E21 181 end of voluntary assistance. ^Indeed it may even have increased as the
E21 182 popularity of the club grew. ^One of the enduring strengths of The
E21 183 Pines Golf Club has been the continuing support of the club by
E21 184 voluntary help. ^It still continues.
E21 185    |^Each year saw a steady improvement in the course environment as
E21 186 fairways, tees and greens assumed an aspect of maturity and
E21 187 acceptability, and as shelter and landscaping trees grew and matured
E21 188 the rawness or juvenile appearance of the original Pines Golf Club
E21 189 course has been replaced by an attractive course of a hopefully
E21 190 permanent nature.
E21 191 *#
E22 001 **[127 TEXT E22**]
E22 002 **[BEGIN BOX**]
E22 003    |^*4Those who have lived overseas will know the reputation of the
E22 004 Japanese futon mattress. ^Now New Zealanders have the chance to find
E22 005 out why it is held in such high regard. ^Inhabit are the Wellington
E22 006 agents for Dreams East futons *- mattresses with 100 percent cotton
E22 007 fill.
E22 008    |^*"Most of our clients so far have been people who have slept on
E22 009 these overseas,**" Peter Wilson said.
E22 010    |^*"But it won't be long before word spreads and Wellingtonians
E22 011 will find out about them too.**"
E22 012    |^To the body they feel soft yet provide all the essential
E22 013 support required for a healthy sleep. ^Peter Wilson will include a
E22 014 futon display at the Interiors '86 Show which is to be held at the
E22 015 Michael Fowler Centre for August 14 to 17.
E22 016 **[END BOX**]
E22 017 *<Torture chamber image of wooden slats removed by modern technology*>
E22 018    |^*0Sleeping on wooden slats may sound like torture *- but it is
E22 019 not. ^In fact, as the result of modern research and technology it
E22 020 gives people one of the most comfortable and healthy sleeps possible.
E22 021 *<*4Secret*>
E22 022    |^*0The secret lies in the construction. ^Where the original
E22 023 wooden beds had rigid, flat slats, the modern Restwood beds are curved
E22 024 and the laminated slats flexible. ^The slats will bend under the
E22 025 heavier areas of the body so that the spinal column is kept straight.
E22 026 ^The result is more relaxed, restful sleep and less chance of long
E22 027 term back problems.
E22 028    |^Each slat fits into a sturdy plastic notch. ^This allows it the
E22 029 necessary freedom of movement but eliminates squeaks.
E22 030    |^The frames of all Restwoods are mainly timber *- rimu (in four
E22 031 headboard designs), kauri and a rimu with cane infill. ^But for those
E22 032 who wish to coordinate their bedroom completely they can also be
E22 033 ordered with padded, fabric covered headboards in the material and
E22 034 colour of choice.
E22 035    |^All the timbers are solid *- veneers are not used.
E22 036 *<*4Mattresses*>
E22 037    |^*0To top the bed is a choice of mattresses each suitable for
E22 038 use on slatted beds.
E22 039    |^For a soft bed there is a foam mattress with specially treated
E22 040 wool infill. ^For a slightly firmer bed a 5*?8 resilient foam is
E22 041 recommended. ^But for those who like a really firm bed the cotton
E22 042 filled futon mattress is renowned overseas for the superb sleep it
E22 043 gives.
E22 044    |^There is also a choice of slats *- regular or orthopaedic. ^For
E22 045 double beds each partner can have slats to suit *- firm for one, soft
E22 046 for the other.
E22 047 *<*4Sizes*>
E22 048    |^*0Restwoods come in a complete range of sizes. ^Each reflects
E22 049 quality workmanship and materials and all are lightweight so can be
E22 050 easily moved for cleaning. ^They carry a five year guarantee.
E22 051 **[PLATE**]
E22 052 *<*5From best to budget:*>
E22 053 *<*4Bedroom furniture for every household to suit all storage, design
E22 054 requirements*>
E22 055 **[PLATE**]
E22 056    |^*0Bedroom furniture has really changed over the past three or
E22 057 four years.
E22 058    |^Radfords still stock traditional bedroom suites, of course, but
E22 059 more and more they're selling separate items of bedroom furniture.
E22 060 ^This means customers really can have exactly the bedroom setting they
E22 061 need.
E22 062 *<*4Inherited*>
E22 063    |^*0Let's say you've inherited Granny's old brass bedstead and
E22 064 just want some chests of drawers for storage. ^Radfords can show you
E22 065 ten different ranges of bedroom furniture that you can choose from.
E22 066 ^And to go with your brass bedstead, they'd recommend white and gold
E22 067 *'Carnival**' or *'Sarah**'. ^Both these give plenty of chests of
E22 068 drawers to choose from.
E22 069 *<*4Budget*>
E22 070    |^*0Maybe you're just setting up home and your budget's pretty
E22 071 tight? ^Choose units from Radfords' *'Casino**' range. ^They're very
E22 072 good value for money and in years to come you can shift them into your
E22 073 children's bedrooms and shout yourself something more special.
E22 074 *<*4Wood*>
E22 075    |^*0Perhaps you have a woody waterbed and want bedroom furniture
E22 076 to match? ^Then see Radfords' pine *'Saxon**' range or rimu *'Old
E22 077 Colonial**' or kauri *'Legacy**'. ^Each of these bedroom ranges can be
E22 078 bought one piece at a time. ^You can buy some now and some later to
E22 079 match... the choice is absolutely yours.
E22 080    |^Prices range from *'best bedroom**' to *'budget**' and of
E22 081 course you can buy on Radfords' friendly credit terms.
E22 082 *<*4Credit*>
E22 083    |^*0Something you may not know is that you can *2ALWAYS *0buy on
E22 084 three months free credit at Radfords stores. ^This applies to
E22 085 everything Radfords sell. ^Just pay one quarter deposit then one
E22 086 quarter of the balance during each of the next three months. ^There
E22 087 are no credit charges... you pay only the cash price. ^And this is a
E22 088 permanent offer available all the time at all Radfords stores.
E22 089 *<*4Personal service backs quality units*>
E22 090 **[PLATES**]
E22 091    |^*0Doug Hay's business has come a long way in the past ten
E22 092 years. ^In 1976 he was a school teacher with an idea. ^The idea became
E22 093 a hobby. ^Now the hobby is a fully fledged business which is expanding
E22 094 all the time.
E22 095    |^The idea was to make furniture which would stand up to the
E22 096 daily stresses and strains placed on it by children. ^He knew that
E22 097 furniture for youngsters had to be strong, durable and add interest to
E22 098 their environment. ^At the time he felt sure that while he might not
E22 099 be able to improve on the price he could certainly produce something
E22 100 which was better quality and with improved design.
E22 101    |^He made some for his own home. ^Then friends asked him to make
E22 102 some for them. ^Before long he made the decision to leave the teaching
E22 103 profession to start his own business.
E22 104 *<*4Schools*>
E22 105    |^*0Today he supplies furniture for kindergartens and schools
E22 106 throughout the country. ^But the home market is increasing all the
E22 107 time.
E22 108    |^Much of his success stems from the highly personalised service
E22 109 he gives every customer. ^While he has standard
E22 110 **[PLATES**]
E22 111 designs he thoroughly enjoys helping customers develop their own ideas
E22 112 so he can produce individually created items to suit every home.
E22 113    |^Part of this service is to visit the home, discuss ideas, offer
E22 114 suggestions and then draw up plans. ^He will even make extra visits to
E22 115 check colour for painted finishes so he is certain it is a good match.
E22 116 ^He would rather do this than have a complaint from a customer once
E22 117 the item is delivered.
E22 118 *<*4Friends*>
E22 119    |^*0The result is many of his customers become firm friends. ^In
E22 120 many cases he has ended up creating furniture for virtually an entire
E22 121 home with each piece designed for a particular spot in a room and to
E22 122 cater for a particular function.
E22 123    |^The quality is top class. ^He is regularly thanked for the
E22 124 trouble he has taken over even the smallest detail. ^To Doug this is
E22 125 as it should be. ^It is part of the satisfaction of the job. ^So when
E22 126 he recently decided to take on another staff member to keep up with
E22 127 the demand he looked for someone who had the same attitude to work.
E22 128    |^*"Gary Edmonds is hard working and pays attention to detail.
E22 129 ^Like
E22 130 **[PLATE**]
E22 131 me he would rather take a little longer on a difficult job and get it
E22 132 right,**" Doug Hay said.
E22 133    |*"^In expanding the business I didn't want to lose that personal
E22 134 service or attention to quality.**"
E22 135    |^While Gary is working full time in the factory Doug helps out
E22 136 there after he has completed his calls.
E22 137    |^Being a perfectionist does not mean Doug has priced himself off
E22 138 the market *- quite the reverse. ^Most of his prices are only
E22 139 fractionally above kitset furniture prices.
E22 140    |^It doesn't cost a fortune and the prices include deliveries in
E22 141 the Wellington area. ^Doug likes to do these himself so he can be sure
E22 142 it goes into a room undamaged during transportation and that the final
E22 143 article is perfect from the client's point of view.
E22 144    |^The showroom is open only from 9-3 Tuesday to Friday, and
E22 145 Wednesday 6-8.30\0pm. ^This is because it is still a relatively small
E22 146 business. ^However, they are only too happy to arrange other times to
E22 147 suit customers.
E22 148 *<*4Best deal essential for satisfying results, after sales service*>
E22 149 **[PLATE**]
E22 150    |^*0The *"best deal in town**" is not necessarily the *"cheapest
E22 151 deal**" when it comes to buying modern equipment for the home.
E22 152    |^This is particularly true in the field of microwave cooking.
E22 153    |^New microwave customers need to feel confident that the machine
E22 154 they are buying will meet their needs, they must know how to use it
E22 155 properly for best results and they need to be sure that there is an
E22 156 excellent guarantee and backup service in case something should go
E22 157 wrong.
E22 158    |^At Microwave Cookers in The Dominion Building, Victoria Street,
E22 159 Wellington, and McLean Street, Paraparaumu, they have experience and
E22 160 will teach customers all they need to know. ^They run three workshops
E22 161 to handle repairs, their own customers receiving priority over work
E22 162 for other retailers and they stock the best ovens they can buy *- the
E22 163 latest Toshiba range.
E22 164    |^Graham Mantel of Microwave Cookers has been a microwave cook
E22 165 for 22 years and repaired ovens for 18 years. ^He initiated the idea
E22 166 of cooking classes. ^All customers receive a basic two hour class and
E22 167 there is an optional minimum nine hour course for customers with
E22 168 little or no microwave cooking experience. ^These are invaluable. ^For
E22 169 those who feel they want more, they need only ask.
E22 170    |^There is another option *- a 1 1/2 day domestic cooking seminar
E22 171 designed to cater for business people. ^Leicester Dean *- a
E22 172 professional chef for over 20 years *- runs the classes. ^His
E22 173 reputation in this field has spread so that Microwave Cookers now run
E22 174 commercial catering courses as well.
E22 175    |^The classes are kept deliberately small *- a maximum of 25
E22 176 people.
E22 177    |^*"If there are too many in a class it is impossible for all
E22 178 their questions to be answered. ^With small classes we can give each
E22 179 individual more attention,**" Graham Mantel said.
E22 180 *<*4Importance*>
E22 181    |*"^I can't stress enough the importance of these classes. ^Many
E22 182 cooking methods differ from the traditional ones and for best results
E22 183 new microwave oven owners must learn what these are.**"
E22 184    |^As members of the Cookery and Food Association of New Zealand,
E22 185 the Master Chefs Association and the Guild of Electronic Appliance
E22 186 Retailers, Microwave Cookers have access to all the latest
E22 187 developments in the industry.
E22 188    |^They also stock Toshiba ovens for the same reason. ^The latest
E22 189 developments in the new range mean a 5 year guarantee can be given on
E22 190 Toshiba ovens.
E22 191    |^The demand for the latest range of Toshibas has exceeded
E22 192 expectations.
E22 193    |*"^We have sold more new ovens in three months than we did in
E22 194 two years of the previous model *- and they were popular.**"
E22 195    |^It proves that customers who do their research acknowledge that
E22 196 the latest improvements backed by a five year guarantee make Toshiba
E22 197 the leader in the field.
E22 198    |^And just in case anyone thinks they have to buy one before
E22 199 {0GST} *- think again. ^{0GST} will not affect Microwave Cookers
E22 200 prices as the current sales tax of 10 percent will be removed and
E22 201 {0GST} of 10 percent will apply in its place. ^The only fluctuation in
E22 202 prices will be as a result of the exchange rate.
E22 203 *<*4Extra service seldom costs more*>
E22 204    |^*0There are numerous reasons why many home**[ARB**]-owners
E22 205 prefer the benefits associated with a designer kitchen *- it is
E22 206 specifically designed to fit their room and their family's needs.
E22 207 ^Most of the benefits fall under the heading *"Service**".
E22 208    |^*"We are constantly designing and quoting for people who
E22 209 comment that all these benefits have added little if anything to the
E22 210 cost of the kitchen,**" Murray Adams of Stylewood said.
E22 211    |^The first benefit is that both Stylewood Wellington and the
E22 212 Kapiti Kitchen and Bathroom Centre (which both hold the Stylewood
E22 213 franchise) have complete kitchens on display in their showrooms. ^This
E22 214 enables customers to inspect the kitchen closely, assess which
E22 215 conveniences they would like to have, and helps them choose the doors
E22 216 which will create the atmosphere or look they are wanting.
E22 217    |^Once some ideas are formulated these companies do not expect
E22 218 people to design their own kitchens and possibly make some dreadful
E22 219 mistakes. ^They have consultants who hold the international Kitchen
E22 220 Designer qualification *- a rigorous examination dealing with good
E22 221 kitchen design. ^These staff can discuss ideas, make suggestions,
E22 222 visit the home and finally draw up plans.
E22 223 *<*4Flexibility*>
E22 224    |^*0*"Visiting the home gives us a greater feel for it and the
E22 225 family's tastes, so we can achieve an appropriate, workable layout
E22 226 taking all factors into consideration,**" Murray Adams said.
E22 227 *#
E23 001 **[128 TEXT E23**]
E23 002 |^*6D*2OWN *0in the hot bowels of Calliope Dock, motors running for
E23 003 charging, nervous preparations are being made and farewells completed
E23 004 as the sky clears following torrential overnight rain.
E23 005    |^Farewells are sad. ^Why do we do this? ^Back aboard for final
E23 006 fiddling around, the oily water in the dock slowly rises. ^Borax is
E23 007 gently poked at the opposition and crews study the weather map,
E23 008 bemoaning the forecast of north-northeast 20-30 knots for the leg to
E23 009 Mangonui following days of pleasant, fine south-westerlies.
E23 010    |^Sunday, 1720. ^Ghosting in a light north-easterly and pouring
E23 011 rain. ^A couple of black fronts came through 1 1/2 hours before the
E23 012 start and at one time it looked like a downwind start. ^Everyone
E23 013 scrambling to get kite gear ready. ^Then, after another black front
E23 014 went through, the wind went back to north-east, fresh and gusty, and
E23 015 everyone crossed the line at or near 1400 under \0No. 2 headsail and
E23 016 full main.
E23 017    |^We rounded North Head into a freshening northerly, with one
E23 018 reef in, short tacking and feeling sad after farewells to loved ones
E23 019 on a following launch. ^Then the wind packed in, the reef came out,
E23 020 and it was a sloppy beat in light northerlies and heavy rain out to
E23 021 Rangitoto Beacon.
E23 022    |^Since then it has been an exercise in frustration, even rowing
E23 023 for half an hour at up to one knot into a sloppy head sea with sails
E23 024 flapping. ^Heaving away at one 13\0ft oar trying to propel a three-ton
E23 025 boat helps psychologically, I guess.
E23 026    |^Some kites popped out to the east about an hour ago, in a
E23 027 two-knot southerly. ^We desperately threw one up, but no good, so down
E23 028 again, genoa up, curses from the cockpit. ^Lost it again. ^Bloody
E23 029 frustrating.
E23 030    |^And so it goes through a long, wet, calm kite-up-and-down
E23 031 night. ^It's taking forever to tack through Tiri Passage into a
E23 032 wafting northerly and adverse tide, rain constantly coming down,
E23 033 masthead lights all round, wondering who they are. ^The Chico 30
E23 034 *1ChoChoSan *0comes flapping past under genoa, me under very shy kite
E23 035 with a piece of braid on the clew. ^We pass within feet, but nothing
E23 036 said.
E23 037    |^Daylight sees us inside Little Barrier and outside the Hen and
E23 038 Chickens. ^God knows how; I thought we were heading up *1inside *0the
E23 039 Chooks. ^So much for the precise art of navigation.
E23 040    |^Up goes the kite again, to a light south-westerly, with flashes
E23 041 of white and coloured sails becoming obvious. ^The 0833 skeds are
E23 042 totally depressing *- Carpenter six miles in front of us and Mitchell
E23 043 in the Farr 9.2 *1Hot Gossip *012 miles ahead, and with a better
E23 044 handicap! ^We should have had that bag up sooner last night.
E23 045    |^*1Starlight Express *0is leading, as to be expected, miles up
E23 046 the coast, with everyone else bunched between Tutukaka and the Hen and
E23 047 Chickens. ^I'm feeling tired and grumpy, with a long way to go and
E23 048 getting nowhere fast.
E23 049    |^Today, Monday, is making up for it all. ^A sparkling blue kite
E23 050 ride, wind slowly backing to the south-east and setting in to five
E23 051 knots over the deck. ^The big bag is up, Autohelm chirping and
E23 052 chattering away, wake gurgling out of the back, islands and lush green
E23 053 coast slipping by. ^Long may it last (which it won't).
E23 054    |^It doesn't. ^We fall into a hole off Whangaruru for a few hours
E23 055 in the evening before a land breeze/ south-westerly sets in and the
E23 056 race re-starts for us with *1Kirsten \0J *0and *1Tailgunner
E23 057 *0following us up the path in a silvery moon past Cape Brett *- the
E23 058 first major milestone in one day and 8 1/2 hours to cover 100 miles!
E23 059    |^Cape Karikari abeam. ^Genoa and main eased, sun shining,
E23 060 westerly of 12/ 15 knots. ^Cracking along right on course for North
E23 061 Cape, showing as a blue lump just to the left of the two yachts ahead
E23 062 of us: the 1812 Overture is on the radio, God is in his heaven and all
E23 063 is well in this little world! ^The SatNav is on to get times of passes
E23 064 tomorrow for fixes going down the West Coast.
E23 065    |^It's a regular procession *- quite a few boats delayed their
E23 066 restarts 6 or 12 hours from Mangonui due to the complete lack of wind
E23 067 overnight. ^Some did start on time this morning and were still
E23 068 drifting around Doubtless Bay hours later. ^Our restart was at the
E23 069 very civilised time of 1157.10. ^Along with *1Tailgunner, Kirsten
E23 070 *0and *1Shamu *0were sitting off the *"windward**" end of line around
E23 071 1130 in a glassy calm. ^The breeze the locals had said would fill in
E23 072 at midday started to come away and, after a couple of practice runs
E23 073 across the line, we started close round the buoy 10 seconds late and
E23 074 took off across the flat calm and glassy waters at a delightful six
E23 075 knots plus, laying the course and chasing *1Rite Off *0which had
E23 076 drifted across the line half an hour earlier.
E23 077    |^The makings of this race are the mustering of boats in the
E23 078 graving dock for three days before the start; the twice-daily position
E23 079 reports and chats afterwards; the
E23 080 **[PLATE**]
E23 081 Mark Foy-like restarts, and the great bunch of people you get to know
E23 082 better as you get around the island. ^Like all sailing you need a fair
E23 083 measure of masochism and amnesia, and the utterly frustrating and
E23 084 miserable first leg is already a sordid memory after a most enjoyable
E23 085 24-hour stopover in Mangonui and this great start to the second leg.
E23 086    |^The hospitality of the large boatshed-type Mangonui Cruising
E23 087 Club was all it was cracked up to be. ^Complimentary bottle beer upon
E23 088 arrival, barbecued steaks and sausages and an entertaining prizegiving
E23 089 with all contestants being given a dozen of the sponsors' fine
E23 090 products *- in reverse order of handicap placings. ^Due to our
E23 091 pathetic performance meandering from hole to hole, our dozen was
E23 092 presented rather sooner than we'd have wished. ^Oh well, things can
E23 093 only improve!
E23 094    |^The magnificent Davidson 55 *1Starlight Express, *0sailed by
E23 095 Ian Treleaven and Trans-Tasman record holder Pat Costello, crossed the
E23 096 line at 2036, Monday. ^The 4.57 knots average required to do this sums
E23 097 up the first leg. ^Next over the line in a cluster of yachts was the
E23 098 powerful 16.5\0m Spencer design from Wellington *1Frederick *0(Graham
E23 099 Moore and John Askew) at 0015 Tuesday, followed within a half hour by
E23 100 Phil Atkinson's *1Aladdinsane, *0the regular campaigner and race
E23 101 record holder *1Arethusa, *0sailed by the redoubtable team of Knightly
E23 102 and Cochrane, and then the two Ross 40s only four minutes apart,
E23 103 *1Provincial Cowboy *0with 1000\0kg more ballast and a bigger rig
E23 104 ahead of Murray
E23 105 **[PLATE**]
E23 106 Sleeth and Jill Green on the much-campaigned *1Not Guilty. ^*0Roughly
E23 107 4.00 knots average for all these potentially very fast yachts.
E23 108    |^By about 1400 Tuesday, Mangonui Harbour crowded with the whole
E23 109 fleet in except the Nova 28 *1Cerraway *0which found more than her
E23 110 fair share of parking lots.
E23 111    |^Overall handicap leader was the Farr 1020 *1Hero, *0very well
E23 112 sailed by the Ward brothers, also winner on handicap of the second
E23 113 division. ^They wisely postponed their restart 12 hours to 1330
E23 114 Wednesday.
E23 115    |^Farr boats took the honours on handicap in all three divisions
E23 116 with the 11.58\0m *1Magic Dragon *0taking out the first division and
E23 117 Grant Mitchell's 9.2 *1Hot Gossip *0doing brilliantly to arrive around
E23 118 0730 Tuesday. ^The less said about our placing the better.
E23 119    |^2100 Wednesday. ^This is sheer magic. ^I can sometimes see why
E23 120 sailing is so enjoyable. ^Mind you, a couple of hours ago I was
E23 121 suicidally depressed as we slopped and lurched into a lumpy head sea
E23 122 without enough wind. ^It was changing from the close reaching westerly
E23 123 we'd enjoyed all the way from Mangonui to a hard-on-the-nose
E23 124 north-westerly as we approached North Cape. ^After plugging on to
E23 125 seaward into an entirely wrong (for us) sea, we decided to tack
E23 126 inshore and calm water under the lee of the land.
E23 127    |^We tacked a mile off Parengarenga with *1Vagan *0under us, and
E23 128 then had a beautiful little sail in smooth water up to the Cape, the
E23 129 sun setting over the land behind, *1Vagan *0and *1Shamu *0a short way
E23 130 ahead. ^I've been round the top six times in the last three years and
E23 131 this one will be indelibly printed on my memory as the best. ^We
E23 132 tacked to head across the top with North Cape looming black against a
E23 133 pink, lilac and grey sky and little fangs of yachts ahead poking up
E23 134 from the horizon.
E23 135    |^Crossing Spirits Bay the moon is fluorescently huge to the
E23 136 north, lighting us and the coast like day, with the Southern Cross and
E23 137 pointers to the south. ^The only sounds as I perch on the coaming
E23 138 steering with the tiller extension are the splashing bow wave,
E23 139 gurgling wake, and crackling of the racing pennant from the backstay.
E23 140 ^I sit here slipping along at six-10 knots over the deck for two hours
E23 141 before handing over to Alan.
E23 142    |^It turns out to be quite a night of contrasts. ^We round Reinga
E23 143 about 0100 with a large trawler conveniently just inside us to relieve
E23 144 some of the worry from Columbia Bank. ^As we come down close in to
E23 145 Cape Maria van Diemen to skirt down the inside of Pandora Bank, the
E23 146 wind is well round aft and freshening, so I dig Alan out to get the
E23 147 big bag up. ^We manage to get it up \0OK, floundering around on the
E23 148 foredeck in the turbulent shallow water (lucky enough to have a
E23 149 favourable 1 1/2 knot tide all the way around the Cape and down past
E23 150 the Bank). ^I then call out from forward for the spare genoa halyard
E23 151 to be released in order to move it aft and stop chafing the kite foot.
E23 152 ^In the dark and confusion the kite halyard is let go.
E23 153    |^*"That's the bloody kite halyard *- it's in the water!**" ^I
E23 154 stumble and lurch aft as Alan desperately tries to take the weight
E23 155 while steering with his legs.
E23 156    |^*"Here *- I'll do it.**" ^I crank away furiously, but it's not
E23 157 going all the way up. ^*"It's under the bow, we're over the top of
E23 158 it!**" ^I jam off the halyard and rush forward again to find that a
E23 159 great bunch of the bottom of the sail is caught tight across the bow
E23 160 under the stemhead roller! ^I can't pull it off.
E23 161    |^*"Slack the guy!**" ^It comes off, so aft again to crank it all
E23 162 the way up.
E23 163    |^*"Bloody Hell!**" ^We pass Cape Maria van Diemen by this time
E23 164 and head straight for Pandora Bank, surging along at 8/ 9 knots. ^We
E23 165 put the echo-sounder on and spend an anxious couple of hours sliding
E23 166 down the inside edge of the Bank in 10/ 15 fathoms, peering into the
E23 167 black hole of the cabin at the winking red eyes of the sounder,
E23 168 closely watching the compass course, wind direction and speed, and
E23 169 trying to ignore the stern light of yachts ahead who may already have
E23 170 cleared the Bank and borne away.
E23 171    |^It's a wild ride, the wind up to 25/ 30 knots, a short, steep
E23 172 quartering sea throwing her off, causing her to screw up occasionally
E23 173 as we surf along at up to 12 and averaging a steady 7 1/2 knots. ^I
E23 174 can't sleep off watch, feeling every lurch of the boat, tensed for the
E23 175 screw-up or gybe.
E23 176    |^It's five o'clock in the morning. *"^John, are you awake? ^I
E23 177 think we've ripped the kite!**"
E23 178    |^On with the spreader lights and up on deck. *"^Look, in the
E23 179 starboard corner.**" ^The spotlight shows a whole panel blown out in
E23 180 the starboard clew. ^I feel sick, fed up and furious. *"^Let's get it
E23 181 down. ^I'll put the genoa up first.**"
E23 182    |^I'm half way forward to ping it when, with the combination of
E23 183 eased pole and genoa, she screws up. ^I cling to the shaking shrouds
E23 184 watching it all flailing around and tearing itself apart. ^Next an
E23 185 enraged rush forward, ducking under the whipping pole, to reach up and
E23 186 release the clew.
E23 187 *#
E24 001 **[129 TEXT E24**]
E24 002 ^*0Many sailors would like to see their classes expand into other
E24 003 areas but without good national administration and the willingness of
E24 004 those in the class to travel to and race in other areas in both
E24 005 Islands, no class can become or retain its status as a national class.
E24 006    |^One thing that the R Class has always seemed to be able to
E24 007 cater for is heavier crews and some very hefty fellows have been
E24 008 successful in it, which is surprising in a class less than 14 \0ft and
E24 009 with no more sail than a Cherub in its working (windward) area.
E24 010    |^This is perhaps explained by a total lack of floor rise
E24 011 restrictions and a relatively large spinnaker area by comparison with
E24 012 working sail area. ^Certainly the lightweights, who would normally
E24 013 excel in a dinghy of this length, will go for the maximum and thus
E24 014 perhaps lessen the advantage they naturally possess. ^Equally certain
E24 015 is the fact that some who could reasonably be described as getting
E24 016 fairly long in the tooth have continued to compete despite twin
E24 017 trapezes, small working area and a fair amount of beef. ^Small sail
E24 018 area has, in my humble opinion, always provided greater incentive and
E24 019 scope for development, provided that class restrictions permit this.
E24 020 *<*1R Class ancestry*>
E24 021    |^*0The R Class comes from Canterbury and its origins are not
E24 022 unlike those of the International 14. ^Neither were they far behind
E24 023 that class for in 1928, the same year that the 14 became an
E24 024 International class and only two years after it began racing for the
E24 025 Prince of Wales Cup, the Irene Stacey Trophy was presented for a
E24 026 championship between dinghies not exceeding 12\0ft 9\0ins (3.9\0m) in
E24 027 length, 110 \0sq \0ft (10.2 \0sq. \0m.) of working sail, and a
E24 028 spinnaker of 75 \0sq. \0ft. (7 \0sq.\0m.).
E24 029    |^Most early boats were clinker built and cat rigged with gaff
E24 030 mainsails, just as early International 14s had been before the days of
E24 031 *"International**" status. ^But, by 1937, Uffa Fox's influence was
E24 032 being felt in Canterbury, the class had become the Canterbury T Class
E24 033 and most boats were of carvel construction with Bermudian sloop rigs,
E24 034 certainly some years before Uffa's influence reached Auckland as far
E24 035 as hull design was concerned.
E24 036    |^In 1937 another championship trophy was added, the Cyrus
E24 037 Williams Trophy, which introduced a minimum beam limit of 4\0ft 6\0ins
E24 038 (1.37\0m) and increased the spinnaker area to 100 \0sq. \0ft. (9.3
E24 039 \0sq.\0m.). ^It was also this trophy that introduced the round bilge
E24 040 requirement for the first time.
E24 041    |^The modern R Class resulted from the enthusiasm of the Mander
E24 042 family, Cliff Papps, Jack Cropp and others inspired by the performance
E24 043 of George Andrews' Vivid against any other dinghy 14\0ft or under.
E24 044 ^Auckland already had a T Class which was 14 \0ft and could be found
E24 045 as far south as Wellington still in 1950. ^Thus the name was changed
E24 046 to R Class and the Canterbury part dropped, for the intention was to
E24 047 see this become established as a national class.
E24 048 *<*1Seamanship*>
E24 049    |^*0They also came up with a national championship trophy which
E24 050 commemorates one of the finest feats of seamanship since Captain Bligh
E24 051 was cast
E24 052 **[PLATE**]
E24 053 adrift in his open boat by the mutineers of the Bounty.
E24 054    |^Like Achilles of the famous Battle of the River Plate, Leander
E24 055 was manned mainly by New Zealanders, although there were also
E24 056 Englishmen and Fijians among her crew, when she was torpedoed in
E24 057 action in the Pacific. ^In what became a classic example of damage
E24 058 control in the eyes of the British Admiralty the ship was saved
E24 059 despite a 600 \0sq. \0ft. hole in her port side, total flooding of her
E24 060 for'ard boiler room, low power room, transmitting station, for'ard
E24 061 dynamo room and main switchboard room. ^Five of her fuel tanks were
E24 062 wrecked and another two contaminated by sea water. ^Leaks were located
E24 063 in
E24 064 **[PLATE**]
E24 065 major parts of her bulkhead structure. ^She was brought down to New
E24 066 Zealand following temporary repairs with concrete and then, following
E24 067 more substantial repairs in Auckland, was taken to Boston, United
E24 068 States, for a total refit which was not completed until September,
E24 069 1945.
E24 070    |^While in Boston a Canterbury member of her crew, Les Smith,
E24 071 *"lifted**" her lower deck crest and brought this home with him when
E24 072 the crew were discharged. ^With the blessing of the Royal New Zealand
E24 073 Navy in 1950 this was mounted on a kauri plinth to become the National
E24 074 Championship Trophy for the R Class.
E24 075    |^From 1950 on the class did spread as far as Northland but had
E24 076 not managed to obtain a foothold in Auckland, although the Cherub
E24 077 Class starting from scratch had reached Canterbury by 1955. ^In 1959
E24 078 it was decided to take the Leander Trophy contest to Auckland and, as
E24 079 a result of this, the class became established in Auckland, initially
E24 080 on the Manukau Harbour.
E24 081    |^I had considered building one as early as 1953 and Ken
E24 082 Rushbrook had built his Missing Link even before that. ^I opted
E24 083 instead for an International 14 since I discovered that the class
E24 084 restrictions would allow me to build it with chines. ^Ken's boat was
E24 085 not as long as an R Class, for he lopped nine inches off from its
E24 086 stern and made it a Q Class 12 \0ft so that he could race with them.
E24 087    |^The enthusiasm created by the 1959 Leander Trophy Contest in
E24 088 Auckland caused it to be held again there only two years later and
E24 089 this put the class on a firm footing there.
E24 090 *<*1Sail plan development*>
E24 091    |^*0Although there is no height restriction on the R Class rig
E24 092 the standard sail plan in early days, despite the trapeze being
E24 093 introduced in 1965, was a small non-overlapping jib with a relatively
E24 094 low wide mainsail. ^In 1960 George Gibbs and Colin Dalziel rigged
E24 095 Chamois similarly to their Cherub and won the Leander Trophy.
E24 096    |^Back in Cherubs in 1961 they were New Zealand representatives
E24 097 in the Cherub team which contested the 12 \0ft Interdominion series in
E24 098 Sydney in which Cherubs placed third, fourth, fifth and seventh
E24 099 against top skiffs from both sides of the Tasman. ^In that season Hugh
E24 100 Poole raced Chamois and again she won the coveted trophy.
E24 101    |^In 1962, with Gibbs and Dalziel back in her, she won it again
E24 102 for three in a row and the die was cast for further development in
E24 103 this direction and rather beyond it *- for today's sails, both
E24 104 mainsail and jib, are very tall indeed with the jib often self
E24 105 tacking. ^There has been no lack of development (for there is little
E24 106 to prevent it) and while some would like still to see chine hulls
E24 107 allowed to develop freely in the class, as has happened in most other
E24 108 restricted classes, there are strong reasons for retaining the status
E24 109 quo.
E24 110    |^Certainly a large percentage of the chine hulls found in these
E24 111 classes are of
E24 112 **[PLATE**]
E24 113 a shape which could not easily be built from sheet plywood and
E24 114 perhaps, as someone recently pointed out, it is human nature that
E24 115 causes us to try and make hard chine hulls with as much round in them
E24 116 as we can get, yet make round ones with corners.
E24 117 *<*1A Kiwi boat*>
E24 118    |^*0When the Mander brothers and others decided that they would
E24 119 promote their class nationally back in 1951 there was much criticism
E24 120 of its lack of rules and forecasting of freak hulls built over-lightly
E24 121 with lead skegs or keels, wings and all sorts of other devices which
E24 122 might promote speed. ^The author of all this nonsense, signing himself
E24 123 *"Onlooker**", suggested that we should look for guidance to the
E24 124 English restricted classes, in particular his favourite Merlin Rocket
E24 125 class. ^Perhaps not surprisingly he was English, an employee of the
E24 126 publisher of the magazine in which this correspondence appeared.
E24 127    |^All three of the classes mentioned by *"Onlooker**" were, in
E24 128 fact, tried here subsequently and found wanting. ^Too heavy, too
E24 129 expensive *- and too slow!
E24 130    |^Development in these, over the 35 years since *"Onlooker**"
E24 131 wrote, has been very closely similar to that in the R Class except
E24 132 that it has been retarded greatly in those classes by over
E24 133 restriction, which naturally could not envisage the future
E24 134 developments in materials and techniques. ^Thus the restrictions in
E24 135 these classes have required much alteration over the years, often
E24 136 disadvantaging
E24 137 **[PLATE**]
E24 138 existing boats, where the R Class restrictions have had no need for
E24 139 this.
E24 140    |^It cannot be denied that modern Rs are tender, with narrow
E24 141 waterline beam, but this is exactly the same development which has
E24 142 taken place in the English classes. ^The R Class is not a family
E24 143 sailboat and has never pretended to be other than an all-out racing
E24 144 dinghy.
E24 145 *<*1Construction methods*>
E24 146    |^*0Cold moulding, usually from two laminations of 3\0mm cedar or
E24 147 other veneer, was the norm during the 1950s and 1960s. ^There were a
E24 148 number of moulds around in various parts of the country for a number
E24 149 of popular designs and these were able to be borrowed by would-be
E24 150 builders. ^There was no need to build a new one unless for a new
E24 151 design and even that was sometimes achieved by packing a mould that
E24 152 was somewhere near the required shape.
E24 153    |^Clinker construction using plywood with wide bottom strakes
E24 154 became common in the later 1960s and 1970s, and a good many of these
E24 155 are still in evidence. ^Gradual reduction in the number of planks or
E24 156 strakes each side produced what were virtually chine hulls and the
E24 157 1978 template was introduced to control this, being now the only
E24 158 determination as to the round bilge requirement. ^Thus
E24 159 **[PLATE**]
E24 160 Too Much Positive Touch has only two strakes each side with her narrow
E24 161 bottom and widely laid-out topsides. ^She is very similar in shape to
E24 162 a modern English Merlin Rocket, although the latter is still required
E24 163 by its class rules to have a greater number of strakes.
E24 164    |^Too Much Positive Touch is not, with her 2\0m beam, typical of
E24 165 the R Class however, nor even similar to either the new boat currently
E24 166 building by Martin, or Ferrari which he built previous to her, two
E24 167 seasons ago. ^Even the materials have varied from one to the next,
E24 168 Ferrari being from foam/ glass laminate, Too Much Positive Touch from
E24 169 plywood, and the new hull from strip planked Lawson Cyprus, glassed
E24 170 both sides in similar fashion to Alan Roper's No Natural Buoyancy,
E24 171 shown in the October Boating New Zealand. ^As I said earlier, hulls
E24 172 don't cost that much to build at home and, having put a good rig
E24 173 together, provide cheap education as well as a great deal of
E24 174 satisfaction to any person who has the desire to design boats.
E24 175    |^The limitation is, of course, the ability to sail them
E24 176 efficiently when we are talking of boats such as the R Class *- but
E24 177 this only supports my view for the need of more restricted classes in
E24 178 New Zealand, suited to less acrobatic forms of sailing and not
E24 179 forgetting family sailing. ^One of Australia's most popular classes is
E24 180 a family sailboat, the NS14, which is also a development class and one
E24 181 which could prove very popular here while offering inter-Dominion
E24 182 competition for those who might wish to have it. ^Racing small
E24 183 centreboard boats can provide a great opportunity for seeing other
E24 184 places and meeting other people. ^As Bruce Vallely, a long time R
E24 185 Class stalwart, recently commented that without the R Class neither he
E24 186 nor his family would have seen more than a fraction of New Zealand,
E24 187 whereas there is not much of it they have not seen.
E24 188    |^Involvement in inter-Dominion contests has resulted in
E24 189 friendships such as in Bruce's case between his family and that of Ken
E24 190 Beashel, whose son Colin is skipper of Australia *=IV.
E24 191    |^Beasho himself was famous in 16 and 18 \0ft skiffs and has been
E24 192 involved in most of Australia's America's Cup challenges. ^He was once
E24 193 widely publicised in New Zealand when, following an incident where a
E24 194 spectator craft caused him to capsize during an inter-Dominion 18 \0ft
E24 195 contest, he jumped on board and *"dropped**" its helmsman before
E24 196 proceeding with righting his boat. ^I can't recall whether he won that
E24 197 contest, but quite likely did**[SIC**].
E24 198 *#
E25 001 **[130 TEXT E25**]
E25 002    |^*4Another rugby season is under way, and some of the top
E25 003 players have already had quite a few games. ^Whether or not this is a
E25 004 good thing is debatable, but one thing is for sure *- this is going to
E25 005 be a season with a difference.
E25 006    |^*0This Sunday Canterbury plays its first match in the new
E25 007 {0A.G.C.} South Pacific championship against Auckland at Lancaster
E25 008 Park.
E25 009    |^The following week-ends it will meet New South Wales (in
E25 010 Sydney), Queensland, Wellington (both at Lancaster Park) and Fiji (in
E25 011 Suva).
E25 012    |^It would be a daunting programme at any time, but in the first
E25 013 seven weeks of a season it is even more challenging. ^The South
E25 014 Pacific series is an interesting concept, and with sizeable
E25 015 sponsorship it could not be ignored.
E25 016    |^However, while it might be an interesting and closely-fought
E25 017 series, the quality of football could leave a lot to be desired. ^For
E25 018 any New Zealand side to playing somewhere near its best in April and
E25 019 May is wellnigh a mission impossible.
E25 020    |^It is certainly impossible for a coach to achieve much in
E25 021 March. ^Not only are there players tied up with other sports, but even
E25 022 those dedicated to rugby are hard to pin down.
E25 023    |^A number of Canterbury's leading players, for example, have
E25 024 been travelling far and wide to pre-season games, especially those of
E25 025 the festival type.
E25 026    |^The players are not forced to participate, although in many
E25 027 cases they do feel an obligation. ^These games may, at least, have
E25 028 some benefit this year in getting the players match fit.
E25 029    |^But as Canterbury coach, Alex Wyllie, noted last week: **"^If
E25 030 only I could get them all together at training a few times; so far
E25 031 it's been just about impossible.**"
E25 032    |^This year Easter did come early, which meant that nearly all
E25 033 the pre-season frolics were over by the end of March. ^Imagine what it
E25 034 will be like when Easter falls in the first or second week of April!
E25 035    |^Because of a lack of information, the {0C.R.F.U.} has had its
E25 036 problems in promoting the Auckland game, this week. ^It had to go
E25 037 ahead and print tickets without the name of the sponsor when the
E25 038 deadline passed and the sponsor had still not been named.
E25 039    |^Clearly this South Pacific venture is very much an Australian
E25 040 one, and Australia does seem to be more geared to playing big matches
E25 041 at the start of the season than New Zealand is.
E25 042    |^This does not mean to say that New Zealand is going to be the
E25 043 poor relation, and, we trust, it will provide the winner. ^But anyone
E25 044 who thinks Auckland, Wellington or Canterbury is going to be playing
E25 045 cracking rugby in April is asking for an awful lot.
E25 046    |^To some minds, this Sunday's game might be thought of as a
E25 047 continuation of the epic shield encounter of last September. ^Hardly
E25 048 likely, given what was at stake that day.
E25 049    |^The South Pacific series may work, and one advantage it does
E25 050 have is that the grounds will still be firm and provide teams with an
E25 051 opportunity to move the ball around.
E25 052    |^Whether the teams will be co-ordinated enough, and the players
E25 053 fit enough, to do so is another matter.
E25 054    |^Club rugby, if only in Christchurch, has already paid a price
E25 055 for the series. ^The senior competition, building towards finals, has
E25 056 been a good one in recent years, but it has been changed to meet the
E25 057 needs of players and clubs.
E25 058    |^Everyone knows, we have heard so often enough from officials
E25 059 that club rugby is the basis of the game in New Zealand. ^And, no
E25 060 doubt, it will always be, but perhaps the time is ripe when the
E25 061 relationship between club and representative rugby needs to be
E25 062 reassessed.
E25 063    |^All clubs like to have top players, but they are getting less
E25 064 and less mileage out of them. ^How often has Christchurch had Jock
E25 065 Hobbs in the last two seasons, Belfast Wayne Smith and University
E25 066 Warwick Taylor? ^Very rarely.
E25 067    |^Maybe clubs need to accept that while it's nice having an All
E25 068 Black to boast of, he is not going to play a lot for the club. ^In
E25 069 fact, an All Black popping in and out of the team can be more of a
E25 070 drawback than an advantage.
E25 071    |^The senior format was changing this year so that clubs would
E25 072 get more value from their top players. ^It will be interesting to see
E25 073 how much more they do get, and who can blame these rep players if they
E25 074 elect to take things a shade easy in June and July, before the
E25 075 pressure goes on them again in August and September.
E25 076    |^Wayne Smith made no secret of the fact that the South Pacific
E25 077 series was the final straw that pushed him into retirement. ^In his
E25 078 view, too much was being asked of top players. ^Perhaps he is right.
E25 079    |^Balancing club and representative rugby has never been easy,
E25 080 and in these days when money takes on such importance in the game
E25 081 (rightly or wrongly) the problem is getting even greater.
E25 082    |^By trying to run club rugby to suit just a few, who might in
E25 083 this regard be labelled an *'elitist**' group, there is a very real
E25 084 danger of club rugby suffering more harm than good.
E25 085    |^Of course, it may mean a down-grading of senior rugby. ^But
E25 086 isn't this what is happening now, and the average club player is
E25 087 surely deserving of some consideration.
E25 088    |^But the South Pacific series is with us, and Canterbury is
E25 089 involved. ^Let's give it a trial before we start screaming too loudly
E25 090 about the harm it is going to do.
E25 091 *<*6JUNIOR RED & BLACKS*>
E25 092 *<*4Burnside backs show their paces*>
E25 093    |^*4The second round of preliminary grading games saw a keen
E25 094 tussle at South Hagley Park between Burnside and Linwood from the 13th
E25 095 Grade (\0U 13 \0U 45\0kg).
E25 096    |^*0Burnside looked very determined and scored first after a fine
E25 097 run by Matthew Crook on the way to score in the corner. ^The Burnside
E25 098 forwards settled down far quicker and produced a more cohesive
E25 099 platform which gave good ball to the backs who tried at every attempt
E25 100 to run at the opposition. ^After a period of pressure centre Tim
E25 101 Wastney scored following an earlier superb effort showing what a
E25 102 skillful player he can be with his magnificent body swerve and pace.
E25 103    |^For Burnside, \0No 8 Neil Flux was a fiercely determined player
E25 104 who tackled well and snapped whatever loose ball there was for his
E25 105 team. ^Fullback Justin Brown was reliable as ever and tackled when
E25 106 called upon. ^Flanker Jamie Bowden produced a top performance as did
E25 107 Prop Grant Allott who grafted away in the tight.
E25 108    |^Halfback Julian Wilson made it look so easy while Aaron Turner
E25 109 at lock put in a solid effort for Burnside.
E25 110    |^Despite struggling at times against a determined Burnside team,
E25 111 Linwood kept on plugging away. ^Good defence kept Burnside to only
E25 112 four tries. ^Despite this, 16-0 was a respectable score with several
E25 113 players standing out for Linwood. ^In the backs Jason Hamilton,
E25 114 playing both first-five and left wing, showed good qualities.
E25 115 ^Three-quarter Jason Spicer tirelessly tackled and covered all game
E25 116 repelling many Burnside raids. ^Five-eighth Lance Jarvis showed
E25 117 promise with a beautiful body swerve and side step. ^Daniel Hopwood
E25 118 tried very hard and completed a useful Linwood backline. ^In the
E25 119 forwards Hooker Shane Dickison was to the fore always in the thick of
E25 120 the action while Props Kerry North and Jodi Catv worked hard in the
E25 121 rucks and mauls. ^Following a good win over \0St Andrews last week
E25 122 Linwood could not click but will improve as the season progresses.
E25 123    |^In an eleventh grade (\0U 14 \0U 50\0kg) game \0St Bede's
E25 124 continually hounded a somewhat loose and disorganised Merivale-Papanui
E25 125 side. ^A clean attractive approach by a slick \0St Bede's team in
E25 126 using its backs whenever it could showed if the basics were right then
E25 127 scoring can be easy. ^Not to be outdone the \0St Bede's forwards
E25 128 delivered excellently set up ball for halfback Chris Bell. ^Lock Chris
E25 129 Callaghan was in fine form with a large chunk of the lineout throws
E25 130 being hauled in by him.
E25 131    |^The \0St Bede's loose trio of Craig MacDonald, Paul Bocoski and
E25 132 Mark Cochrane were outstanding especially Cochrane who showed real
E25 133 potential with a fine individual game. ^Hooker Daniel Higginbottom was
E25 134 a real tiger in the thick. ^In the backs
E25 135 **[PLATE**]
E25 136 second-five Ryan Anderson continually broke the first tackle setting
E25 137 up his outsides on a regular basis. ^Fullback Ted McKay was steady as
E25 138 a rock and kicked well with poise showing how gifted he is.
E25 139    |^Despite being down from the start Merivale-Papanui did soldier
E25 140 on and for a 10 minute period of the second half placed a lot of
E25 141 pressure on the \0St Bede's team. ^Halfback Doug Ewan and centre Mark
E25 142 Stanbury were two backs to be noticed whilst in the forwards hooker
E25 143 Aaron Webb and flankers David Taylor and John Kelly all played to
E25 144 their usual high standards in the forwards.
E25 145    |^Final score: \0St Bede's College 16 Merivale-Papanui 0.
E25 146 *<*8Secondary School Rugby*>
E25 147 *<*4Burnside holds out arch rivals Linwood*>
E25 148    |^The Secondary Schools Championships continued again last week
E25 149 when *'arch-rivals**' Burnside High School 1st *=XV met Linwood High
E25 150 School 1st *=XV at Linwood High.
E25 151    |^*0Conditions were ideal for this usually keen tussle between
E25 152 two very evenly balanced teams. ^Starting aggressively, Linwood placed
E25 153 much pressure on the Burnside pack by really hitting the rucks and
E25 154 mauls very hard. ^This certainly had the desired effect of knocking
E25 155 Burnside off its stride as it struggled to match Linwood in the
E25 156 forward battle for most of the first half. ^Despite this Burnside drew
E25 157 first blood by posting a penalty goal to halfback Kevin Harding with a
E25 158 useful 38 metre attempt. ^Stung into action Linwood struck back with
E25 159 revenge when it literally tore at Burnside with lock Rodney Chapman
E25 160 barging over for a try to put Linwood up 4-3.
E25 161    |^Linwood continued the forward monopoly with some good line-out
E25 162 ball won at \0No.1 by Rodney Chapman. ^This control was backed by
E25 163 excellent covering by the Linwood tight forwards. ^They all hit the
E25 164 mauls hard and rucked furiously at times in desperate search for quick
E25 165 ball. ^Despite this advantage, the Linwood backs couldn't fully
E25 166 capitalise on this lead and it was Burnside who against the run of
E25 167 play scored a try six minutes from the break after a swerving run by
E25 168 first-five eighth Steven Kate. ^Burnside led 7-4 at half-time.
E25 169    |^If Linwood dominated the first half then Burnside found the
E25 170 second half easier going. ^The visitors gradually worked their way
E25 171 back into the game and managed to overcome a tiring Linwood pack to
E25 172 share possession in
E25 173 **[PLATE**]
E25 174 a somewhat scrappy period which saw both sides squander opportunities
E25 175 but also featured some stout defence by both teams.
E25 176    |^Burnside tightened up and controlled the game attempting to
E25 177 keep the ball in the Linwood half with some probing kicks or quick
E25 178 hands to its pack wing three-quarter which often brought successful
E25 179 territorial gains.
E25 180    |^The solitary scoring feat came from the boot of Kevin Harding
E25 181 when he landed a useful penalty goal after a Linwood infringement to
E25 182 put Burnside up 10-4 which it held until the final whistle. ^Burnside,
E25 183 in pressuring the Linwood forwards, asserted a stranglehold in the
E25 184 lineouts in the second half where Geoff Young and Duncan Garge
E25 185 provided the base which brought Burnside the much needed possession if
E25 186 it was to hold on to win. ^At flanker, Greg Milne showed real courage
E25 187 in chasing the loose ball and tackled hard in a whole-hearted display.
E25 188 ^Greg Smith at hooker rallied his team very well while also
E25 189 contributing with a high work rate. ^In the backs Matthew Ford at
E25 190 fullback was sound on defence and added thrust to backline movements
E25 191 when he entered. ^Right wing Scott Miller showed his class with some
E25 192 charging runs down the flank while the other Burnside wing Martin
E25 193 Codman also ran hard when called upon.
E25 194 *#
E26 001 **[131 TEXT E26**]
E26 002    |^*4T*0here are now a host of different options open to the new
E26 003 home buyer. ^The traditional quarter acre section is largely a thing
E26 004 of the past in many inner city areas.
E26 005    |^Apartments and units are a growing trend on valuable land in
E26 006 the inner urban areas and tower blocks are becoming a distinctive
E26 007 feature of city skylines.
E26 008    |^Besides offering better use of the land, they provide a whole
E26 009 new environment, with the security aspect appealing to many new home
E26 010 owners. ^Inner city living has changed dramatically from the days of
E26 011 the endless suburbs with their traditional bungalows.
E26 012    |^Today many people are quite happy to live beneath or on top of
E26 013 others.
E26 014    |^Luxury tower blocks often feature the latest in sophisticated
E26 015 built-in security systems and living in such close proximity to others
E26 016 provides an extra element of safety.
E26 017    |^With section prices in inner city areas of the major cities now
E26 018 soaring, apartment and tower blocks offer the new home owner the
E26 019 chance to have a good sized floor space in a select location. ^Typical
E26 020 of this growing trend is the Kingsway Tower pictured here in the plush
E26 021 Auckland suburb of Remuera. ^Another classic example is the Pines on
E26 022 the slopes of \0Mt Eden. ^Residents like merchant banking millionaire
E26 023 Frank Renouf share the swimming pool, tennis courts and seven acres of
E26 024 carefully manicured gardens.
E26 025    |^Another popular trend is to build two or three story apartment
E26 026 units like the one featured here on Auckland's Tamaki Drive. ^This
E26 027 enables occupants to share common features like gardens, driveway and
E26 028 recreation facilities, while having their own unit over one floor. ^It
E26 029 also makes for a more intensive use of land where local height
E26 030 restrictions may be in force.
E26 031    |^Townhouses, whether as two or three home units on one section
E26 032 or as part of a private estate, offer the chance to share outdoor
E26 033 facilities while having your own individual home within a low rise
E26 034 development.
E26 035 *<*4Think in terms of spaces*>
E26 036 **[PLATE**]
E26 037    |^A *0generation ago the average New Zealander started with a
E26 038 standard quarter acre section on which he built a 1200 square foot
E26 039 bungalow with painted wooden weatherboards on the exterior. ^Out the
E26 040 front was a lawn and at the back an umbrella-type metal clothes line
E26 041 and a vegetable garden.
E26 042    |^The lounge nearly always faced the street, regardless of the
E26 043 house's relationship to the sun, and the whole street looked like it
E26 044 was the same house repeated again and again.
E26 045    |^Today the cost of land in the main cities has resulted in many
E26 046 different approaches to land use, such as townhouses and tower blocks.
E26 047 ^New Zealanders are also now aware that we live in a very well endowed
E26 048 natural environment and they are increasingly making use of nature's
E26 049 benefits to enhance the total environment of their new homes.
E26 050    |^Remember that you can significantly increase the value of your
E26 051 home by the way you decorate the exterior and link it to landscaped
E26 052 surroundings.
E26 053    |^It is important to look at your home as an inter-related
E26 054 environment rather than a series of rooms and walls placed on a piece
E26 055 of land. ^With sections becoming smaller and even sub-divided further,
E26 056 the emphasis must be to blend each individual home with its external
E26 057 environment, to take advantage of New Zealand's lush natural growth.
E26 058    |^There is a growing trend to accentuate our natural heritage
E26 059 with exposed timber, natural brick and clay surfaces and our luxuriant
E26 060 native plants. ^The textures and surfaces of the walls, the way
E26 061 windows and doors are placed and proportioned, the shape of the
E26 062 roofline will all affect the relationship of the house to its
E26 063 environment. ^Begin by linking it all together when you are designing
E26 064 your new home.
E26 065 *<*4Linking inside and out*>
E26 066 **[PLATES**]
E26 067    |^I*0t is important when thinking of your home as a total
E26 068 environment to consider all possibilities, like the addition of a pool
E26 069 or spa. ^A good way to ensure it blends in with your home and its
E26 070 surroundings is to have your property landscaped by a specialist.
E26 071    |^Landscan is an Auckland company which is involved in all
E26 072 aspects of outdoor development. ^They act as landscape consultants to
E26 073 a number of pool companies and like to be involved with swimming pool
E26 074 planning at an early stage to advise on placing and levels.
E26 075    |^In addition to design concepts like line, proportion and
E26 076 texture, consideration is also given to the needs and lifestyle of
E26 077 each client, with a detailed plan presented.
E26 078    |^Landscan considers the garden and pool as a series of outdoor
E26 079 rooms extending from the living areas of the house. ^Graeme Mallet of
E26 080 Landscan has spent several years involved in residential and
E26 081 commercial landscaping in Sydney and his assignments have varied from
E26 082 landscaping over 100 terraced homes to creating a tropical paradise
E26 083 from 25 acres of beach.
E26 084    |^He has developed a bold, free approach with large flowing
E26 085 curves, huge boulders and massed plants. ^Always on the lookout for
E26 086 new and interesting materials, he has used logs, railway sleepers,
E26 087 sculpture, clay pots and even telegraph poles in his landscapes.
E26 088    |^You can contact Landscan on Auckland 564 742.
E26 089 *<*4Making use of coloured glass*>
E26 090    |^W*0hen you have worked out your own family's needs, sorted out
E26 091 your building options and considered the total environment you'd like,
E26 092 then jot down those special extras you've always wanted.
E26 093    |^For example feature walls, places for your favourite works of
E26 094 art, your family treasures, your books or those extra aspects of
E26 095 design.
E26 096    |^Significantly more and more New Zealanders are discovering the
E26 097 appeal
E26 098 **[PLATE**]
E26 099 of stained glass and leadlight windows. ^Murals, portraits, skylights,
E26 100 leadlight lampshades and windows can all be made out of coloured
E26 101 glass, adding charm and elegance to your home.
E26 102    |^Stained glass windows or accessories can stamp your personality
E26 103 on your home as well as letting you take advantage of the sun playing
E26 104 through the colours. ^Making stained glass windows is an age-old craft
E26 105 that is being revived through its growing popularity with new home
E26 106 makers.
E26 107    |^Typical of the growing band of craftsmen who are reviving
E26 108 stained glass artistry is A Touch Of Glass \0Ltd of Auckland. ^Ross
E26 109 Barron and John Jones have been involved in stained glass design for
E26 110 the past 12 years and still use traditional techniques, aided by the
E26 111 increasing quality of modern materials.
E26 112    |^Stained glass can add new dimensions and endless possibilities
E26 113 to a modern home without losing any of its age-old charm. ^Using
E26 114 coloured glass dates back to the early Egyptians and was developed
E26 115 into a major art form in Europe during Medieval days.
E26 116    |^A Touch Of Glass \0Ltd can make your own exclusive design or
E26 117 complement the environment of your home with their large range of
E26 118 custom-designed leadlight products.
E26 119    |^It is worth remembering that a good stained glass window will
E26 120 last as long as the house.
E26 121    |^You can contact Ross Barron and John Jones of A Touch Of Glass
E26 122 \0Ltd at 592 \0Mt Albert Road, Royal Oak, Auckland, phone (09) 659
E26 123 466.
E26 124 **[PLATE**]
E26 125 *<*4Calling in the experts*>
E26 126    |^A *0recent development on the home building scene is the
E26 127 growing collaboration of design and construction teams.
E26 128    |^Architects Avery and Leuschke of Auckland are also the
E26 129 directors of Infill Construction \0Ltd, and this provides for a
E26 130 stronger design emphasis in the building team.
E26 131    |^Much of an architect's work is tied up with contract
E26 132 supervision, but with a closer link-up of design and construction,
E26 133 this allows the architect to concentrate on the design side while
E26 134 overseeing specialists familiar with his work on the construction
E26 135 side.
E26 136    |^The benefit of this kind of co**[ARB**]-operation for the new
E26 137 home maker is that instead of the construction company being
E26 138 building-led, it is led by the architects. ^This enables the architect
E26 139 to exercise more control over how things can be built at a competitive
E26 140 price.
E26 141 **[PLATE**]
E26 142    |^Specialist architectural finishes and materials can therefore
E26 143 be more economically achieved.
E26 144    |^Infill Construction specialises in the townhouse market, where
E26 145 as the name of the company suggests, building sites are divided so
E26 146 that more than one unit is built per section. ^Quite literally they
E26 147 specialise in building houses in people's backyards.
E26 148    |^The process towards your individually designed home starts with
E26 149 a client consultation and briefing with a site visit. ^A house size
E26 150 and budget is discussed and agreed on. ^Then a sketch design is
E26 151 prepared and submitted. ^Upon approval of the concept working drawings
E26 152 are prepared and a contract is made.
E26 153    |^Avery and Leuschke are closely tied in with the whole project
E26 154 from design right through to final construction. ^Infill Construction
E26 155 Company and Avery and Leuschke can be contacted at 268 Manakau Road,
E26 156 Auckland, telephone (09) 501 544, 502 126.
E26 157 *<*4Design your own dreams*>
E26 158    |^A *0major innovation which has transformed the New Zealand
E26 159 building industry is the impact of Lockwood's unique natural timber
E26 160 homes which can be designed round a client's own specifications and
E26 161 needs.
E26 162    |^Lockwood Buildings Limited was founded in 1952 by \0Mr \0J Van
E26 163 Loghem and \0Mr \0J La Grouw. ^Since then it has grown into a major
E26 164 force in the new home market with its very distinctive pre-cut, low
E26 165 maintenance, high quality homes.
E26 166    |^Their influence can be seen in new home design throughout the
E26 167 country. ^Thirty years of development has seen them perfect a unique
E26 168 system of solid laminated planks and corner profiles which lock
E26 169 together in a strong, versatile, nail-less structure. ^This system has
E26 170 been largely instrumental in the increasing popularity of all-timber
E26 171 **[PLATE**]
E26 172 beauty on both interiors and exteriors of New Zealand homes.
E26 173    |^Using quality pre-cut components the homes can be constructed
E26 174 much quicker than by conventional methods. ^Exterior finishes are in
E26 175 pine, redwood and aluminium sheathing over pine boards. ^Both wood
E26 176 finishes can be stained to your required colour and in the case of the
E26 177 redwood it can be left to season to a silvery finish that blends
E26 178 beautifully with natural surroundings.
E26 179    |^Inside a Lockwood home the effect is the warm glow of wood.
E26 180 ^Pine with a deep satin stain or the honey gold of a clear finish.
E26 181 ^There is no painting or wallpapering and the natural wood finish is
E26 182 protected by a wipe clean varnish. ^The natural timber walls and
E26 183 ceilings coupled with the open-plan layout provide a distinctly New
E26 184 Zealand relaxed and comfortable atmosphere. ^Lockwood has now become
E26 185 synonymous with a whole way of life.
E26 186    |^A big advantage of Lockwood's exclusive construction system is
E26 187 that it allows so much of the construction to be carried out at the
E26 188 factory where each stage can be carefully quality controlled. ^The
E26 189 speed of construction means labour costs can be kept to a minimum.
E26 190    |^The company can design your own individual home to your special
E26 191 requirements or work closely with your own architect. ^There are also
E26 192 over 50 standard designs in the Lockwood Design Book to choose from.
E26 193    |^Lockwood's vertical partitioning is a non-modular system in
E26 194 overall height and width, thus allowing adaptability
E26 195 **[PLATE**]
E26 196 into any space. ^A Lockwood home needs slightly higher levels of
E26 197 lighting because timber absorbs light. ^But the soft warm glow of the
E26 198 interior lends itself to any mood or atmosphere by using the best of
E26 199 today's lighting techniques.
E26 200    |^One of the major attractions for the new home owner is the
E26 201 realisation that the design considerations allow for a sense of
E26 202 spaciousness. ^Whether it includes mezzanines, mini-decks as well as
E26 203 grand sweeps, open-plan entertainment areas, or wide vista windows,
E26 204 there is a logical flow from one room to another.
E26 205    |^You can visit a Lockwood show home to discuss your building
E26 206 needs at all the main centres, addresses and phone numbers are
E26 207 available in the Yellow Pages. ^Their head office and production plant
E26 208 is in Russell Road, Rotorua, Telephone (073) 477 691 or write to
E26 209 Private Bag, Rotorua.
E26 210 **[PLATES**]
E26 211 *<*4Timber... Scandinavian style*>
E26 212    |^A *0new concept based on the Scandinavian log cabin principle
E26 213 and designed specifically as a kitset system is now being marketed in
E26 214 New Zealand.
E26 215    |^Using a unique system of building in solid radiata pine, they
E26 216 are designed to be easily erected by a non-builder home owner.
E26 217    |^Fraemohs Scandinavian Homes use solid interlocking wall planks
E26 218 of kiln dried Tanalith treated laminated pine which gives this system
E26 219 its unique natural wood detail and tremendous strength.
E26 220 *#
E27 001 **[132 TEXT E27**]
E27 002    |^*0Homeowners who have never held a saw or a hammer have put
E27 003 together their own kitchens with beautiful results.
E27 004    |^It may sound unlikely but it is not. ^Peter Heeringa has dealt
E27 005 with these people when he has sold them a Kitchen-Pak kitchen, the
E27 006 kitchen which arrives in boxes.
E27 007    |^Kitchen-Pak is a modular system made up of many different
E27 008 units. ^The homeowner selects the units to suit his or her own needs.
E27 009 ^When put together they form a complete kitchen in the style preferred
E27 010 by the owner.
E27 011 *<*4Stages*>
E27 012    |^*"*0Essentially there are three stages to installing a
E27 013 Kitchen-Pak kitchen,**" Peter Heeringa of House of Nordia said.
E27 014 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E27 015 *<*4Easy*>
E27 016    |^*0Removing the old units is easy (with the aid of a hammer and
E27 017 crowbar), but some people find the last stage a little daunting. ^In
E27 018 this case they can arrange for it to be done by their own builder or
E27 019 House of Nordia can arrange a builder for them.
E27 020    |^By just completing the first two stages owners will immediately
E27 021 save money on the cost of a tradesman. ^By completing the last stage
E27 022 themselves further savings are possible.
E27 023    |^But many homeowners find it easier to remodel the kitchen one
E27 024 wall at a time. ^As the Kitchen-Pak units can be bought individually
E27 025 House of Nordia are happy to oblige.
E27 026    |^Kitchen renovations often include new appliances and House of
E27 027 Nordia has a selection to choose from including wall ovens, hobs and
E27 028 even a pull-out ironing board.
E27 029    |^Because Kitchen-Pak units are based on a European module
E27 030 design, the sizes are compatible with imported appliances.
E27 031 *<*4Gadgets*>
E27 032    |^*"*0Any gadget likely to be brought out overseas in the next
E27 033 five years will fit into the Kitchen-Pak system,**" Peter Heeringa
E27 034 said.
E27 035    |^In the case of the pull-out ironing board it fits into the top
E27 036 of a small cabinet. ^When not in use it slides away out of sight.
E27 037 **[PLATES**]
E27 038 *<*4Toshibas feature at the show*>
E27 039    |^*0The latest microwave ovens by Toshiba will be displayed at
E27 040 the Wellington Trade Fair. ^Microwave Cookers will have them on their
E27 041 stand along with three new exciting Toshiba products *- a fantastic
E27 042 new television, a video recorder and a compact disc player.
E27 043    |^The completely new range of Toshiba microwave ovens has eight
E27 044 models, five basic and three very sophisticated. ^The top models do
E27 045 virtually anything the cook could require including browning a leg of
E27 046 lamb as a matter of course. ^They have food sensors in the top of the
E27 047 oven which measure the food's temperature to ensure each dish is
E27 048 cooked to perfection and no longer.
E27 049    |^There are a number of improvements included in these models.
E27 050 ^The oven capacity is larger, there are fewer moving parts, the
E27 051 technology is more sophisticated and they are much easier to clean.
E27 052    |^But one of the basic models deserves special mention. ^It
E27 053 represents excellent value for money for a microwave of its type.
E27 054    |^The \0ER 6610 is a microwave-grill oven with elements top and
E27 055 bottom. ^This allows for straight grilling using only the top element
E27 056 or standard cooking using both. ^But it can also be switched to
E27 057 microwave for standard microwave cooking.
E27 058    |^With any microwave sold by Microwave Cookers they offer cooking
E27 059 courses, a complete
E27 060 **[PLATE**]
E27 061 back-up service department, and they still operate an exchange system
E27 062 where within 60 days a customer can change a model if they find
E27 063 another will suit their needs better.
E27 064    |^Cooking demonstrations will be part of the show with Graham
E27 065 Mantel showing how easy microwave cooking is and giving basic tips
E27 066 which help new customers.
E27 067    |^And they will have special discounts on ovens bought at the
E27 068 Show.
E27 069    |^Also at the Show will be the latest Toshiba television, video
E27 070 recorder and compact disc player. ^This is a new venture for Graham
E27 071 Mantel and reflects his admiration for Toshiba's products.
E27 072    |^The television has an 18*?8 screen which unlike televisions to
E27 073 date, does not have rounded corners on the screen *- the corners are
E27 074 square! ^This increases the picture image area and reduces picture
E27 075 distortion. ^And the entire machine is only about 12*?8 deep so is
E27 076 ideal for customers wanting one which will stand on any average book
E27 077 shelf.
E27 078    |^It has all the latest features such as remote control and a
E27 079 read out to show brightness, sound levels, channel position and colour
E27 080 levels. ^But it also automatically adjusts picture search and tuning.
E27 081    |^There are audio visual terminals in the set so that a video can
E27 082 simply be plugged in. ^No adaption is required.
E27 083    |^And do not forget to look at the compact disc player for superb
E27 084 sound reproduction or the video recorder to complement the television.
E27 085 **[PLATE**]
E27 086 *<*5New concept arrives:*>
E27 087 *<*4Integrated appliances modern kitchen option*>
E27 088    |^*0Some kitchen appliances can now be completely integrated into
E27 089 kitchen designs with doors fitted to match other drawer and door
E27 090 fronts in the room. ^It is an entirely new concept in New Zealand.
E27 091    |^The idea comes with the Advanced Engineering from Germany
E27 092 (known as {0AEG} for short) range of appliances. ^Freezers, fridges
E27 093 and dishwashers can all have doors made to match any design from the
E27 094 Stylewood range. ^Or they can be left with traditional doors for those
E27 095 homeowners who want new, top-of-the-range appliances to replace older
E27 096 ones in an existing kitchen where no other alterations are planned.
E27 097 *<*4Reliability*>
E27 098    |^*0All {0AEG} appliances have a reputation for reliability.
E27 099 ^Overseas they are considered to be among the top three companies
E27 100 producing whiteware. ^The reputation has evolved through their
E27 101 mechanical reliability and their efficient use of electricity.
E27 102    |^Graham Taylor of Stylewood Kitchens in Wellington is ecstatic
E27 103 about {0AEG}'s products. ^He is convinced that they represent
E27 104 excellent value for money. ^Stylewood Kitchens in Wellington and the
E27 105 Kapiti Kitchen and Bathroom Centre are now agents for the appliances.
E27 106 *<*4Range*>
E27 107    |^*0As well as refrigerators, freezers and dishwashers there is a
E27 108 superb selection of ovens and hobs in the {0AEG} range available in
E27 109 both gas and electric.
E27 110    |^There are single and double wall mounted ovens which all
E27 111 feature five cooking methods; there is a bench oven with integrated
E27 112 hobs; rangehoods; microwaves; and even washing machines and dryers.
E27 113    |^All are available in a choice of colours.
E27 114 *<*4Quality*>
E27 115 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E27 116 *0Graham Taylor said.
E27 117 *<*4Unique*>
E27 118    |^*0The ovens work by a unique system called Ventitherm. ^It is a
E27 119 type of fan forced heating system which draws cooler air from within
E27 120 the oven and heats it over elements in the walls before forcing it
E27 121 back into the oven. ^The range of settings enables the user to adjust
E27 122 the oven's use of power while maintaining the required cooking heat.
E27 123    |^The designs for all appliances are up-to-the-minute, elegant
E27 124 and functional. ^Homeowners renovating their kitchens should include a
E27 125 visit to Stylewood Kitchens in Wellington or the Kapiti Kitchen and
E27 126 Bathroom Centre before making a decision. ^Homeowners simply wishing
E27 127 to replace appliances should do so also. ^{0AEG} is not readily
E27 128 available, it is sold only through selected agents.
E27 129 *<*4Personal preferences catered for in kitchen design*>
E27 130    |^*0What does the Patersons' kitchen have in common with their
E27 131 car? ^It is the paintwork.
E27 132    |^They wanted a hard wearing, practical finish on door and drawer
E27 133 fronts for their new kitchen, and they wanted a painted finish. ^The
E27 134 answer, provided by Garth Rigg who designed, constructed and installed
E27 135 the kitchen, was to use Dulon *- a paint produced for use on cars.
E27 136 *<*4Grey*>
E27 137    |^*0They chose a light grey to blend with the formica top which
E27 138 was a shade darker. ^In keeping with the Tudor-style architecture of
E27 139 the home, mouldings on the door provide an interesting highlight. ^But
E27 140 in keeping with modern easy-care kitchens, all it requires is a
E27 141 regular wipe-down to keep it clean.
E27 142    |^Inside the cupboards and drawers 18\0mm thick shelves and
E27 143 divisions are finished in a white easy-to-care-for finish. ^They too
E27 144 will only require minimum upkeep to maintain their new look.
E27 145    |^All shelves are fully adjustable, access to cupboards is
E27 146 excellent because of the adjustable three-way hinges, and the runners
E27 147 for the drawers are smooth and silent.
E27 148 *<*4Functional*>
E27 149    |^*0The Patersons also wanted a kitchen which was functional.
E27 150 ^Discussions with Garth Rigg's consultant, Robyn, resulted in a layout
E27 151 which is a delight to work in and suits the Patersons' needs.
E27 152    |^Their other main concern was storage. ^They wanted as much as
E27 153 possible. ^One way Garth Rigg solved this was to build a circular
E27 154 mobile work top with storage underneath. ^It can be moved to whatever
E27 155 position is required for use as additional bench space while providing
E27 156 the storage needs.
E27 157    |^For Garth Rigg the Patersons' kitchen was another success story
E27 158 and proved how versatile the company is when it comes to producing a
E27 159 kitchen to suit individual tastes and requirements.
E27 160 *<*4Readily*>
E27 161    |^*0They could just as readily have produced a solid timber
E27 162 traditional style kitchen or an extremely modern flush front, plain
E27 163 Formica finish, had the Patersons preferred it.
E27 164    |^Garth Rigg can provide square or rounded edges for the Formica
E27 165 bench tops, or for those wanting timber, tiles or a marble look, they
E27 166 have something to suit.
E27 167 *<*4Accessories*>
E27 168    |^*0In addition they have all sorts of accessories from
E27 169 rangehoods to taps and rubbish bins which can be included in the
E27 170 plans.
E27 171    |^And should the renovation require other tradesmen such as
E27 172 electricians or plumbers they can organise them as part of the
E27 173 contract.
E27 174 **[PLATE**]
E27 175 *<*5Latest release:*>
E27 176 *<*4Kitset shelving system a versatile alternative to storage
E27 177 problems*>
E27 178    |^*0For Anderson's Kitset the arrival of Ideco extends the range
E27 179 of kitset furniture they have in stock. ^As with all kitsets it is
E27 180 designed to give families additional items for the home as
E27 181 inexpensively as possible.
E27 182    |^A new modular book case system available at Anderson's Kitset
E27 183 is so versatile it allows you to do almost anything.
E27 184    |^Named Ideco, the concept is simple. ^A range of specially cut
E27 185 lengths of top grade pine allow people to put them together in
E27 186 whatever form required to provide extra space for books, plants,
E27 187 television, radio, stereo or ornaments. ^No glues, screws or nails are
E27 188 required. ^The pieces lock together.
E27 189    |^It is an inexpensive way of finding a home for everything the
E27 190 family owns.
E27 191    |^The pine is finished to the point where it can be varnished,
E27 192 stained or painted to suit the decor.
E27 193    |^Should a change be wanted at a later date or the family moves,
E27 194 the system can be broken down and reassembled to suit the new
E27 195 situation.
E27 196    |^The pieces can be bought to make up whatever depth of shelving
E27 197 is required from any multiple of 90\0mm upwards.
E27 198    |^Optional extras are doors and drawers. ^Drawers can only be
E27 199 used with cubes of 360\0mm or more deep. ^But both doors and drawers
E27 200 are supplied with all fittings.
E27 201    |^Once locked together, the unit is sturdy. ^It has been tested
E27 202 to 630\0kg per cube.
E27 203 **[PLATE**]
E27 204 *<*6GREATEST DOOR SALE STARTS SOON*>
E27 205    |^*0The first ever sale of Renall Doors is to be held in
E27 206 Wellington on May 9 and 10. ^Host for the sale is Quality Doors and
E27 207 Mouldings who have probably the largest range of interior and exterior
E27 208 doors permanently on display.
E27 209    |^All doors will be marked at special prices along with knobs,
E27 210 knockers and handles of all descriptions.
E27 211 *<*4Factory*>
E27 212    |^*0Renall Doors' factory is based in the Wairarapa but they have
E27 213 been suppliers of top quality doors to the Wellington area for some
E27 214 years. ^Their range includes interior doors for standard openings, for
E27 215 cupboards of all sizes and re-creations of traditional doors for
E27 216 exterior use. ^There is a style for every type of architecture.
E27 217 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E27 218 John Minnoch of Quality Doors said.
E27 219    |*"^Some will have up to 50 percent off their usual price.**"
E27 220 *<*4Help*>
E27 221    |^*0Renalls' representative will also be in attendance to help
E27 222 customers select their door and to give advice.
E27 223    |^Quality Doors and Mouldings standard service will be available
E27 224 to back up each sale. ^They carry out installations so customers can
E27 225 be sure of having a door which fits perfectly. ^And the usual wide
E27 226 range of glass in-fill options will be available with glazing done
E27 227 where required.
E27 228    |^After experiencing the occasional cold, windy night, many
E27 229 homeowners will already have decided that maybe it is time to replace
E27 230 a door or two around the home. ^This sale is the ideal opportunity to
E27 231 do just that.
E27 232 *#
E28 001 **[133 TEXT E28**]
E28 002 |^*2THE FIRST *0time I saw the yellowtailed fish under the boat I
E28 003 thought they were small kingis. ^I tried all sort of jigs, live baits
E28 004 and whole piper but nothing would interest them. ^They just swam
E28 005 around in the burley stream oblivious to my baits and lures.
E28 006    |^Suddenly, I realised what they were and put a few pipis on a
E28 007 small hook. ^There were a few preliminary nibbles and then the rod
E28 008 bent over and the drag began to sing. ^The trevally headed right for
E28 009 the bottom, 30\0m below the boat. ^Naively I figured the force of the
E28 010 drag would stop the fish long before he got anywhere near the sea
E28 011 floor. ^I was still thinking that as the trevally wrapped himself up
E28 012 in the weeds and broke me off. ^A little shaken by the experience I
E28 013 rigged up again and tightened the drag a few notches. ^For the second
E28 014 time there were a few nibbles, then the scream of the drag as another
E28 015 trevally headed straight down. ^I was not so confident this time and
E28 016 it was just as well since my line was wrapped in the weeds within a
E28 017 minute or two.
E28 018    |^Since I'd already wasted most of the line on the spool and worn
E28 019 out the drag washers as well it seemed as if another try wouldn't
E28 020 hurt. ^This time I used my finger as a brake on the outside of the
E28 021 spool to provide the maximum tension the 2\0kg line would tolerate.
E28 022 ^The trevally was stopped just short of the sea bottom and 15 minutes
E28 023 later was in the boat. ^It was really unbelievable, the fish only
E28 024 weighed 3\0lb and had only narrowly missed breaking off like all the
E28 025 others. ^There was obviously a lot to be learned about trevally.
E28 026    |^All that happened quite a while ago. ^These days the trevally
E28 027 fishing is more predictable but just as challenging. ^Most people
E28 028 would tell you the solution to the problem is obvious. ^Just use
E28 029 10\0kg line and beat the fish into submission (if you don't tear the
E28 030 hook out first). ^If all you want to do is catch fish then those
E28 031 people are quite right. ^It would probably be cheaper, however, to
E28 032 just go to the fish store and buy what you need. ^It would certainly
E28 033 be easier!
E28 034    |^But if you're after maximum sport and fast action then trevally
E28 035 on ultra-light is the way to get it. ^Trevally seem to behave much
E28 036 like skipjack (Katsuwonus pelamis). ^They generate tremendous power
E28 037 for a short period then give up completely. ^Indeed, they have a
E28 038 physiology quite similar to the skipjack. ^Evidently they have a body
E28 039 temperature elevated above the waters around them so their muscles are
E28 040 capable of sudden bursts of great strength. ^But they pay the price by
E28 041 tiring quickly as waste products accumulate in their muscles. ^So the
E28 042 key to success while fishing them is to somehow control the first run
E28 043 they take. ^After that they can be handled like any other fish.
E28 044    |^The first problem with trevally fishing is to find them. ^You
E28 045 have two choices: ^You can burley or pray. ^Burley is generally more
E28 046 effective. ^Unfortunately burley attracts a lot of other species like
E28 047 kahawai, parore and snapper. ^So you need to seek out areas where
E28 048 trevally school in large numbers. ^Generally the best places to look
E28 049 for such schools are around the headlands of New Zealand's northern
E28 050 coasts. ^Since these waters are usually quite clear the burley trail
E28 051 will generally bring them close enough for visual identification.
E28 052    |^Be sure to grind your burley up well. ^Trevally have small
E28 053 mouths and are attracted by small pieces of food. ^You can keep them
E28 054 around your boat for hours by throwing in small quantities of well
E28 055 ground bait and fish entrails saved from previous expeditions. ^The
E28 056 easiest way to do this is to grind up your burley at home and freeze
E28 057 it in two-litre ice-cream containers. ^When it's time to go fishing
E28 058 just throw the frozen container in a pail of water and slip the frozen
E28 059 burley out in a block. ^Then either hang it overboard in a wire mesh
E28 060 net or throw it over as it melts in the pail using the ice cream
E28 061 container as a scoop. ^Be frugal with the burley; you want to attract
E28 062 the fish not feed them!
E28 063    |^If you want to fish ultra-light it pays to buy the finest gear.
E28 064 ^I prefer to use an Abu Cardinal spinning reel with a five to six foot
E28 065 graphite rod. ^The Kilwell Grafspin 66 is as good as any rod that I've
E28 066 used and is made in New Zealand. ^Abu spinning reels are certainly the
E28 067 finest money can buy but they are hard to get here.
E28 068    |^If you select another brand look for a reel that has a rear or
E28 069 side drag so you can adjust it while the fish is on. ^If the drag is
E28 070 in front of the reel then you invariably tangle your fingers in the
E28 071 line and lose the fish. ^The drag should be silky smooth and
E28 072 adjustable over a wide range of tensions so it can be used with
E28 073 **[PLATES**]
E28 074 both 1\0kg and 2\0kg line.
E28 075    |^When you buy the reel get two or three extra spools as well.
E28 076 ^That way you can just snap on new line while you're out fishing.
E28 077 ^It's not unusual to go through 200 to 300\0m of line in a morning so
E28 078 buy your line in bulk. ^It also pays to buy a few sets of drag washers
E28 079 as well. ^They wear out pretty fast when you play powerful fish and
E28 080 only washers in perfect shape will give you the delicate control you
E28 081 need. ^Once you accumulate lots of experience you can use your finger
E28 082 on the spool as an auxiliary drag. ^This will slow the wear and tear
E28 083 process on the washers and give you a more rapid adjustment than
E28 084 fumbling with a control knob.
E28 085    |^Another important point is the roller on the bail arm. ^Make
E28 086 sure it turns freely or your line will *"burn up**" as the fish runs.
E28 087 ^A drop of oil on the bail roller after each fishing day works
E28 088 wonders.
E28 089    |^If you can find trevally in a place where the bottom is free of
E28 090 sharp rocks or weeds you can use 1\0kg tackle. ^But, be warned,
E28 091 fishing with 1\0kg can be very difficult, even under ideal conditions.
E28 092 ^If it's under tension anything touching the line will break it. ^The
E28 093 hassles of using 1\0kg line are often not worth the rewards. ^Best to
E28 094 save it for fish that fight *"clean**" like kahawai. ^I prefer 2\0kg
E28 095 line for everyday use. ^In areas with rocky reefs or lots of kelp you
E28 096 may have to forsake ultra-light and switch to 3\0kg or 4\0kg line.
E28 097    |^By watching the trevally feed in the burley stream you can
E28 098 decide for yourself what the best baits are. ^There's no doubt they
E28 099 prefer pipis to fish-bait and they'd rather have fresh pipis than
E28 100 cooked ones. ^Since they are small mouthed a 1/0 or smaller hook is
E28 101 preferred. ^Don't worry about it pulling out. ^That doesn't happen
E28 102 with ultra-light.
E28 103    |^If you're fishing in a burley trail try to keep the bait in the
E28 104 burley. ^That means experimenting with the weight on the line until
E28 105 you have just the right amount to keep the hook at the correct depth.
E28 106 ^Trevally bite best when there's no weight at all, but you can only do
E28 107 that when there's very little current. ^If you have no burley, fish
E28 108 likely areas about a foot off the bottom. ^The problem there is you
E28 109 must have a clear bottom or you'll lose every fish!
E28 110    |^Since trevally are so often used for bait here in New Zealand
E28 111 people forget what excellent eating they make. ^The trick to preparing
E28 112 trevally is freshness. ^For top quality eating keep your catch alive
E28 113 as long as possible, then clean and cool it promptly. ^Keep your
E28 114 trevally on ice once you get home, eat them the day you catch them and
E28 115 avoid over-cooking. ^The reward will be a taste treat that'll make you
E28 116 wonder why you ever liked snapper.
E28 117    |^Oh yes, remember that trevally are eligible for New Zealand
E28 118 line record status on light lines (1\0kg to 10\0kg). ^They're also
E28 119 eligible for non-line class world record status with the {0I.G.F.A.}
E28 120 ^So give it a go and get yourself a record!
E28 121 *<*4The introduction of rabbits*>
E28 122 *<*1A case of out of the frying pan and into the fire*>
E28 123 *<*0by Joan Druett*>
E28 124 |^*2FANCY *0rabbit pie? ^Our New Zealand ancestors certainly did *-
E28 125 they were importing rabbits from the early 1830s on.
E28 126    |^What is incredible is that rabbits were really quite difficult
E28 127 to acclimatise; it took a full 10 years and a lot of liberations
E28 128 before they were really established.
E28 129    |^Records of the introduction of rabbits are unclear, mainly
E28 130 because once the rabbit became an unwelcome settler and an
E28 131 embarrassing topic, no person or acclimatisation society really wanted
E28 132 to accept the blame for bringing in the bunnies. ^All sorts of folk
E28 133 brought in rabbits and hoped firstly that they would acclimatise and
E28 134 secondly that people would not remember it: women and children with
E28 135 pet white rabbits, gold miners, surveying gangs, prospectors and
E28 136 sportsmen.
E28 137    |^And why? ^Because for hundreds of years English men and women
E28 138 have been partial to a rabbit in the pot. ^A favourite recipe of
E28 139 pioneer housewives was to bake a rabbit slowly in a well-buttered
E28 140 brown paper bag. ^Here is one, for rabbit cutlets, gleaned from a
E28 141 *"receipt**" book published in 1869:
E28 142 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E28 143    |^It does not state which member of the family has the honour of
E28 144 eating the *"half of the head**"!
E28 145    |^In 1838 a traveller on the *1Venus *0recorded that some rabbits
E28 146 introduced from New South Wales were still to be found in New Zealand.
E28 147 ^In May, 1844, \0Mr Tuckett, of Port Molyneaux, wrote that with a
E28 148 beagle and some friends he caught six rabbits, all alive and
E28 149 uninjured. ^A nobleman, Baron Ortsdorff, was breeding and selling
E28 150 rabbits in the Hutt in 1842.
E28 151    |^By the 1840s folk were beginning to remark on the number of
E28 152 rabbits in Southland. ^A gentleman by the romantic name of Captain
E28 153 Ruck Keene, {0RN}, introduced silver-grey rabbits to Nelson in the
E28 154 late fifties, and Sir George Grey gave six silver-grey rabbits to the
E28 155 Canterbury Acclimatisation Society in 1865 or 1866.
E28 156    |^By the 1870s the full extent of the rabbit disaster was
E28 157 beginning to dawn on the farmers of the South Island. ^Captain Ruck
E28 158 Keene declared that his liberation of rabbits had cost him *+70,000.
E28 159 ^The hills and dales of his Kaikoura run were alive with rabbits while
E28 160 his sheep were starving. ^When he had first introduced his rabbits he
E28 161 had sacked two of his hands for shooting at them; later he admitted
E28 162 freely he should have rewarded the men, and trained them to be better
E28 163 shots. ^Eventually the rabbits over-ran his property and he was a
E28 164 ruined man. ^By 1876 Southland was completely infested, and Otago was
E28 165 close to the same fate. ^By 1887 rabbits were swarming on the
E28 166 Canterbury Plains.
E28 167    |^The North Island suffered later. ^\0Mr Carter, of Carterton,
E28 168 brought rabbits with him when he arrived in New Zealand in 1857. ^He
E28 169 liberated seven pairs at Carter's Hill and within 12 years they had
E28 170 colonised and taken over an area measuring 19 square kilometres. ^This
E28 171 incredible reproductive rate led to a whole folklore regarding the
E28 172 energy and fertility of buck rabbits, and also to a system of
E28 173 mathematics known as *"rabbit arithmetic**". ^The basic sum in rabbit
E28 174 arithmetic is that two times three leads in an astoundingly short time
E28 175 to 9 million (the progeny from two rabbits in three years).
E28 176    |^Soon the Wairarapa reached the devastated state of the South
E28 177 Island. ^What could one do about it? ^Eating as many as possible was
E28 178 one answer, so the recipes for rabbit proliferated with the enthusiasm
E28 179 of the beast itself, such as this one for rabbit pie:
E28 180 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E28 181    |^For inexperienced or untutored colonial housewives, the recipe
E28 182 for the crust was also given:
E28 183 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E28 184 *#
E29 001 **[134 TEXT E29**]
E29 002    |^*0New Zealand's swimming and diving team at the 1982
E29 003 Commonwealth Games in Brisbane returned with its tail between its legs
E29 004 and only two bronze medals to show for hundreds of hours of
E29 005 preparation.
E29 006    |^The one swimming medal remember was won fortuitously when
E29 007 Australia and Canada, the first two finishers in the women's 4x100\0m
E29 008 freestyle relay were disqualified allowing New Zealand to sneak from
E29 009 fifth to third. ^Mark Graham won the other medal, deservedly, in the
E29 010 men's three metre springboard dive.
E29 011    |^It was the embarrassment of the 1982 swimming team's
E29 012 performances in Brisbane which helped spur the 1986 team to produce
E29 013 some remarkable results at the Thirteenth Commonwealth Games in
E29 014 Edinburgh from July 24 to August 2.
E29 015    |^The 1986 team was arguably perhaps, the most successful team,
E29 016 to compete at a Commonwealth Games.
E29 017    |^It must be remembered that the aquatic sports at Edinburgh were
E29 018 not at all affected by the boycott by 32 of the 58 nations who
E29 019 initially said they would compete in Edinburgh. ^Australia, Canada and
E29 020 England, were always going to provide the bulk of the finalists, and
E29 021 ensure that the swimming at least, was of world class.
E29 022    |^There were two current world record holders *- Alex Baumann and
E29 023 Victor Davis of Canada *- among the entries and during the competition
E29 024 the tall English freestyler, Sarah Hardcastle came within a second of
E29 025 Tracy Wickham's world 800\0m freestyle record.
E29 026    |^The Royal Commonwealth Pool, adjacent to the Games Village, was
E29 027 an excellent venue. ^It was an intimate pool with the spectators close
E29 028 to the action. ^Competitors had only one complaint. ^The pool itself
E29 029 was shallow and the lane ropes were an old design, that did not
E29 030 effectively reduce wash particularly at the end walls when swimmers
E29 031 were turning.
E29 032    |^The shallowness created buffeting waves also at turns and some
E29 033 swimmers, including Anthony Mosse, found they were almost scraping
E29 034 their noses on the tiled bottom on their racing dives.
E29 035    |^Some of the media seating was not ideal. ^It was placed among
E29 036 the competitors' seating, which made it impossible for reporters
E29 037 trying to file articles by telephone.
E29 038    |^Swimming has more razzama-tazz than the other sports and
E29 039 Edinburgh was no exception. ^Some thought the antics infantile, and
E29 040 some find them amusing. ^After an incident on the first evening of
E29 041 finals the antics were all good humoured.
E29 042    |^On the first evening a Canadian, in flowing red cape, was
E29 043 performing in front of the Scottish team. ^He was pushed into the
E29 044 pool, and retaliated by throwing a container of water over the
E29 045 Scottish Squad. ^Unfortunately in the line of fire were numerous
E29 046 officials. ^They took their unexpected ducking in good humour.
E29 047    |^Some stern words by the meeting director ensured that high
E29 048 jinks were kept within acceptable bounds after that.
E29 049    |^While the Australians and Canadians were sledging each other,
E29 050 the New Zealanders were quietly getting on with the business of
E29 051 proving they were a worthy squad.
E29 052 **[PLATE**]
E29 053    |^Everyone expected Mosse to perform well. ^And he did not
E29 054 disappoint the New Zealand team and the handful of supporters. ^His
E29 055 gold medal swim in the 200\0m butterfly was a splendid effort. ^It was
E29 056 the second fastest time in the world this year. ^The only other person
E29 057 to swim faster was Michael Gross of West Germany. ^His time, recorded
E29 058 a few weeks before the Games, was 1\0min 56.24\0s, and that was a
E29 059 world record. ^Mosse swam 1\0min 57.27\0s.
E29 060    |^Unexpected though, was the gold medal for Sylvia Hume in the
E29 061 final of the women's 100\0m backstroke. ^She swam a superbly judged
E29 062 race, surprising the Australians, Canadians and other finalists.
E29 063    |^There were two silvers from Paul Kingsman in the backstroke
E29 064 finals, a bronze from Michael Davidson in the 400\0m freestyle final,
E29 065 and silver for Mosse in the 100\0m butterfly.
E29 066    |^There was one other medal won by a New Zealander in the Games
E29 067 pool. ^Katie Sadleir won the bronze in the solo competition in the
E29 068 synchronised swimming which was held at the Games for the first time.
E29 069    |^The diving squad did not win a medal this time but Raymond
E29 070 Vallance and Nicky Cooney both competed with distinction. ^Cooney
E29 071 finished a creditable fifth in the women's springboard.
E29 072    |^Besides medals there were a handful of personal best times from
E29 073 the Kiwi squad, and as Hisashi Inomata, the head coach said
E29 074 afterwards; *"^Anyone who came here and improved their times can't be
E29 075 called a failure.**"
E29 076    |^The most spectacular advances were made by the diminutive
E29 077 17-year-old Aucklander, Ross Anderson. ^He was as much a success as
E29 078 any of the medal winners. ^He reached the final in the 200\0m
E29 079 butterfly and produced a time that would have ranked him 45th in the
E29 080 world last year. ^His time in the final was 2\0min 2.96\0s, an
E29 081 improvement of almost three seconds since the national championships
E29 082 in Hamilton in March where he swam 2\0min 5.66\0s to qualify for
E29 083 Edinburgh.
E29 084    |^Perhaps it's all those health bars he has been eating, but
E29 085 whatever the reasons for his improvement, Anderson should be one of
E29 086 swimming's spectacular performers over the next few years.
E29 087    |^His progress was just as marked in the 100\0m butterfly and
E29 088 freestyle. ^He did not reach the final of the 100\0m butterfly, but
E29 089 his heat time of 55.66 was a 1.24\0s improvement and would have ranked
E29 090 him 38th equal in the world in 1985.
E29 091    |^Anderson also proved himself an able freestyle sprinter, an
E29 092 area where New Zealand has been drastically lacking for decades. ^New
E29 093 Zealand has only won a freestyle sprint medal once. ^That was a bronze
E29 094 won by Noel Crump in the second Games in London in 1934.
E29 095    |^Anderson broke 53\0s for the first time. ^He recorded 52.83 in
E29 096 the heats, a 1.43\0s advance, but still left him 0.21\0s behind the
E29 097 140th ranked 100\0m freestyle in the world last year. ^The winning
E29 098 time for the 100\0m freestyle in Edinburgh was 50.95\0s, an indication
E29 099 of the work New Zealanders have to do to improve their sprinting.
E29 100    |^Fiona McLay, the women's freestyler, made a small advance
E29 101 recording 59.62\0s in the 100\0m freestyle heats. ^Her 400\0m
E29 102 freestyle heat swim is probably best forgotten, but she saved her best
E29 103 until last. ^In her 200\0m freestyle heats she recorded 2\0min 4.95\0s
E29 104 to qualify fourth for the final. ^She improved again in that race and
E29 105 came within 0.14\0s of a bronze medal. ^She was third at the final
E29 106 turn, but could not hold off the Scottish girl, Ruth Gilfillan.
E29 107    |^McLay's time in the final, 2\0min 4.01\0s was 4.31\0s better
E29 108 than her previous best, recorded at the nationals, and would have
E29 109 ranked her 54th in the world last year. ^Certainly McLay's future
E29 110 looks to be in the 200\0m event if she can improve her 100\0m time a
E29 111 little more.
E29 112    |^Gary Hurring performed below his best. ^He was bothered by a
E29 113 shoulder injury which flared during pre-Games competition in West
E29 114 Germany. ^He swam in the heats but was obviously struggling.
E29 115    |^Kirk and Kerrylynne Torrance, the brother and sister in the
E29 116 team, made admirable improvements in their times, Kirk in both the 100
E29 117 and 200\0m backstroke. ^He reached the final in the latter event.
E29 118 ^Kerrylynne was a finalist in the same event and broke 2\0min 20\0s
E29 119 for the first time. ^She recorded 2\0min 19.87\0s which would have
E29 120 placed her in the top 70 in the world last year.
E29 121    |^Carmel Clark swam outside her best time in the backstroke
E29 122 events, but still reached the finals of both. ^Undoubtedly, this is
E29 123 now the strength of women's swimming in New Zealand. ^Sharon Musson,
E29 124 who qualified for the Games but was not selected, now has three goals
E29 125 to aim at *- Hume, Torrance and Clark.
E29 126 **[PLATE**]
E29 127    |^Kingsman was delighted with his two silver medals. ^He now
E29 128 ranks among the top 15 backstrokers in the world in both the 100\0m
E29 129 and 200\0m and still has plenty of improvement left in his broad,
E29 130 powerful shoulders. ^Exposure to the American University system *- he
E29 131 is now attending college at the University of Berkeley near San
E29 132 Francisco *- should ensure that he continues to advance.
E29 133    |^Brent Foster struggled in the rich competition at Edinburgh as
E29 134 did the two breaststroke swimmers, Grant Forbes and Richard Lockhart.
E29 135 ^Both Forbes and Lockhart were around their best times, but did not
E29 136 make the reduction in times they were seeking *- to around 64\0s and
E29 137 2\0min 20\0s.
E29 138    |^Sadleir's bronze medal was a triumph for consistency. ^The
E29 139 winner, the Canadian, Sylvie Frechette was a class above the other
E29 140 competitors and the English girl Amanda Dodd was an experienced
E29 141 competitor. ^The bronze was always going to be a battle between
E29 142 Sadleir, and Lisa Stabback-Lieschke of Australia. ^Although she had
E29 143 the Australian trailing on her heels throughout the competition,
E29 144 Sadleir did not bow to the pressure, and eventually had a winning
E29 145 margin of almost four points *- 175.08 to 171.30.
E29 146    |^There were other memorable swims during the six days of
E29 147 competition. ^Hardcastle's solo bid to break the world 800\0m
E29 148 freestyle record which failed by just 0.15\0s was the most memorable
E29 149 *- outside the New Zealand medals successes of course. ^Then there was
E29 150 Adrian Moorhouse's upset win over world record holder, Davis, in the
E29 151 200\0m breaststroke, and Jason Plummer's win in the 1500\0m freestyle
E29 152 by a tenth of a second over his Australian team-mate, Mike McKenzie
E29 153 who led for 1490 metres of the race.
E29 154    |^But from New Zealand's point of view nothing could outshine the
E29 155 spectacular progress made by the swimming squad during the six days of
E29 156 intense competition.
E29 157 *<*6SIXTEEN YEARS IN THE CAULDRON OF NEW ZEALAND SWIMMING 1970-1986*>
E29 158 *<*0Clive Power*>
E29 159 |^My story starts way back in 1970 at the Te Awamutu swimming baths,
E29 160 the previous Coach Custodian having left in rather a hurry sometime in
E29 161 January. ^Before doing so he had left my name with the officers of the
E29 162 council as a possible replacement. ^As I was the only one around and
E29 163 being in the middle of the summer I soon found myself installed as
E29 164 Custodian and Coach of the baths.
E29 165    |^My experience with swimming pools at this stage was confined to
E29 166 a little competitive swimming, water polo and spending all my free
E29 167 time at the pool with my friends, giving me the dubious status of *'a
E29 168 regular**'. ^To find myself elevated to being in charge of the pool
E29 169 and inheriting a small group of kids who wanted to be competitive
E29 170 swimmers was to say the least interesting.
E29 171    |^In an almost blind panic to gain some knowledge about swimming
E29 172 I embarked on a programme of *'picking the brains**' of coaches around
E29 173 the Waikato, Peter McKenna at Matamata and later Colin Way, the latter
E29 174 probably having the biggest influence on my career. ^I also visited
E29 175 Bob Frankham in Hamilton, who also inspired me, not because of the
E29 176 information he gave me but the lack of it. ^I remember walking out
E29 177 after our very brief conversation and saying to myself, *'^I'll show
E29 178 you**'.
E29 179    |^Bob Frankham later became a friend and one of my most admired
E29 180 coaches. ^He passed on a wealth of knowledge and support, but after
E29 181 our first meeting it was a declaration of war. ^It took our raw team
E29 182 from Te Awamutu only two seasons to bowl over the two City Clubs in
E29 183 the junior section and the third overall beating the club Bob was
E29 184 attached to.
E29 185    |^I recall in later years after he had moved from Cambridge to
E29 186 Christchurch, Jos Pattison saying that for some reason when faced with
E29 187 some adversity people tend to work harder and have a greater will to
E29 188 succeed. ^He was at the time comparing swimmers who had all the
E29 189 facilities and those who had poor conditions. ^I think of those who
E29 190 had poor conditions. ^I think of those swimmers from Te Awamutu in
E29 191 those days, how motivated they were. ^The *'off season**' was spent
E29 192 running and doing weights in my garage, then once a week on a Sunday
E29 193 we would travel to Matamata (80 miles) for two training sessions. ^The
E29 194 Matamata pool was the only pool available to us with hot water.
E29 195    |^This trip would start at 6.00 {0a.m.} Sunday morning with the
E29 196 unloading of an engineer's van, then lining it with mattresses.
E29 197 *#
E30 001 **[135 TEXT E30**]
E30 002 |^*0Central Districts is none too happy about its share of
E30 003 international cricket.
E30 004    |^It intends to keep thumping the table of the New Zealand
E30 005 Cricket Council until both Central and Northern Districts are put on
E30 006 to a roster which would see more tests and one dayers allocated their
E30 007 way.
E30 008    |^In 35 years, Central, numerically the biggest association in
E30 009 the country, has had just one test and two limited-overs
E30 010 internationals.
E30 011    |^Meanwhile Central isn't waiting around until something happens.
E30 012    |^Its executive officer, the livewire Ian Colquhoun, is forever
E30 013 hatching novel promotions and hit the jackpot with last season's
E30 014 Richard Hadlee benefit at Wanganui's Cooks Gardens.
E30 015    |^This year he played a big part in luring the South Australian
E30 016 Sheffield side to tour Central Districts in February.
E30 017    |^And South Australia has promised to bring its best side to play
E30 018 the four one-day matches.
E30 019    |^Among the South Australian *=XI are expected to be
E30 020 international players such as the flamboyant David Hookes,
E30 021 wicket**[ARB**]-keeper Wayne Phillips, the indulgent hooker Andrew
E30 022 Hilditch, batsman Peter Sleep and medium-pacer Rod McCurdy.
E30 023    |^The tour opens at New Plymouth's Pukekura Park on February 8
E30 024 followed by a game at Palmerston North's Fitzherbert Park the next
E30 025 day.
E30 026    |^The teams will play in the shadow of the new McLean Park,
E30 027 Napier grandstand on February 11. ^The finale will be another day/
E30 028 night match at Wanganui on February 12.
E30 029    |^From New Zealand, South Australia will return to play a
E30 030 McDonald's Cup one-day semi-final against Queensland.
E30 031    |^The tour has been timed as an interlude between the New Zealand
E30 032 domestic representative season and the beginning of the West Indies
E30 033 tour.
E30 034    |^Wanganui may host another benefit one-dayer in December this
E30 035 year. ^This time the beneficiary would be Wellington and New Zealand
E30 036 pace bowler Ewen Chatfield. ^The match is being investigated by
E30 037 Wanganui's Technical and College Old Boys' club and Naenae club of
E30 038 Hutt Valley.
E30 039    |^The Wanganui Associations has**[SIC**] for the first time
E30 040 employed two professional coaches. ^They are last season's Wellington
E30 041 2nd *=XI player, Andy Wilson, who will be available for Wanganui and
E30 042 up to Central Districts 2nd *=XI level.
E30 043    |^The other is Blenheim-domiciled Gary Barlett, formerly one of
E30 044 New Zealand's fastest bowlers who began his 12 week stint in Wanganui
E30 045 this month.
E30 046 *<*6TANGLES*>
E30 047 *<GENIAL GIANT FROM FINE LEG*>
E30 048 *<*4Interview with Max Walker*>
E30 049 *<by *6PETER LAMPP*>
E30 050 **[PLATE**]
E30 051 |^*4W*0inning is the name of the game for former Australian test
E30 052 cricketer Max Walker, the genial giant from fine leg or bay 13 at the
E30 053 Melbourne Cricket Ground.
E30 054    |^Telling people about winning is his job.
E30 055    |^Greyer and fuller of chest than in his 20 year sporting career,
E30 056 the 38 year old Walker was in Palmerston North recently as guest
E30 057 speaker at the {0AMP} Society's annual conference.
E30 058    |^As a medium-fast bowler, he was not the type to intimidate
E30 059 batsmen. ^But nor was he intimidated by the sight of 600 expectant
E30 060 {0AMP} employees.
E30 061    |^He bounded into the convention centre from fine leg without
E30 062 notes, employing a different pitch to that on which he used to bowl
E30 063 his right-arm-over-the-left, *'off-the-wrong-foot**' swinging
E30 064 deliveries.
E30 065    |^Gone is the familiar droopy moustache. ^In its place a clipped,
E30 066 executive version. ^The cheerful countenance and enthusiasm are still
E30 067 there as is the drawling Tasmanian-cum-Victorian *'Ocker**' accent.
E30 068    |^All that and his anecdotal humour makes the selling of the
E30 069 Walker pitch a cinch.
E30 070    |^*'Tangles**', the nickname was derived from his criss-crossing
E30 071 feet in the delivery stride, is a man of the media these days, a long
E30 072 way removed from his stint as a cricketer and architect.
E30 073    |^Now he is a television and radio personality, a newspaper
E30 074 columnist, public speaker, actor, cricket coach, author and parent who
E30 075 travels over 50,000\0km a year. ^His eagerness for work has not abated
E30 076 from his cricketing days.
E30 077    |^Walker has made a study of motivation, confidence and positive
E30 078 thinking. ^In imparting that knowledge, he has become the most
E30 079 sought-after sports personality in Australia.
E30 080    |^He always compared motor-racing with watching blowflies. ^Now
E30 081 his hero is Austrian racing driver, Nikki Lauda, who came back from
E30 082 his deathbed to race again.
E30 083    |^*"The ultimate winner,**" preaches Walker.
E30 084    |^*"There is only a two per cent edge between being winners and
E30 085 also-rans. ^Most people are happy not to win,**" says Walker.
E30 086    |^*"People are too often clouded by negative thoughts which
E30 087 should be turned into positive ones.**"
E30 088    |^Walker cites the positive New Zealand cricket team in its big
E30 089 win over Australia at Brisbane last year. ^He rates Richard Hadlee's
E30 090 bowling there as the greatest technical performance he has seen. ^*"He
E30 091 didn't even have to intimidate the Australian batsmen.**"
E30 092    |^Walker rates Hadlee the second-best fast bowler *- behind his
E30 093 mate Dennis Lillee of course.
E30 094    |^Walker's philosophy continues *- *"in business, success and
E30 095 failure don't come immediately. ^In sport it can come in two seconds.
E30 096 ^But the big dream can happen.**"
E30 097    |^He points to his current employer, Kerry Packer, another
E30 098 winner, and the originator of World Series Cricket. ^Walker spent two
E30 099 years with {0WSC} between 1977-79.
E30 100 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E30 101    |^Like England's Ian Botham, *'Tangles**' has little sympathy for
E30 102 the members of cricket's power-base at Lords in England who were so
E30 103 outraged by Packer.
E30 104    |^*"Their taste buds are in their bums those blokes!**" says
E30 105 Walker. ^*"In England they will probably never warm to the *'pyjama**'
E30 106 game.**"
E30 107    |^Although the International Cricket Conference is based in
E30 108 England, Walker is convinced Australia is the most lucrative cricket
E30 109 country now and the centre of all the action.
E30 110    |^He also believes there is nothing worse than failure. ^He
E30 111 quotes Thomas Edison who failed 5000 times to come up with the
E30 112 formulae for incandescent lightbulbs. ^*"But what people don't
E30 113 appreciate is he worked out 5000 ways it wouldn't work. ^He was that
E30 114 much closer to solving it.**"
E30 115    |^In Walker's view, winners always expect to win. ^They need high
E30 116 levels of ambition but they need not be motivated by money.
E30 117 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E30 118    |^The positive-thinking Walker claims, *"without being
E30 119 big-'eaded**", that in his prime there wasn't a batsman he couldn't
E30 120 dislodge. ^*"I got Viv Richards once for 179 and another time for
E30 121 190... ^Never give up. ^The only complete failure is when you give
E30 122 up.**"
E30 123    |^Australian captain Greg Chappell strode out on to the Sydney
E30 124 Cricket Ground two days after the 1981 underarm incident and was booed
E30 125 by 95 per cent of the crowd. ^But Chappell's batting turned the crowd
E30 126 around. ^*"Between the ears he was so mentally tough. ^Kim Hughes was
E30 127 not so tough.**"
E30 128    |^Walker has vivid memories of the underarm game at Melbourne.
E30 129 ^It was his home ground, before 54,000 people and his last match for
E30 130 Australia.
E30 131    |^Walker lightheartedly remarks that he was not consulted that
E30 132 day way down in bay 13, by Chappell. ^He recalls,
E30 133 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E30 134    |^Walker is sold on effective communication. ^He advocates using
E30 135 a smile to open a conversation. ^*"Everyone is too busy eating meat
E30 136 pies and cleaning their own teeth to worry what yours look like!**"
E30 137    |^He plumps for Ian Chappell as the best cricket communicator he
E30 138 played with. ^*"He had eye contact with everyone on the field every
E30 139 three-four balls. ^He was prepared to gamble, he led from the front
E30 140 and he talked calmly.**"
E30 141    |^In the West Indies in 1973 Walker used his architecture skills
E30 142 to devise a complex set of field settings to curb free-scoring
E30 143 batsman, Roy Fredericks. ^Chappell dismissed them out of hand as
E30 144 rubbish, then applied them in the next day's play.
E30 145    |^With his myriad talents there was never a danger of Max Walker
E30 146 ending up on the breadline. ^When his sporting days were over, he had
E30 147 taken 138 wickets and amassed 586 runs in 38 tests. ^In first-class
E30 148 cricket he scored over 2600 runs and captured 499 wickets. ^He blames
E30 149 his team-mates for purposely grassing the catches which would have
E30 150 given him his half-century.
E30 151    |^As a schoolboy in Tasmania, *'Tanglefoot**' always dreamed of
E30 152 becoming a test cricketer and an Australian Rules footballer in the
E30 153 Victorian Football League. ^*"I wasn't too rapt in the three \0Rs *-
E30 154 reading, 'riting and 'rithmetic, although I could read a cricket
E30 155 scoreboard \0OK.**"
E30 156    |^He gave up football after 100 games and five broken noses. ^*"I
E30 157 was never good-looking anyway.**"
E30 158    |^Unlike most mortals, he achieved both sporting ambitions, not
E30 159 before spending six years at the Royal Melbourne Institute of
E30 160 Technology to qualify as an architect in 1973. ^He admits he chose
E30 161 that career because that was where he thought the money was.
E30 162    |^He studied 46 subjects there and is still proud of graduating.
E30 163 ^Only six of his original class of 75 made it. ^*"It's been an asset
E30 164 for me as a communicator. ^We covered everything from philosophy to
E30 165 education to sociology.**"
E30 166    |^He practised until 1981, a period punctuated by overseas
E30 167 cricket tours. ^His theory was to travel and observe buildings around
E30 168 the world, including *"some of those concrete warts on the hills in
E30 169 Wellington**".
E30 170    |^But to be fair to his partner, Walker decided he had to give
E30 171 100 per cent effort to either architecture or radio and speaking. ^*"I
E30 172 decided the media was my future and it's working out fine.**"
E30 173    |^If he has one unfulfilled ambition it is that of a batsman.
E30 174 ^*"I fantasised about cover-drives but they never happened,**" he
E30 175 recalls sadly.
E30 176 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E30 177    |^In the middle of 1981 an achilles tendon injury halted Walker's
E30 178 13-year career in first-class cricket. ^*"It was either a matter of
E30 179 the knife or six months off. ^I took six months off.**"
E30 180    |^That week as he prepared for his career in architecture, {0ABC}
E30 181 Radio intervened and argued that as he would have been at the cricket
E30 182 anyway he could help out with commentaries. ^He worked with Alan
E30 183 McGilvray and Norman May for the next three years.
E30 184    |^The {0ABC}'s justification for hiring him was coined in typical
E30 185 Victorian fashion by his new employer. ^*"I think this guy could talk
E30 186 underwater with a mouthful of marbles.**"
E30 187    |^The radio work expanded until he became a *'colour expert**'
E30 188 (comments man) with Norman O'Neil but it was McGilvray who gave Walker
E30 189 his best single piece of advice *- *"imagine you are talking to and
E30 190 satisfying blind people out there.**"
E30 191    |^Walker, although now a fulltime television host, expects to be
E30 192 back behind the microphone this summer. ^Packer has bought Sydney's
E30 193 Radio 2UE and the commercial radio cricket rights. ^*"He is trying to
E30 194 network Sydney and Melbourne which will be exciting. ^We will be
E30 195 broadcasting on both radio and \0TV.**"
E30 196    |^Walker found radio a valuable stepping-stone for his \0TV
E30 197 career with Melbourne's Channel 9 which recruited him as a sports
E30 198 newsreader. ^He has now worked with Ian Chappell and anchorman Mike
E30 199 Gibson for a year on Saturday's *'Wide World of Sports**' and does up
E30 200 to 70 days of cricket commentary in the summer. ^Just eight weeks ago
E30 201 he was given his biggest break, his own two-hour Sunday edition.
E30 202    |^While Walker admits the \0TV discipline is onerous, he says the
E30 203 *'big boys**' in Melbourne also make 'eaps of money on radio.
E30 204    |^Confidence is essential for television work.
E30 205 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E30 206    |^Walker does find the constant glare of the public demanding.
E30 207 ^His responsibilities are not written down. ^If the public doesn't
E30 208 watch he hasn't a job. ^He gets annoyed with sportsmen who do not try
E30 209 to relate. ^*"Some destroy kids who are looking for autographs. ^You
E30 210 need to be tolerant.**"
E30 211    |^*'Tangles**' still confesses to a few rough edges. ^When he was
E30 212 introduced to a typewriter, he suggested its best use was as a
E30 213 paperweight.
E30 214 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E30 215    |^In New Zealand Max Walker is best known now as a guest speaker.
E30 216 ^He could make a comfortable living from his speaking income alone.
E30 217 ^He appears anywhere from Darwin to Perth to New Zealand to Papua-New
E30 218 Guinea. ^*"I haven't been to Broome in North-West Australia yet but
E30 219 that will be fixed soon.**" ^He has also just been invited to Hong
E30 220 Kong.
E30 221    |^His only speech training came as a school prefect and once as a
E30 222 14 year old when his notes blew away. ^But his revered football and
E30 223 cricket have provided him with limitless material and credibility,
E30 224 even when he revisits some venues three times annually.
E30 225 *#
E31 001 **[136 TEXT E31**]
E31 002    |^*4Six members of the Poroporo Scout Group visited the Otaki
E31 003 Forks area recently. ^The party aimed to follow the Sheridan Creek,
E31 004 locate a bush tramline and find the steam boiler associated with it
E31 005 near the head of the creek.
E31 006    |^*0This area has a considerable amount of history. ^The area of
E31 007 Otaki Forks was originally owned by the Manawatu Railway Company and
E31 008 was covered by bush containing stands of Rimu and Rata trees. ^In 1878
E31 009 the company subdivided the land into 700-800 acre blocks and sold it
E31 010 for eight shillings an acre.
E31 011    |^A horse track to the area had been completed by 1893 and
E31 012 settlers were clearing their properties by 1906.
E31 013    |^Timber milling provided employment and two mills operated in
E31 014 the Forks area until Arthur's Seeds mill closed in 1931. ^The
E31 015 remaining mill, Corrigan's went into liquidation in 1939.
E31 016    |^The group left the end of the Otaki Forks Road, the site of the
E31 017 old school house and Arcus family settlement and followed the
E31 018 Waiotauru River to Sheridan's Creek. ^The boiler of the Seed mill was
E31 019 sighted from here and the group proceeded to investigate.
E31 020    |^After a short break the group proceeded back across the river
E31 021 and followed the
E31 022 **[PLATE**]
E31 023 Sheridan Creek. ^Several tramway tracks were found in the creek bed.
E31 024 ^Upon reaching a narrow gauge**[SIC**] which looked impassable without
E31 025 swimming, the group moved up the right hand bank. ^A narrow track was
E31 026 followed which was soon recognised as the tramway. ^Tram tracks, wire
E31 027 rope and sleepers were located intermittently so the group moved
E31 028 further south.
E31 029    |^At approximately 11.30{0am} a steam boiler was located along
E31 030 with large quantities of wire rope and other equipment. ^The bush
E31 031 tramline was used for transporting logs to the Seed mill on the banks
E31 032 of the Waiotauru River.
E31 033    |^It was not possible to return directly to the river so the
E31 034 group returned to the creek by retracing the tramline. ^In reaching
E31 035 the creek the group stopped for an enjoyable break for lunch.
E31 036    |^On the return trip the group tried their expertise at rock
E31 037 climbing on a large rock slide. ^This was followed by a swim by the
E31 038 brave, before returning to the car park for the trip home.
E31 039 *<*5Knights Of The Round Table Fun Day A Great Success*>
E31 040 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E31 041    |^*4The scene is set *- one hundred and five 10-year-old Cubs
E31 042 from the Hutt Somes District in Wellington Area converge on the Boys'
E31 043 Brigade camp in Wainuiomata. ^The hall frontage now looks like
E31 044 Camelot, flags and banners fly, Robin Hood costumes and armour wander
E31 045 the campsites, a few hopefuls try to remove *"Excalibur**" from the
E31 046 sacred stone.
E31 047 **[END INDENTATION**]
E31 048    |^*0Hours of preparation from the Richmond Rover Scout Crew went
E31 049 into planning and running of the camp. ^With an experienced camp chief
E31 050 in Vicki Thorburn, all the time and effort was well directed and the
E31 051 camp was a great success.
E31 052    |^The opening ceremony was first thing on Saturday. ^The
E31 053 messenger brought a scroll to the King and Queen sitting in their
E31 054 thrones. ^The camp had begun. ^All knights, serfs, band of merry men
E31 055 and fair maidens paid their allegiance to the King. ^The remainder of
E31 056 the morning the knights were entertained at the medieval fair, *-
E31 057 apple bobbing, coconut shy, catapults, teeter**[ARB**]-board jousting,
E31 058 a giant draughts game, jousting (on {0BMX} bikes), staff battles,
E31 059 screen printing, weaving and spinning, archery, tapestry and spear the
E31 060 ring. ^Thanks to support from the community *- ladies from the
E31 061 Wainuiomata Spinning and Weaving Club and the Randwick Archery Club,
E31 062 the medieval fair was most successful.
E31 063 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E31 064    |^*4Keeping in with the Scouting theme also, the Cubs worked
E31 065 towards their Kiwi Badges. ^Each boy chose 6 activities from the
E31 066 following *- Orienteering, Bushcraft, Campfires, First Aid, Iron Cub,
E31 067 Abseiling, Commando Course, Kayaking, Grass-skiing, Kite-making,
E31 068 Scavenger Hunt, Mini-golf and Hobo Stoves. ^New skills were learnt and
E31 069 old ones practised.
E31 070 **[END INDENTATION**]
E31 071    |^*0The marquee housed the medieval banquet that evening. ^The
E31 072 boys seated were
E31 073 **[PLATE**]
E31 074 entertained by minstrels, jugglers, a jester and a visit from Merlin.
E31 075 ^The sheep on the spit was cooked in thyme and boys thoroughly enjoyed
E31 076 not using forks!
E31 077    |^The serene evening was topped off with a search for the knight
E31 078 of *"intelligence**" *- Sir Interlect and a campfire. ^Excalibur was
E31 079 thrown into the lake and in the twilight, the Lady of the Lake
E31 080 returned the sword intact. ^Excalibur was safe.
E31 081    |^With all the day's activities the boys still managed to be up
E31 082 late and up early on Sunday *- not to the delight of the Richmond
E31 083 Rovers on breakfast duty! ^Again an effort was made to tire the
E31 084 energetic knights with the completion of the Kiwi Activities. ^Then it
E31 085 was time for the Rovers to compete against the Cub Leaders. ^The boys
E31 086 all laughed seeing their seniors tied up in knots and falling over
E31 087 each other. ^A bicycle stunt by the jester *- trying to ride a bike up
E31 088 a ramp and over a 6 metre lake was unsuccessful to the delight of all
E31 089 present.
E31 090    |^All good things must come to an end and the closing ceremony
E31 091 commenced. ^A final appearance of the court jester, a last showing of
E31 092 all the fine work gone into the medieval costumes, presentations of
E31 093 awards and the Knights of the Round Table bade farewell.
E31 094 *<*4Firsts For Unit On Island*>
E31 095    |^*0Ngati Toa Venturers of Mana District, Wellington, created
E31 096 several firsts on their trip to Mana Island recently.
E31 097    |^As well as being possibly the first Scouting trip to the
E31 098 island, the Unit believes they staged the first investiture on the
E31 099 island.
E31 100    |^Three members completed their pre-investiture requirements with
E31 101 the overnight stay and a brief ceremony was held to welcome them into
E31 102 the Unit.
E31 103    |^Resident Ranger Lance Payne welcomed the Unit onto the island.
E31 104 ^He shares the island with some cows, a large number of seagulls who
E31 105 nest there and rare species of giant wekas and lizards.
E31 106    |^The Venturers found the island has a lot to offer. ^Along with
E31 107 the prolific wildlife, the island has a rich history. ^Still evident
E31 108 are the sites of Maori settlements dating back to Te Rauparaha and the
E31 109 remains of a whaling station still exist.
E31 110    |^This coupled with the excellent diving, trekking and fishing
E31 111 made the trip very worthwhile for the Ngati Toa Unit.
E31 112 **[PLATES**]
E31 113 *<*6ACCENT ON WATER FUN FOR SEA SCOUTS' SUMMER CAMP*>
E31 114 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E31 115    |^*4Twenty members of the Mount Pleasant Scout Troop,
E31 116 Christchurch attended a Summer Camp over a period of ten days in late
E31 117 January. ^The Group camped on the property of a local farmer at
E31 118 Ngakuta Bay, Queen Charlotte Sound, not far from Picton. ^This was a
E31 119 particularly appropriate site since the Mount Pleasant boys are Sea
E31 120 Scouts and Ngakuta Bay was the site forty years ago of the first Sea
E31 121 Scout National Regatta.
E31 122 **[END INDENTATION**]
E31 123    |^*0Most of the boys travelled by train to and from the camp and
E31 124 an advance party took the camping equipment, boats and activity gear
E31 125 in the Group's own truck, supported by two cars.
E31 126 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E31 127    |^*4The tents were no sooner up on the first day than the big
E31 128 rain storm arrived causing flooding in Nelson. ^It rained heavily for
E31 129 the first night, the next day and for the second night, dawning
E31 130 perfectly fine on the following day.
E31 131 **[END INDENTATION**]
E31 132    |^*0A network of trenches around the tents on the naturally well
E31 133 drained site ensured that things did not get too muddy.
E31 134    |^The weather for the remaining eight days was excellent until it
E31 135 came time to break camp, when more rain hastened the packing up
E31 136 process but required eight large tents to be dried out at home.
E31 137 *<*6CAMP AWARD*>
E31 138    |^*0The boys ranged from 17 year old Venturers in one Patrol, to
E31 139 11 year old Scouts in two other Patrols, and all were kept busy not
E31 140 only with cooking for themselves and with other camp chores, but also
E31 141 with a wide range of activities. ^To encourage participation, the boys
E31 142 worked for their Camp Award Pennants. ^The requirements for this were
E31 143 divided into five sections.
E31 144    |^The first required three Scout Badge tests to be passed. ^The
E31 145 junior boys took advantage of the surrounding bush to construct
E31 146 bivouacs and slept in them overnight to pass one of these tests.
E31 147    |^The second section required four adventure activities to be
E31 148 carried out. ^For one of these the whole Group chartered a launch for
E31 149 a day and were taken to the outer Sounds on a fishing trip, when the
E31 150 Scout Leader caught a large Kahawai and others caught enough Blue Cod
E31 151 for a fish breakfast.
E31 152    |^Other adventures included overnight hikes, overnight boat trips
E31 153 in the Group cutter, sunburst dinghy or canoes, a hunting trip, or a
E31 154 visit to a local place of interest such as Anakiwa where the Outward
E31 155 Bound School is located.
E31 156    |^The third section comprised water activities including rafting
E31 157 on two large polystyrene blocks, water skiing (using the Scout
E31 158 Leader's power boat), windsurfing on the Group's new windsurfer,
E31 159 sailing and canoeing.
E31 160    |^The fourth section required participation in four skills such
E31 161 as target shooting, skin diving, abseiling, fishing, eeling and
E31 162 competing in the *'Iron Man**' competition.
E31 163    |^However, it was the last division, called the *'Silly
E31 164 Section**' which provided most amusement. ^It required at least four
E31 165 *'silly**' activities to be carried out, such as mud wrestling in a
E31 166 large pool of thick black mud located on the banks of the nearby
E31 167 stream, or performing an item at one of the sing-song sessions around
E31 168 the evening campfire, or getting filmed while carrying out a specified
E31 169 *'silly**' task.
E31 170    |^Fortunately everyone was required to have a hot shower every
E31 171 evening at the nearby Momorangi Bay camping ground where for ten cents
E31 172 each the boys had permission to use the facilities.
E31 173    |^Most achieved their Camp Award Pennant and thoroughly enjoyed
E31 174 themselves, while at the same time benefiting from the personal
E31 175 development objectives which are the essence of Scouting for boys.
E31 176 *<*6HANDICAPPED SCOUTS *- SPECIAL NOT DIFFERENT*>
E31 177 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E31 178    |^*4Being handicapped is no excuse for not joining the Scout
E31 179 Movement. ^Handicapped children have the same basic needs, desires and
E31 180 problems as other kids. ^They must be allowed as near normal
E31 181 participation in community activities as their limitations will
E31 182 permit. ^This includes joining Scouts or Guides if they want to.
E31 183 **[END INDENTATION**]
E31 184    |^*0In New Zealand, the Scout Movement tries to integrate
E31 185 handicapped boys into ordinary Groups although there are some solely
E31 186 handicapped Groups. ^They may have physical and/or mental
E31 187 disabilities, but generally this doesn't prevent them from taking part
E31 188 in the Group's activities, and earning badges.
E31 189 *<*7SCOUTING FOR ALL BOYS*>
E31 190    |^*0A physically handicapped boy may be blind or deaf, have a
E31 191 respiratory or heart condition, have spinabifida, muscular dystrophy
E31 192 or cerebral palsy, or have paralysis, deformities or missing limbs.
E31 193    |^The minimum requirement for an intellectually handicapped boy
E31 194 to join the Scouts is that he must be able to understand the Scout Law
E31 195 and Promise. ^He can join an ordinary Group or one established by his
E31 196 own school.
E31 197    |^Obviously there are limits to what a handicapped Scout can do.
E31 198 ^Boys with brittle bones, (Osteogenesis Imperfecta), or haemophilia
E31 199 can't play contact sports or *"rough and tumble**" games. ^Asthmatics
E31 200 and diabetics must be careful not to over-exert themselves. ^The badge
E31 201 requirements for intellectually handicapped boys may have to be
E31 202 modified. ^But these limitations are far outweighed by the things
E31 203 these *"special**" Scouts can achieve.
E31 204 *<*7THE SKY'S THE LIMIT*>
E31 205    |^*0A boy in a wheelchair can take part in almost any activity,
E31 206 provided he has the use of his arms. ^This could be a fast game of
E31 207 wheelchair basketball, canoeing down a river or pitching a tent.
E31 208    |^Scouts with artificial limbs can be as mobile and active as
E31 209 able-bodied boys. ^They can ride horses, play sports such as hockey
E31 210 and soccer or go skiing.
E31 211    |^Even a totally blind boy can take up skiing as a hobby.
E31 212    |^Swimming seems to appeal to intellectually handicapped
E31 213 children, and they can become competent swimmers once they have
E31 214 overcome any fear of water they might have.
E31 215    |^Many young handicapped people are being taught to ride horses,
E31 216 perhaps before they are able to walk.
E31 217    |^For those whose mobility is profoundly restricted,
E31 218 hand**[ARB**]-crafts such as pottery, leather and woodwork, macrame
E31 219 and weaving can be satisfying and enjoyable.
E31 220 *<*6KANDERSTEG *- *4A Unique Scouting Facility*>
E31 221 **[PLATE**]
E31 222    |^*0With the change of seasons, there also comes a change in the
E31 223 atmosphere at the Kandersteg International Scout Centre.
E31 224 *#
E32 001 **[137 TEXT E32**]
E32 002    |^*0In 1983 John Bedford and Hilary Gyles were house-hunting.
E32 003 ^They wanted to live around the Bays but found prices much higher than
E32 004 they expected or could afford.
E32 005    |^However, while looking at a home in Sorrento Bay, they learned
E32 006 that the section behind was for sale. ^They hadn't intended building a
E32 007 new home but decided the section was worth a closer look.
E32 008    |^They found it had magnificent views. ^It was also a big section
E32 009 (an acre) with attractive bush over much of it. ^They couldn't resist
E32 010 it.
E32 011    |^*"We didn't plan to build straight away and it was two years
E32 012 before we looked for architects and found out what it would cost,**"
E32 013 John Bedford said.
E32 014    |^From the plans they had done, one stood out *- it reflected
E32 015 their needs and preferences in every way.
E32 016    |^*"We made a few minor changes along the way because they made
E32 017 sense, such as extending the bathroom and downstairs bedroom. ^It
E32 018 wasn't going to cost a lot extra.**"
E32 019    |^The successful architect was Barry Millage who followed the
E32 020 construction through every stage and worked in with Hilary, John and
E32 021 the builder John Hollis.
E32 022    |^*"There was no *"prima**[ARB**]-donnaship**" about Barry, he
E32 023 just wanted a house which would work for us, not one for him to gain
E32 024 kudos for,**" John Bedford said.
E32 025 *<*4Brief*>
E32 026    |^*0Their brief was for natural timber inside and out, an open
E32 027 fire, lots of decks, two bedrooms with a view to later extensions,
E32 028 garaging for a boat and a car, a cat door, and if possible a spa and
E32 029 sauna.
E32 030    |^In the final plan all were there, set out on four levels.
E32 031    |^*"We really wanted no compromises. ^We could have gibbed the
E32 032 walls instead of having timber panelling but we wouldn't do that.**"
E32 033    |^Their preference for timber extended to window joinery. ^They
E32 034 were determined not to compromise on that either.
E32 035 *<*4Diagonal*>
E32 036    |^*0For the exterior rusticated cedar was used and placed on the
E32 037 diagonal. ^This was oiled as they wanted to preserve the natural glow
E32 038 of the timber rather than allow it to weather to silver-grey.
E32 039    |^Inside they picked rimu for both walls and ceilings in every
E32 040 room. ^It gives the house a mellow look and a feeling of comfortable
E32 041 warmth usually associated with older homes. ^Dark stained beams
E32 042 provide the main support.
E32 043    |^As a foil for this the light fittings and switches, handles and
E32 044 knobs throughout the house all have brass accents.
E32 045 **[PLATES**]
E32 046    |^Skylights provide additional daylight and glimpses of the bush
E32 047 in the lounge, bathroom and over the spiral staircase. ^Without them
E32 048 the house would be a little dark.
E32 049    |^Although the lounge has a large brick open fire, they realised
E32 050 they might not wish to use it all the time. ^A pot belly stove in the
E32 051 corner of the dining room will provide supplementary heating. ^Both
E32 052 fires have slate hearths.
E32 053    |^Slate was also used for the conservatory floor adjoining the
E32 054 dining room. ^The conservatory opens both ends onto decks which
E32 055 surround three sides of the home.
E32 056    |^Off the kitchen is a walk-in pantry of a size usually found in
E32 057 older homes.
E32 058    |^*"It's so big I've hardly got anything in the kitchen
E32 059 cupboards!**" Hilary Gyles said.
E32 060    |^The pantry also houses a small freezer and a mobile
E32 061 herb-and-vegetable trolley which doubles as additional work space in
E32 062 the kitchen when required.
E32 063    |^Tucked in under the stairs is a toilet for this level. ^It is a
E32 064 good example of excellent use of space. ^A cupboard on the original
E32 065 plan was extended *- it is the third bedroom.
E32 066    |^A short flight of stairs leads to the bedrooms and bathrooms.
E32 067 ^The master bedroom itself is large but all the space can be used as a
E32 068 walk-in wardrobe holds all their clothing and a cupboard area provides
E32 069 valuable general storage space.
E32 070    |^The other bedroom on this level alternates between being a
E32 071 bedroom and a gym room.
E32 072    |^The bathroom is another area which is larger than usual. ^An
E32 073 oval shaped bath is neatly tucked into one corner, the shower recessed
E32 074 near it, while the vanity takes prime position under the skylight
E32 075 window.
E32 076    |^They chose a traditional kauri unit for the basin as they felt
E32 077 it was more in keeping with the architecture.
E32 078    |^A second toilet joins the bathroom through one door while
E32 079 through another door is the sauna. ^Fully lined in jarra with *"sunken
E32 080 copper nails so they don't rust and we don't burn ourselves leaning
E32 081 against them**".
E32 082    |^Across the bathroom, the door leads to the spiral stair and the
E32 083 spa/ eyrie. ^This has to be one of the prime spots in the house. ^The
E32 084 views of both the bush and harbour are magnificent. ^Glimpses of
E32 085 Wellington city and the Heads can be seen from here.
E32 086    |^*"It's lovely in the tub when it's wet and windy outside,**"
E32 087 Hilary said.
E32 088 **[PLATES**]
E32 089    |^Originally they planned an acrylic spa. ^Later they decided a
E32 090 timber hottub was more in keeping with the home. ^Their final choice
E32 091 also made installation easier as it could be done in the room. ^A
E32 092 window was the only likely entry for a formed spa.
E32 093    |^Vacuuming a house on several levels will not be difficult for
E32 094 Hilary. ^They had a Tellus Centra System installed and each area has
E32 095 an outlet which Hilary plugs the hose into.
E32 096    |^*"I would hate to have to cart a vacuum cleaner up and down all
E32 097 these stairs. ^This system is just marvellous,**" she said.
E32 098    |^Although John was once a keen gardener he doesn't miss lawn
E32 099 mowing or weeding! ^He and Hilary are keen to retain the bush and to
E32 100 cover the large concrete banks around the house with appropriate
E32 101 plants as quickly as possible.
E32 102 *<*5Helicopter involved:*>
E32 103 *<*4*"Lady Liz**" hero *- builder's mate*>
E32 104    |^Peter Button, helicopter pilot, is probably best known for his
E32 105 search and rescue work.
E32 106    |^But most of his work is less news-worthy. ^Those he helps,
E32 107 however, speak in glowing terms. ^Hilary Gyles and John Bedford are
E32 108 among those who do.
E32 109    |^They could have asked the local rugby club to cart building
E32 110 materials up to the site of their new hillside home. ^They decided
E32 111 instead to approach Peter Button.
E32 112 *<Three*>
E32 113    |^In just three sessions ranging from two to four hours, all the
E32 114 materials were picked up from the Lowry Bay Yachting Marina and placed
E32 115 on site.
E32 116    |^*"We had no breakages and it was certainly cost effective as
E32 117 there were no delays,**" John said.
E32 118 *<Impressed*>
E32 119    |^What impressed them most was Peter's concern for safety at all
E32 120 times.
E32 121 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E32 122 *<Loading*>
E32 123    |^*"He was also very careful about loading.**"
E32 124    |^The loads included blocks, bricks, pre-nailed frames and
E32 125 flooring. ^By employing Peter Button's company, Capital Helicopters,
E32 126 the builders did not have to wait for materials. ^The Gyles-Bedford
E32 127 home was finished sooner than would have been possible using
E32 128 muscle-power.
E32 129 *<*5Major redecoration project a triumph for Sharron*>
E32 130    |^*0Most suburbs have a property which is generally considered to
E32 131 be of historical interest, yet frequently its history is shrouded in
E32 132 mystery. ^An interesting example of this is Wallaceville House. ^It
E32 133 nestles in the Wallaceville foothills on the road leading to Whitemans
E32 134 Valley.
E32 135    |^The imposing residence is set in a magnificent garden which was
E32 136 once considerably larger but is now just six acres. ^From the gate a
E32 137 long sweeping driveway leads to the magnificent portico at the front
E32 138 entrance. ^This looks out over sloping lawns, trees, shrubs and flower
E32 139 beds. ^There is a tremendous feeling of peace. ^It is a superb setting
E32 140 for any building.
E32 141 *<*4Topsy*>
E32 142    |^*0The house itself is fascinating. ^A bit like Topsy it *"just
E32 143 growed.**" ^Records show that it was first developed in 1881. ^The
E32 144 present owners believe this was probably when the cottage was built.
E32 145    |^The present imposing residence was initially considerably
E32 146 smaller and probably dates from around the turn of the century.
E32 147    |^The name of the original owner is uncertain, but James Smith
E32 148 bought it in 1928. ^In 1943 a \0Mr Jepson bought it.
E32 149    |^He was the owner who made the biggest impact on the house. ^He
E32 150 added a second storey, the interior of which was way ahead of its time
E32 151 in many respects.
E32 152 *<*4Ideal*>
E32 153    |^*0Two years ago the present owners bought the property. ^It was
E32 154 ideal for both their family and catering business.
E32 155    |^Neil and Sue Kenny have been commercial caterers for 15 years
E32 156 and saw the property as an ideal opportunity for expanding Upper
E32 157 Hutt's wedding and conference centre. ^They live and work on the
E32 158 property.
E32 159    |^But major redecoration was required to bring it up to their
E32 160 standards. ^The responsibility was given to Sharron Macdonald of
E32 161 Concept Interiors.
E32 162 *<*4Same*>
E32 163    |^*0Although most of Sharron's work in interior design is in
E32 164 private homes and on a considerably smaller scale she approached it in
E32 165 the same way.
E32 166    |^First she had lengthy discussions with the Kennys and went over
E32 167 every room discussing its function. ^The ideas started with the
E32 168 beautiful axminster carpet.
E32 169    |^*"We didn't want to change that as its condition was excellent
E32 170 and the design in keeping with the house,**" Sharron said.
E32 171    |^The dominant shades are pinks through to fuchsia. ^From there
E32 172 Sharron was given a budget and carte blanche for ideas.
E32 173    |^In the entrance hall a deep burgundy was picked out for the
E32 174 walls with a toning frieze for around the top and interesting pieces
E32 175 of furniture and paintings found. ^Brass door handles and door signs
E32 176 replaced obtrusive chrome ones.
E32 177 *<*4Lounge*>
E32 178    |^*0In the adjoining lounge where guests gather, a turquoise
E32 179 paper with a hint of pink was found for the walls.
E32 180    |^Austrian blinds make an attractive frame for the view over the
E32 181 front lawns and gardens. ^They are pink with turquoise highlights.
E32 182 ^The pink blends with the same shade in the curtains.
E32 183    |^An old fireplace in the lounge was covered over some years ago.
E32 184 ^When this was removed the original hearth tiles were found so Sharron
E32 185 supplied an old kauri fire surround and mantel in keeping with the era
E32 186 of the room.
E32 187    |^Instead of white, a very soft pink was used for all the
E32 188 woodwork.
E32 189    |^The adjoining dining room (which is also used for public
E32 190 lunches on Sundays) was originally the billiard room. ^A large round
E32 191 skylight in the roof indicates where the table originally stood.
E32 192 ^There is an enormous fireplace and a bar housed inside the original
E32 193 water tank. ^Wood panelling features around the walls.
E32 194    |^This room is a mixture of styles. ^Sharron's aim was to give it
E32 195 more uniformity. ^She did this with blinds, a frieze and by finding
E32 196 old prints.
E32 197 *<*4Difficult*>
E32 198    |^*0Probably the most difficult area for Sharron was the hall and
E32 199 stairway leading to the upper storey. ^The floor was heavily pebbled
E32 200 concrete with rounded stairs leading to the semi-spiral timber
E32 201 staircase.
E32 202    |^A plain Wilton type carpet in the same tonings as the axminster
E32 203 was put down to give a feeling of warmth and continuity.
E32 204    |^There was also a range of different materials used for the
E32 205 walls. ^One area featured large river boulders which was not in
E32 206 keeping with the rest. ^The Kennys agreed these should be covered so
E32 207 Sharron found a deep pink polyester silk. ^It softens the area and
E32 208 makes a big space seem cosy.
E32 209 *<*4Fascinating*>
E32 210    |^*0The upstairs is fascinating. ^There are two distinctly
E32 211 different architectural styles. ^The curved main landing is all
E32 212 natural timber *- the walls, floor, balustrades and ceiling. ^Its
E32 213 curved shape means visitors can look down onto the hall below or
E32 214 across to the other side where the bridal party stands during wedding
E32 215 ceremonies.
E32 216 **[PLATES**]
E32 217    |^The only other major room upstairs is the ballroom. ^It is a
E32 218 magnificent example of Art Deco architecture. ^This is where the
E32 219 bridal breakfasts are held.
E32 220    |^Again pink is the main colour with turquoise highlights
E32 221 providing interest. ^Magnificent arched windows are accentuated by
E32 222 deep rose polyester silk drapes made to fit their shape. ^Chairs are
E32 223 covered in a practical wool fabric. ^Large pillars and a very ornate
E32 224 fire surround complete the setting.
E32 225 *<*4Mammoth*>
E32 226    |^*0Bringing a project such as this together is a mammoth task.
E32 227 ^Sharron dealt with a number of different businesses to get the
E32 228 materials and services she required.
E32 229    |^For the prints and tapestries she wanted frames which reflected
E32 230 the age of the house. ^This work was done by the Picture Gallery in
E32 231 Stokes Valley.
E32 232 *#
E33 001 **[138 TEXT E33**]
E33 002 |^*4D*0uring the Queen's Birthday weekend, 1986, the world's largest
E33 003 moa egg went *'home**' to Kaikoura for the first time in 120 years.
E33 004 ^The egg was discovered in 1857 by a workman excavating for the
E33 005 foundation of a building at George Fyffe's whaling station, Kaikoura.
E33 006    |^Robert Fyffe had established the Waiopuka *'Fishery**' in Fyffe
E33 007 Cove on Kaikoura Peninsula by 1843. ^The fishery was taken over by
E33 008 Robert's younger cousin, George, after his death. ^George set about
E33 009 establishing more buildings on Avoca Point just to the north of Fyffe
E33 010 Cove in the 1850s, as a preliminary to building his house there. ^It
E33 011 was during this time that the egg, which was part of the first ever
E33 012 moa hunter burial to be discovered by Europeans, was unearthed.
E33 013    |^We do not know exactly when in 1857 the discovery occurred, nor
E33 014 who actually made it. ^Descendants of Robert Palmer, still living in
E33 015 Kaikoura, claim it was he, but there is no evidence to support this
E33 016 and no record of Robert Palmer being in Kaikoura prior to 1859.
E33 017    |^The first mention of the egg which anyone has so far discovered is
E33 018 in an account which appeared in the *1Lyttelton Times *0on 5 August
E33 019 1857:
E33 020 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E33 021 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E33 022 **[END INDENTATION**]
E33 023    |^On 23 October of the same year the surveyor Charles Torlesse wrote
E33 024 in his journal:
E33 025 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E33 026 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E33 027 **[END INDENTATION**]
E33 028    |^However, the egg was not immediately sent to Britain, although it
E33 029 was to go there ultimately. ^It was still in George Fyffe's possession
E33 030 at Kaikoura when {0J.D.} Enys saw it at the end of 1861. (^At that
E33 031 time it was kept, together with an adze-head and the skull from the
E33 032 associated burial, in a candle box. ^Enys, recognising its value,
E33 033 asked Fyffe to remove at least the adze-head from the box in case it
E33 034 smashed the egg, which had already been damaged when it was found.)
E33 035 ^But in 1864, the moa egg left Kaikoura, and was not to return for
E33 036 more than a century.
E33 037    |^George Fyffe first sent the egg to Wellington, from where it went
E33 038 to Dunedin for the New Zealand Exhibition of 1865. ^In a letter dated
E33 039 20 September 1864 (now held in Canterbury Museum's archives) he wrote
E33 040 to \0Messrs Bethune and Hunter of Wellington:
E33 041 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E33 042 |**[LONG QUOTATION**]
E33 043 **[END INDENTATION**]
E33 044    |^James Hector described the egg at the exhibition, and included its
E33 045 measurements as 9 1/2*?8 by 7*?8 which, it may be noted, differ from
E33 046 those given in the *1Lyttelton Times *0account.
E33 047    |^From Dunedin it was sent to London on the *1Ravenscraig *0where
E33 048 its arrival was reported by the *1Times *0of 17 October 1865. ^It was
E33 049 sold at auction for *+200 and then resold to {0G.D.} Rowley. ^Both
E33 050 Rowley and the great anatomist Sir Richard Owen published descriptions
E33 051 and measurements, the measurements differing not only from each other,
E33 052 but also from those of the *1Lyttelton Times *0and Sir James Hector!
E33 053 (^Rowley actually published two differing sets of measurements, 10*?8
E33 054 x 7*?8 and 9*?8 by 7*?8; Owen described it as 10*?8 x 7 1/2*?8.)
E33 055    |^After 1886, when it was exhibited in the New Zealand Court at the
E33 056 Colonial and Indian Exhibition in England (in the charge of Julius von
E33 057 Haast of Canterbury Museum), it remained in the Rowley collection
E33 058 until 1935, after which it virtually *'disappeared**' from sight for
E33 059 about 30 years. ^Then in 1966 Robert Falla, Director of the Dominion
E33 060 Museum, Wellington, discovered it in London in the possession of a
E33 061 \0Mr James. ^He was able to purchase the egg for New Zealand and it
E33 062 was brought back to the Dominion (now National) Museum, in the
E33 063 possession of which it remains today.
E33 064    |^George Fyffe was drowned in Fyffe Cove in 1867, not long after
E33 065 sending the egg off in the *1Ruby. ^*0He left behind on Avoca Point
E33 066 the house which he had built in 1859-60 and which still stands today.
E33 067 ^Fyffe House became the property of the New Zealand Historic Places
E33 068 Trust in 1980 and, while being restored, is open to the public.
E33 069    |^The discovery of the Fyffe moa egg on the site at Avoca Point was
E33 070 significant for more than being associated with the first recognised
E33 071 moa hunter burial. ^It indicated the presence of an important and
E33 072 largely undisturbed archaeological site, dating back to the earliest
E33 073 times in the human occupation of the South Island and of New Zealand.
E33 074    |^Archaeological work carried out on this site in 1973 established
E33 075 by means of radiocarbon dating that the earliest occupation may have
E33 076 been up to 1000 years ago. ^Subsequent work over the past 5 years has
E33 077 shown three distinctive phases of occupation: the earliest moa hunter
E33 078 period; a later Maori agricultural period; and finally the early
E33 079 European whaling period. ^Although there have been some fascinating
E33 080 finds on the site, there has been no indication that further burials
E33 081 occur there, although no-one knows exactly where the original was
E33 082 located and only a relatively small part of the site has been
E33 083 investigated.
E33 084    |^Because of subsequent work on moa hunter
E33 085 **[PLATE**]
E33 086 burials done at Wairau Bar in Marlborough, we can now be sure that the
E33 087 one at Fyffes was very similar. ^It seems sure, also, that the
E33 088 associated adze-heads were of argillite (Hector, a geologist,
E33 089 described the one he saw as of black stone) rather than *'poenamu**'
E33 090 (pounamu), or greenstone, as stated in the initial newspaper report.
E33 091    |^The moa egg, like all those subsequently found with burials, has a
E33 092 hole drilled in one end through which the contents presumably were
E33 093 extracted. ^We cannot be sure to what use such an empty shell would
E33 094 have been put but the most likely suggestion is as a water container.
E33 095 ^Although now broken away on one side, the egg is sufficiently
E33 096 complete to be measured. ^It is exactly 240 \0mm by 178 \0mm (9 1/2*?8
E33 097 by 7*?8) as indicated by James Hector in 1865. ^This makes it the
E33 098 world's largest known moa egg, with an estimated capacity of 4300 \0cu
E33 099 \0cm, or about 90 number 6 hens' eggs.
E33 100    |^Its return on temporary display to Kaikoura over Queen's Birthday
E33 101 weekend was with the kind permission of \0Dr John Yaldwyn, Director of
E33 102 National Museum, Wellington. ^It spent the Sunday in the Kaikoura
E33 103 Museum and the Monday close to its place of origin, in Fyffe House.
E33 104 ^It attracted great attention, with people travelling from as far
E33 105 afield as Picton and Christchurch to see it.
E33 106    |^Considering its rather chequered career since it was first found,
E33 107 nearly 130 years ago, we are most fortunate to still have this
E33 108 priceless relic, not only in relatively good condition, but back in
E33 109 the country of its origin.
E33 110 **[BEGIN BOX**]
E33 111 *<*4A New Use for an Old Stable*>
E33 112 |^A *0relic of Auckland's colonial past has been given a new lease of
E33 113 life as an art gallery and base of recipients of New Zealand's first
E33 114 residential writing fellowship. ^Following 4 years of intensive
E33 115 fundraising by the Frank Sargeson Trust, a century-old stable block on
E33 116 the edge of Albert Park is undergoing a *+$150,000 refurbishment,
E33 117 being carried out by Fletcher Development and Construction \0Ltd.
E33 118 ^Work involves preserving and strengthening the one-and-a-half-storey
E33 119 brick structure, removing later additions and transforming the loft
E33 120 into a self-contained apartment for use by the Frank Sargeson writing
E33 121 fellow. ^The ground floor of the stables will become an annexe to the
E33 122 Auckland City Art Gallery.
E33 123 **[PLATE**]
E33 124    |^The project is the result of a unique partnership involving the
E33 125 Sargeson Trust, Fletcher Challenge and the Auckland City Council,
E33 126 owner of the stables. ^It had its beginnings shortly after Frank
E33 127 Sargeson's death in 1982 when it was decided an annual writing
E33 128 fellowship would be a fitting memorial to one of New Zealand's most
E33 129 notable writers. ^To raise the necessary capital for an annual stipend
E33 130 and lodgings the Frank Sargeson Trust was formed with a former
E33 131 associate director of Fletcher Challenge, George Fraser, as finance
E33 132 chairman. ^Well-known in the business, literary and art worlds, George
E33 133 Fraser was responsible for the purchase and guardianship of the
E33 134 Fletcher art collection, the largest private collection in New
E33 135 Zealand. ^Following Fraser's death early this year, Fletcher Challenge
E33 136 offered to undertake the project at cost as a tribute to one of the
E33 137 company's most popular identities. ^As a further tribute, the ground
E33 138 floor gallery will be known as the George Fraser Gallery. ^The first
E33 139 Frank Sargeson writing fellow is due to take up residency early next
E33 140 year.
E33 141 **[END BOX**]
E33 142 *<*4Christchurch Hospital's Threatened Shrine*>
E33 143 *<Fiona Ciaran*>
E33 144 |^T*0he future of the Christchurch Public Hospital Nurses Memorial
E33 145 Chapel has been a subject of controversy for 10 years. ^The Canterbury
E33 146 Hospital Board plans to demolish the Chapel in 1993. ^There are
E33 147 strongly held views for, on the one side, its demolition and, on the
E33 148 other side, its preservation either whole or in slightly modified
E33 149 form.
E33 150    |^The Chapel is classifed C which some feel is too low a rating.
E33 151 ^The Trust allows that *"if new information comes to light, buildings
E33 152 may merit a higher classification than they have at present**". ^A
E33 153 re-evaluation of the Chapel is needed so that even if it is
E33 154 demolished, the building as is, where is, receives proper recognition.
E33 155 ^This article suggests why such a re-evaluation is called for.
E33 156    |^Because the Chapel contains several important works of art its
E33 157 plight brings into focus an area of Trust classification criteria that
E33 158 needs to be examined: to what extent does the significance of *1works
E33 159 of art *0that are within a building or part of its fabric influence
E33 160 the rating given? (^See the item on page 11.)
E33 161    |^The Chapel, a sturdy, free-standing, brick building located on the
E33 162 Riccarton Avenue side of the Hospital, was designed free of charge by
E33 163 {0J.G.} Collins and opened in 1927. ^The foundation stone was laid by
E33 164 the Duke of York, later King George *=VI. ^The stone states it was
E33 165 laid by the Duchess of York, now the Queen Mother, but she was too ill
E33 166 to perform the duty on the day.
E33 167    |^The Chapel was the precursor of the Hospital Chapel Movement in
E33 168 New Zealand and is of great national and social significance. ^Several
E33 169 people took up the idea of building an interdenominational chapel and
E33 170 decided it should be a memorial to three nurses from Christchurch
E33 171 Hospital: Nora Hildyard, Lorna Rattray and Margaret Rodgers. ^They
E33 172 were among many killed on 23 October 1915 when the troopship
E33 173 *1Marquette *0carrying staff of the First New Zealand Stationary
E33 174 Hospital and the 29th Divisional Ammunition Column was torpedoed in
E33 175 the Gulf of Salonika, off Greece.
E33 176    |^The Chapel is also a memorial to two nurses who died after being
E33 177 on duty in Christchurch Hospital wards during the 1918 influenza
E33 178 epidemic: Grace Campbell Beswick and Hilda Hooker. ^This Chapel is
E33 179 possibly the only building in New Zealand dedicated to women killed in
E33 180 the line of duty in either World War *=I or the 1918 epidemic.
E33 181    |^Over the years memorials have been placed in the building to
E33 182 regionally, nationally and internationally important people (mainly
E33 183 women), which draw attention to landmarks in social, medical and art
E33 184 history.
E33 185 *<*4Chapel threatened*>
E33 186 |^In 1975 the Chapel was first threatened when the site was needed for
E33 187 *"temporary operating theatres**". ^This caused a furore and
E33 188 opposition to the demolition plans was formidable. ^Former staff
E33 189 throughout the country rallied with current staff to save the Chapel
E33 190 and it was reprieved in 1976. ^A 50th Jubilee Service was held in it
E33 191 in 1977, attended by many who had *'saved**' the building and some
E33 192 survivors of the *1Marquette *0tragedy.
E33 193    |^In 1983 the Chapel was again a centre of attention but the
E33 194 Hospital Board remained vague about its fate. ^*1The Star *0ran a
E33 195 large article reporting that the Board *"has learnt from past
E33 196 experience that plans to demolish the chapel are likely to spark a
E33 197 controversy**". ^In November 1983 *1The Star *0outlined a plea by the
E33 198 then Chairman of the Trust's Canterbury Regional Committee, Don
E33 199 Donnithorne, and myself for the Chapel to be retained as is or moved
E33 200 because of its precious nature. ^For the first time the art-historic
E33 201 worth of several of the Chapel's stained glass windows was made
E33 202 public. ^But *1The Press *0on 6 March 1984 stated that the Board had
E33 203 decided that the Chapel was to be *"demolished and rebuilt  in 6
E33 204 years**".
E33 205 *#
E34 001 **[139 TEXT E34**]
E34 002    |^*0Without the nose, the mouth loses much of its ability to
E34 003 taste, as can be graphically illustrated by taking a mouthful of
E34 004 something while holding one's nose and then trying to taste it. ^There
E34 005 is no clearly defined margin between the senses of smell and taste;
E34 006 while we are tasting, the physical powers of the olfactory (smelling)
E34 007 nerves are continuously in play, right up to the point of aftertaste,
E34 008 when the wine has been swallowed. ^Smell could be said to be a measure
E34 009 of quality; the finer a wine is, the more stimulation it offers to the
E34 010 olfactory system.
E34 011    |^Taste is the third sense to contact the wine, as it is poured
E34 012 into the mouth, over and around the tongue, passing on countless
E34 013 messages of flavour that will confirm the character and style of the
E34 014 wine. ^All these things will happen whether the drinker is a qualified
E34 015 wine merchant or a first-time experimenter; training, experience and
E34 016 application are the only things that separate the responses of each.
E34 017 ^It is worth noting that wine has a vast range of subtleties of
E34 018 flavour and bouquet to reward those who are interested enough to
E34 019 approach each wine with a little time and thought.
E34 020    |^The tongue and mouth, the taste tools, respond in quite
E34 021 different and identifiable ways to separate wine components. ^These
E34 022 responses can be carefully catalogued, and offer the most measurable
E34 023 method by which to judge wine. ^With experience, the nose will detect
E34 024 in advance most of what the palate will tell, but this early warning
E34 025 system only becomes a finely tuned tasting aid when the palate has
E34 026 learned to identify each important wine part.
E34 027    |^The tongue itself tastes sweetness at its tip, acidity on the
E34 028 top edges, bitterness at the back and saltiness along the sides.
E34 029 ^Other parts of the mouth are stimulated by various wine elements, all
E34 030 the important ones of which are listed below, and associated with that
E34 031 particular part of the taster's machinery most receptive to them.
E34 032 *<*6FLAVOUR*>
E34 033 |^*0Flavour is predominantly the product of grape variety and differs
E34 034 with each wine according to the grapes used. ^Cabernet Sauvignon,
E34 035 Chardonnay and Muscat grapes are as different from each other in taste
E34 036 as Delicious, Granny Smith and Russett apples, and are identifiable in
E34 037 the resulting wines. ^Secondary influences on flavour are soil, grape
E34 038 diseases or rot, and particularly wooden barrels, which can totally
E34 039 dominate the wine flavour if overused. ^Intensity and depth of flavour
E34 040 are affected by climate, for the degree of ripeness of grapes at
E34 041 vintage can produce quite dramatic changes in wine.
E34 042    |^Flavour is first noticed by the nose in aroma or bouquet, and
E34 043 further reaffirmed by general taste in the mouth and aftertaste left
E34 044 when the wine is swallowed.
E34 045 *<*6SUGAR*>
E34 046 |^*0Dryness or sweetness is a simple judgement that is made with the
E34 047 tip of the tongue. ^Sweetness can sometimes be hidden at first by
E34 048 excessive acidity, or sourness. ^On the other hand, very ripe, fruity,
E34 049 dry wines can sometimes appear more sweet than they are because of
E34 050 their fruitiness. ^Too much sugar masks more delicate flavours and
E34 051 makes a wine appear heavy and cloying, leaving a sticky overbearing
E34 052 taste in the mouth.
E34 053 *<*6ACID*>
E34 054 |^*0Acid is formed in all wines, as either tartaric acid, malic acid
E34 055 (as in apples), citric acid (as in lemons) or lactic acid (as in milk)
E34 056 and many other minor varieties. ^It is a particularly important wine
E34 057 component, both as a taste and bouquet characteristic and as a
E34 058 preservative. ^Too much acid makes a wine sour and unpleasant, but a
E34 059 lack of it reduces the richest flavours to boring flabbiness.
E34 060    |^The upper edges of the tongue detect acid in wine as a sharp
E34 061 tangy sensation which lifts the flavour and also heightens bouquet,
E34 062 for the volatile acids help zesty aromas to spring from the surface of
E34 063 a glass of wine. ^Acidity makes wine crisp and clean, with malic acid
E34 064 in particular providing fresh, mouth**[ARB**]-watering sensations.
E34 065 ^Acid is important as a preservative in any wine which requires bottle
E34 066 age and also as a contributor to wine colour, for it brightens and
E34 067 accentuates colour as well as helping to stabilise it over long
E34 068 periods, protecting aging wine from paleness.
E34 069    |^When tasting for acid it is important to realise that sugar and
E34 070 alcohol can mask some of the acid sensation. ^Without adequate acid,
E34 071 wine that is well endowed with all other components will still lack
E34 072 the excitement essential to both nose and tongue that will bridge the
E34 073 gap between good and great wine.
E34 074 *<*6BODY*>
E34 075 |^*0The size of a wine, its body, is measured by two things, alcohol
E34 076 content and extract. ^Extract is the solid bits, which are naturally
E34 077 present more in red than white wines because of the extra contact the
E34 078 former has with the more solid parts of the grapes *- flesh, skins,
E34 079 stalks, \0etc. ^The sensation of extract is a general one that is felt
E34 080 throughout the mouth as a thickness or impression of substance about
E34 081 the wine that could be described as density. ^For wines that will be
E34 082 aged such as young big reds, this density will lessen as they get
E34 083 older and much of the extract falls out as sediment.
E34 084    |^Alcohol was the original reason for making and drinking wine,
E34 085 and is still a very important component of any wine, a fact that is
E34 086 substantiated by the high value placed on alcohol content by those
E34 087 laws of quality control that are in place throughout much of Europe.
E34 088 ^In direct terms, alcohol is a measure of the amount of sunshine the
E34 089 grapes have enjoyed, how ripe they were at vintage time.
E34 090    |^The taste of pure ethyl alcohol is not pleasant, so it is a
E34 091 blessing that this taste rarely imposes itself on wine, which is not
E34 092 often more than 14.5% by volume. ^The wine taster is aware of alcohol
E34 093 as a sensation of strength in the mouth, and it has a slightly numbing
E34 094 or heavy effect at higher levels which most tasters accurately
E34 095 describe as weight. ^A characteristic of high-alcohol wine is also a
E34 096 hot aftertaste and slightly unpleasant *'catch**' to the back of the
E34 097 throat.
E34 098    |^Chemically, alcohol is a very important wine preservative and
E34 099 must be present in adequate quantities if any aging is planned.
E34 100 *<*6TANNIN*>
E34 101 |^*0Tannin is extracted from the skins and stalks of the grapes during
E34 102 the wine-making process, so it is far more prevalent in red than in
E34 103 white wine; in fact in most whites tannin is avoided at all cost.
E34 104 ^This is because its harsh astringent effect on the mouth (graphically
E34 105 described by Australians as *'grip**') is naturally out of balance
E34 106 with white wine.
E34 107    |^The dry, furry feeling that tannin produces throughout the
E34 108 mouth is typical of young red wine, especially when it has spent some
E34 109 time in an oak barrel which will impart more, though softer, tannin to
E34 110 the wine. ^Perhaps the most obvious mark of tannin is the drawing,
E34 111 mouth-puckering astringency felt on and around the gums shortly after
E34 112 swallowing.
E34 113    |^As with acid and alcohol, tannin is an important prerequisite
E34 114 for a wine that must age, and as it ages, the tannin will become
E34 115 softer and more mellow, in time disappearing altogether.
E34 116 *<*6BALANCE*>
E34 117 |^*0Balance is the one word most used in wine-tasting language, and
E34 118 the most important. ^Acid, alcohol, flavour, sweetness and tannin are
E34 119 all crucially important to wine, but none of these should dominate the
E34 120 others; instead, all parts must be in harmony with each other to make
E34 121 a good wine. ^High alcohol and a lot of tannin will have to be
E34 122 accompanied by large measures of fruit, flavour and acid, to prevent
E34 123 the wine's becoming a bitter alcoholic mouthwash, and to provide some
E34 124 taste to replace the tannin as the wine ages. ^Conversely, light,
E34 125 fragrant wines must remain delicate, without containing overpowering
E34 126 sugar or startling acidity, either of which would destroy their charm.
E34 127    |^Balance must be judged by the individual after considering each
E34 128 of the wine's components, and the aims of the wine maker. ^It must be
E34 129 measured in the context of the taster's own preferences and
E34 130 conditions, for wine has value only in its appeal to the individual.
E34 131    |^A knowledge of all these aspects of wine helps build up the
E34 132 basic skills of the wine taster, and is essential for all wine
E34 133 enthusiasts who mean to enjoy what they drink. ^Practice, of course,
E34 134 is essential, so it is important to drink and think, to consider as
E34 135 many wines as possible, and wherever possible to write down thoughts.
E34 136 ^The scope of tastes within the basic parameters is vast and the
E34 137 enjoyment of this maze of subtleties is endless.
E34 138 **[PLATE**]
E34 139 *<*6WINE CARE*>
E34 140 *<*4Fashions, Techniques and Equipment*>
E34 141 |^*0There is a whole spectrum of factors influencing the range of
E34 142 wines available to a wine drinker at any one time: the local wines
E34 143 will vary according to climate and wine styles; imports of foreign
E34 144 wines will depend on customs regulations, transport, supply, and
E34 145 international relations; and wine choice on the home front can be
E34 146 influenced by social trends and by fashion.
E34 147    |^The trendier Romans used to add a little salt water to their
E34 148 wines; and the British establishment in the heady days of Empire would
E34 149 never order claret unless it was *'hermitaged**' (increased in
E34 150 strength by additions of full-bodied Rho*?5ne wine).
E34 151    |^Climate also influences one's choice of wine. ^The inhabitants
E34 152 of warm countries are capable of producing strong (and even coarse)
E34 153 wines, high in alcohol, from their local vines, but the weather
E34 154 inclines them to choose light, fruity, thirst-quenching wines,
E34 155 provided they are able to import them. ^Conversely, the winters in
E34 156 Europe can be substantially cheered by drinking flavoursome, mellow
E34 157 wines from more balmy locations.
E34 158    |^Before modern transport made it easy to move appropriate wines
E34 159 to their natural markets, traditional treatments were used to make the
E34 160 wines of a region more palatable under local conditions. ^In the hot
E34 161 Mediterranean methods varied from the addition of fresh fruit and
E34 162 juices, which produced the Spanish sangria, to a touch of blackcurrant
E34 163 liqueur, resulting in kir from the south of France. ^In Germanic
E34 164 countries, during snowy winters, the light local products are warmed
E34 165 and enriched with herbs and spices to keep out the cold.
E34 166    |^Local wine styles developed early, and certain drinking habits
E34 167 among local peoples have been perpetuated throughout generations of
E34 168 change. ^In Germany, for instance, it has always been felt that the
E34 169 light, fruity wines are best drunk on their own to fully bring out
E34 170 their flavour and slight sweetness. ^In France, where wines are big,
E34 171 strong and dry, they are seen as the natural partners to food.
E34 172 ^Britain, on the other hand, has only a tiny indigenous wine industry,
E34 173 and so imports a range of wines from around the world, thus being a
E34 174 market for every style, from pre-dinner aperitif wines from Jerez or
E34 175 Germany, to full-flavoured meal wines from France, and rich, sweet
E34 176 dessert and liqueur treasures from Portugal or Madeira.
E34 177    |^The importance of transport to the modern wine trade can never
E34 178 be overestimated. ^The fine wines of the world have been readily moved
E34 179 to market for centuries, because they have been of sufficient quality
E34 180 to carry the high cost of such transport. ^Recently, a reduction in
E34 181 transport costs has meant the rapid development of markets for cheaper
E34 182 beverage wines in places previously inaccessible to the producers.
E34 183 ^This has changed the drinking habits of most of the western world
E34 184 away from more easily shipped, high-alcohol beverages, and prompted
E34 185 buyers to consume moderately priced wine. ^It has also changed the
E34 186 economics of wine making.
E34 187    |^Part of the change in drinking habits has also come about
E34 188 because of the modernisation of wine-making techniques, and the
E34 189 introduction of advanced technology to regions of bulk production.
E34 190 ^Massive quantities of consistent, stable, cheap wine can therefore be
E34 191 produced and delivered to almost any market. ^The great successes of
E34 192 the post-war wine market have thus been the light, fruity wines which
E34 193 in the past were considered poor travellers. ^They have replaced the
E34 194 popular cheap wines of the past, which tended to be the heavy
E34 195 fortifieds of Spain and Portugal.
E34 196 *#
E35 001 **[140 TEXT E35**]
E35 002 ^*0This is the *"body fake**", and is the most effective when mastered
E35 003 as no time is wasted in ball or foot movement. ^The fourth time
E35 004 through with this practice, the direction of the pass should be
E35 005 changed. ^Finally, on the last time through, the pass can be made
E35 006 anywhere in the square after the fake. ^All players should keep their
E35 007 hands at waist level ready to catch; they may get a pass they don't
E35 008 expect!
E35 009    |^This type of deception could perhaps have been used more by the
E35 010 New Zealand team to combat the close marking of the Australian defence
E35 011 over the years. ^Once a defender is deceived a couple of times, she
E35 012 will lose a little confidence and be loath to mark quite as closely.
E35 013 *<*6UNSIGHTING THE DEFENDER*>
E35 014 |^*0The passer steps forward and to the side of the defender and
E35 015 places her body between the defender and the ball. ^The ball is kept
E35 016 tucked into the body, and out of the defender's sight. ^A nod of the
E35 017 head one way, a quick bounce or a low pass will beat the defender
E35 018 whose timing will be out because she can't see or therefore react to
E35 019 the ball. ^When the defender steps across you, change your body weight
E35 020 back with the pivoting foot and pass high to the other side.
E35 021 **[PLATE**]
E35 022 *<*6BEATING A BLOCKER*>
E35 023 |^*0Often a defender will resort to blocking to stop an attacker
E35 024 without the ball from moving freely about the court. ^The main value
E35 025 of blocking as a tactic is to upset the timing and attacking play of
E35 026 the team in possession. ^It can also, for example, frustrate a shooter
E35 027 by keeping her out of the goal circle. ^This negative type of play
E35 028 has, unfortunately, taken quite a hold in the English game. ^If you
E35 029 master ways to beat this tactic, the defender will soon give it up,
E35 030 but if you can't cope and get het up, then you will find yourself
E35 031 being continually blocked.
E35 032    |^By blocking, the defender puts herself at a great disadvantage.
E35 033 ^She has turned her back on the ball and so is unable to see it. ^She
E35 034 can only read the signs you give with your eyes and hands to show if
E35 035 the ball is coming. ^If, as the attacker, you can keep calm and merely
E35 036 step away quickly to take the pass, all will be well. ^If you want to
E35 037 get up court into the play, here are some suggestions for beating a
E35 038 block:
E35 039 **[PLATE**]
E35 040 |1. ^The attacker body fakes to the right, brings her right foot
E35 041 across and then runs in an arc across the defender. ^If the attacker
E35 042 is still not ahead of the defender, she should change her body weight
E35 043 and step with her left foot to the left side in a zig-zag action.
E35 044 ^Because the defender is moving backwards, she will tend to get her
E35 045 feet tangled. ^Do not try to run straight up court. ^You might then
E35 046 contact her, which is what she wants.
E35 047 |2. ^The attacker makes a quick jump back from the defender to give
E35 048 herself space. ^Contact will be less likely if you take this action.
E35 049 |3. ^The attacker body fakes to the right, but this time she is side
E35 050 on. ^She does a half-roll, comes back quickly and then goes the way of
E35 051 the first fake.
E35 052    |^In all these methods, good body balance is vital. ^Have the
E35 053 body upright, seat tucked in, head up and legs slightly bent to move
E35 054 with power.
E35 055 **[PLATE**]
E35 056 *<*6ATTACKING POSITION*>
E35 057 |^*0In netball your defender is often between you and the ball and is
E35 058 seeking to intercept the ball coming to you. ^The method you use to
E35 059 get free to receive that pass depends on your depth of skill, the
E35 060 court space you have, your stance and the vision and reaction of your
E35 061 defender.
E35 062 *<*6DODGING*>
E35 063 |^*0One game at the world championships in Singapore in 1983 showed me
E35 064 just how valuable the dodge is *- and it wasn't even a game between
E35 065 two of the top rated teams. ^The home team, Singapore, were playing
E35 066 Malaysia in a real needle match. ^Because players from both sides were
E35 067 extremely quick and had the dodge mastered, the netball developed into
E35 068 the quick, short burst type of game that is particularly exciting to
E35 069 watch. ^If these teams had resorted to longer, slower passing, their
E35 070 opponents' speed might have caused interceptions to be conceded.
E35 071 ^Instead, by using the dodge and some short, sharp passing, teams were
E35 072 able to transfer the ball quickly and safely.
E35 073    |^A dodge is a quick step or movement one way to deceive the
E35 074 defender. ^If the defender is looking at the ground, she will be easy
E35 075 to beat because she will have lost sight of the ball. ^Once the
E35 076 movement is made, thrust off in the other direction to receive the
E35 077 ball. ^There are two important *1don't *0rules in dodging.
E35 078 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E35 079 |*?31^Don't just rock behind the defender. ^You will have achieved
E35 080 nothing and will still not be free to receive the pass.
E35 081 |*?31^Don't just side step one way and then side step the other for
E35 082 the pass. ^One side step and a reach is *1not *0enough space to
E35 083 receive the pass. ^Also, on the reach you run the risk of dragging
E35 084 your grounded foot (stepping). ^Always travel *1to *0the ball.
E35 085 **[END INDENTATION**]
E35 086 *<*6DODGING AND DROPPING AWAY*>
E35 087 |^*0Carry out the basic dodge, faking one way
E35 088 **[PLATE**]
E35 089 but thrusting back two steps the other way. ^Then turn side on to the
E35 090 passer and push off, dropping back and away from the defender. ^This
E35 091 gives the passer more room. ^She can then lift her pass a little and
E35 092 put you in a position to beat the defender.
E35 093    |^This type of extended dodge has served New Zealand's midcourt
E35 094 players especially well in international competition against teams
E35 095 such as Trinidad, whose players have a long reach and plenty of
E35 096 agility.
E35 097 *<*6RUNNING DODGE OR CHANGE OF PACE*>
E35 098 |^*0Running across the court, stop and make as if to go back (body
E35 099 fake). ^Then thrust off across the court to take the pass. ^You could
E35 100 vary this movement with a body fake back and then another forward.
E35 101 ^Follow the second body fake by thrusting off back across the court to
E35 102 receive the pass. ^This manoeuvre would take longer, so be careful to
E35 103 time your run so the passer will not get called for held ball.
E35 104 *<*6SIDE DODGE*>
E35 105 |^*0If a defender is marking you on one side, you can create room on
E35 106 the other side in order to receive the pass. ^By doing a little work
E35 107 here, you will be able to get the pass and have more space for the
E35 108 next phase.
E35 109    |^Fake the body either back or forward before you push off to the
E35 110 side. ^This will make the defender unsure of your intention. ^If she
E35 111 then widens her stance, her take-off will be slower and she will not
E35 112 be able to jump so high.
E35 113    |^Another way to create space for yourself to receive the ball is
E35 114 to run up court and then stop quickly, placing your foot next to the
E35 115 defender with your body side on and your back to her. ^Then push off
E35 116 on this foot so you are running back, looking over your shoulder. ^The
E35 117 pass is put into this space you have just run through. ^The timing of
E35 118 the
E35 119 **[PLATE**]
E35 120 pass is important. ^It must be released just as you thrust off to go
E35 121 back. ^The passer may be marked and this lifted pass will be easier
E35 122 for her to get away.
E35 123    |^Don't try to run backwards; that makes it easier for the
E35 124 defender to make an interception.
E35 125    |^You can practise short and long passes in pairs. ^Player A has
E35 126 the ball while player B stands 0.9 \0m (3 \0ft.) away. ^Player A makes
E35 127 two short passes to player B who, after the second pass, runs back to
E35 128 receive a long quick pass from A. ^B then passes the ball back to A
E35 129 and runs in to receive two more short passes.
E35 130    |^Concentrate on the placement of the passes. ^B should not go
E35 131 wide to receive the pass, but at just a slight angle from A. ^Go
E35 132 through the complete movement four times with good, snappy passes and
E35 133 then change.
E35 134 **[PLATE**]
E35 135 *<*6BODY PLACEMENT*>
E35 136 |^*0This can be achieved by the attacker taking up a position close to
E35 137 the defender. ^The attacker has to work to keep free the space in
E35 138 which she wishes to receive the pass. ^This can work if the attacker
E35 139 stands side on to the defender, depending on where she wants the ball.
E35 140 ^She then pivots and thrusts off to take the pass. ^There are several
E35 141 points to watch, though. ^The side on body position must be held to
E35 142 the last. ^Be sure to turn your head quickly after pivoting; otherwise
E35 143 you won't have the required vision. ^And aim to have the width of your
E35 144 body between the defender and the pass.
E35 145 **[PLATE**]
E35 146 *<*6THE HOLD*>
E35 147 |^*0An attacker should always look for an area of weakness in the
E35 148 defenders *- where is the defender least sure of how to mark? ^In the
E35 149 goal circle there is a point at about mid**[ARB**]-way where the
E35 150 defender will still mark in front, leaving you the space behind her to
E35 151 manoeuvre. ^If you go too far back, she may come from behind or the
E35 152 side.
E35 153    |^For the hold, you want your defender in front of you and then
E35 154 you want to create enough space behind her to take a high or lob pass.
E35 155 ^To do this, fake to go forward. ^Then turn side on to the defender,
E35 156 leaving one foot close to her as the ball drops over the back of you
E35 157 (it should be about head height), and turn and catch it. ^Thus, when
E35 158 you catch the ball, your back is to the defender and you are facing
E35 159 the goal line, close to the post for an easy shot at goal.
E35 160    |^Be careful not to move too soon and lose the space in the goal
E35 161 circle. ^If your opponent moves behind you, she will have an excellent
E35 162 chance of making an intercept, so it is important to keep her in
E35 163 front.
E35 164    |^The Jamaicans demonstrated the hold to perfection when they
E35 165 played New Zealand at the world championships in 1983. ^New Zealand
E35 166 went into the game knowing that, though their opponents would be no
E35 167 push**[ARB**]-overs, they should win well. ^Instead the Jamaicans had
E35 168 a very tall shooter who was able to latch on to some high passes,
E35 169 making life a misery for the New Zealand defenders. ^In the end, New
E35 170 Zealand breathed a sigh of relief when they won by two goals.
E35 171 *<*6THE ROLL*>
E35 172 |^*0When you are being defended and have limited space on court, the
E35 173 roll and half-roll can be particularly useful.
E35 174    |^Foot fake forward and to the side of the defender, as though
E35 175 you intend moving forward for a pass. ^Then pivot on the foot next to
E35 176 the defender, turning your back to her. ^Take off quickly, moving into
E35 177 the pass which will have been put into the space. ^Your body width
E35 178 protects the ball from the defender. ^Look over your shoulder to keep
E35 179 sight of the ball.
E35 180    |^The half-roll is the same up to the point where you turn your
E35 181 back on the defender. ^But this time you thrust off and move forward
E35 182 to where you did the first fake.
E35 183 **[PLATE**]
E35 184 *<*6CHANGE OF BODY DIRECTION*>
E35 185 |^*0An attacker can run towards the passer, then thrust off quickly to
E35 186 the side not guarded by the defender to take the pass. ^In her
E35 187 catching action, she should turn her back and so have the width of her
E35 188 body
E35 189 **[PLATE**]
E35 190 between the ball and the defender. ^Faults can occur in this movement
E35 191 if the attacker runs in a half-circle to the pass. ^This gives the
E35 192 defender a good chance of an interception because the attacker is
E35 193 going away from the pass and the defender can meet it.
E35 194 *<*6CHANGE OF PACE ACROSS COURT*>
E35 195 |^*0Be sure to give the passer a good chance to release the ball. ^If
E35 196 the attacker hasn't received the pass before she draws level with the
E35 197 passer, it promotes the defender to the ball.
E35 198 *#
E36 001 **[141 TEXT E36**]
E36 002 |^*4I*0t is surprising, considering how glibly everyone talks about
E36 003 cashmere and mohair, that many who have gone into goats, or are
E36 004 preparing to do so, do not understand clearly what these goat fibres
E36 005 are, how they differ, and from whence they derive.
E36 006    |^In fact the differences are complex and the dividing lines not
E36 007 always clearly defined.
E36 008 *<*4Cashmere*>
E36 009    |^*0The skin of a goat contains primary and secondary follicles.
E36 010 ^The primary follicles of a cashmere goat produce coarse fibres termed
E36 011 guard hairs, and the secondary follicles a fine down known as
E36 012 cashmere. ^In order to separate the down during processing from the
E36 013 guard hairs, it is essential that there be a clear-cut width
E36 014 difference between them.
E36 015    |^The amount of cashmere an individual animal will produce is
E36 016 determined by:
E36 017 **[BEGIN INDENTATION**]
E36 018 |_1) the genetic ability of that animal to produce cashmere;
E36 019 |2) the hormonal effect ({0e.g.} other things being equal, males
E36 020 produce more than females); and
E36 021 |3) surface skin area (size of the goat) and density of down-producing
E36 022 follicles.
E36 023 **[END INDENTATION**]
E36 024    |^There is some dispute about the effect of nutritional levels on
E36 025 cashmere production, but basically it appears that good nutrition of
E36 026 the kid produces secondary follicle activity, while the level of
E36 027 subsequent feeding *4may *0increase down production per follicle, but
E36 028 will not increase the number of productive follicles.
E36 029    |^In this country cashmere is harvested from feral goats, but the
E36 030 amount of cashmere a feral may produce can vary greatly. ^Some ferals
E36 031 simply do not have the genetic capability to produce cashmere and no
E36 032 amount of good feeding will alter that.
E36 033    |^At the same time it needs to be recognised that gauging the
E36 034 amount of cashmere on a live feral goat by eye-appraisal is almost
E36 035 impossible. ^There are in New Zealand rare individual animals that
E36 036 produce 300\0g of cashmere annually, and in Australia a few that
E36 037 produce over 400\0g. ^At this stage of the industry's development,
E36 038 however, any goat that produces 100\0g of cashmere is well above
E36 039 average, and thus worth selecting for breeding. ^The objective set by
E36 040 the Cashmere Producers Association for the industry is only 200\0g for
E36 041 better producers.
E36 042    |^Although at this stage goats are only shorn once a year for
E36 043 cashmere, high-producing animals are likely in future to be shorn
E36 044 twice annually.
E36 045    |^The fineness of the down which is acceptable for inclusion in
E36 046 the cashmere category, is determined by the buyers. ^When Dawsons
E36 047 International set about promoting the industry in Australia, they
E36 048 agreed to accept, as cashmere, down that was between 13 and 19 microns
E36 049 mean fibre diameter ({0MFD}). ^More recently Dawsons announced their
E36 050 intention to reduce the upper limit to 18 microns {0MFD} in 1987, and
E36 051 it appears they are pressuring authorities to limit the use of the
E36 052 cashmere label to products made from fibre of that fineness.
E36 053    |^When the fleece is taken from a cashmere goat, it contains both
E36 054 guard hairs and cashmere down. ^These two are separated by the
E36 055 processor before being spun into yarn. ^The proportion of down to
E36 056 guard hair in the fleece is referred to as the *'yield**', and 25-30
E36 057 percent is average. ^A high yield may be due to short guard hairs and
E36 058 not necessarily to a high level of cashmere from that animal.
E36 059    |^Actual payment is made on the basis of weight of cashmere down,
E36 060 which is arrived at by multiplying fleece weight by yield.
E36 061    |^Cashmere is described as being *"a soft, luxurious,
E36 062 hard-wearing fibre whose main characteristics are soft handle,
E36 063 lightness and warmth**". ^The yarn is spun on the woollen system,
E36 064 because the fibre is short and because carded yarns have more fibre
E36 065 ends on their surface, and so give *'fluffier**' *'handle**' to the
E36 066 garment than worsted yarns. ^It takes about 250-300\0g of cashmere to
E36 067 make a pullover.
E36 068    |^The other characteristic of cashmere down apart from fineness,
E36 069 which is important, is colour, but it should be noted that the colour
E36 070 of the guard hair is not always an indication of the colour of the
E36 071 down; white down may be found on a coloured goat. ^In mid-1985 a
E36 072 colour grading system for cashmere was introduced. (see Table 3A).
E36 073 **[TABLES**]
E36 074    |^Under the new system the emphasis is placed to a greater extent
E36 075 than previously on the colour of the guard hair. ^In the past, for
E36 076 instance, a fleece containing black guard hair and very light down
E36 077 would have graded *'grey**'; today it grades as *'brown**'.
E36 078    |^White colouration is a dominant gene in the Angora breed, and
E36 079 one of the benefits of using an Angora buck over cashmere does is that
E36 080 most of the progeny will be white, although the gene, present in both
E36 081 ferals and Angoras, that produces ginger coloration, is not as easily
E36 082 eliminated as other colours.
E36 083    |^In the 1985/ 86 season, the price range for cashmere, according
E36 084 to fineness and colour, was as is shown (Table 3B).
E36 085    |^It has been found overseas that day length has considerable
E36 086 influence on cashmere production and is the trigger which starts the
E36 087 annual growth cycle. ^Goats treated with continuous light produced 70
E36 088 percent more cashmere than goats under natural day-length conditions.
E36 089 ^No reports have been received of this practice being adopted
E36 090 commercially.
E36 091 *<*4Mohair*>
E36 092    |^*0Mohair from the Angora goat is coarser than cashmere, and is
E36 093 produced from both primary and secondary follicles. ^As
E36 094 **[PLATE**]
E36 095 a result, a good commercial Angora in New Zealand may be producing as
E36 096 much as 4 \0kg of saleable product, but there is room for improvement
E36 097 considering the average adult fleece in South Africa weighs over 4
E36 098 \0kg and that includes kids, *- some adults do over 6 \0kg.
E36 099    |^*'Yolk**' accounts for less than 10 percent of the *'greasy**'
E36 100 fleece weight of Angoras, so a yield of 90 percent of mohair is quite
E36 101 normal in New Zealand, and in this respect we do better than South
E36 102 Africa, where 70 percent yield is the norm.
E36 103    |^The diameter of mohair fibre ranges from 25 to 40 microns, and
E36 104 white is the only acceptable colour; even one or two coloured hairs in
E36 105 a fleece reduce its value markedly.
E36 106    |^The finer the mohair is, the better the price paid for it, but
E36 107 even at the top end of the micron range there is good demand. ^So
E36 108 while mohair of under 32 microns may be used for a high-priced
E36 109 sweater, and bring the best prices, coarse mohair may go into
E36 110 specialty carpet lines, but of course at a much lower price. ^Thus
E36 111 mohair is divided into four major classes *- up to 26 microns, 26-30
E36 112 microns, 30-34 microns and over 34 microns {0MFD}.
E36 113    |^Only 30 percent of the total world clip of mohair is in the
E36 114 fine to medium range, the bulk being in the medium to strong range.
E36 115 ^The objective for New Zealand, to achieve best returns, is to have
E36 116 the bulk of its mohair classed at under 30-32 microns {0MFD}.
E36 117    |^Mohair is down graded by the presence of kemps, which are dull,
E36 118 white chalky fibres, thick and straight, which have to be removed
E36 119 during processing. ^Short kemps are shed by the animal, but long kemps
E36 120 grow all year round.
E36 121    |^Medullated fibre has a hollow core which absorbs dye and
E36 122 creates patchiness in colour, and this fault also down grades mohair.
E36 123 ^It is difficult to identify in a fleece, but its presence is revealed
E36 124 in fibre testing, which is described in a later chapter.
E36 125    |^The ringlets which are such an obvious characteristic of many
E36 126 Angoras, actually have no commercial value, since they are removed in
E36 127 the processing of the fibre, but on the live animal they do tend to
E36 128 indicate fineness.
E36 129    |^Mohair fibre is characterised by its distinctive lustre, a
E36 130 quality which comes through in the product. ^It is almost
E36 131 non-inflammable, and is long-wearing, as it can be bent and twisted
E36 132 without damage to the fibre. ^It is also highly elastic; it will
E36 133 stretch to 30 percent its normal length and still spring back to the
E36 134 original shape. ^Mohair garments thus resist wrinkling or sagging
E36 135 during wear. ^It takes colours extremely well and resists fading, and
E36 136 resists soiling better than other fibres.
E36 137    |^The finest mohair is produced by kids, but the term *'kid
E36 138 mohair**' is somewhat misleading, and clearer classifications have now
E36 139 been established for New Zealand; (see Table 3C).
E36 140    |^Micron measurement is not the only criteria, **[SIC**] however.
E36 141 ^The best mohair is of 90-150 \0mm in length, which accounts for
E36 142 the need to shear Angoras twice a year. ^It is also important that
E36 143 the fibre should not vary too greatly in fineness; a micron range in 
E36 144 a fleece of over 10 percent is undesirable.
E36 145 **[TABLE**]
E36 146 *<*4Cashgora*>
E36 147    |^A third goat fibre has only recently made its appearance. ^It is
E36 148 now termed *4cashgora, *0being derived from the cross**[ARB**]-bred
E36 149 progeny of an Angora-cashmere goat mating. ^These animals, like their
E36 150 cashmere parent, produce a fleece containing long guard hairs and fine
E36 151 down. ^This down, or secondary fibre, is too coarse and lustrous to be
E36 152 accepted as cashmere, and in fact one Dawsons executive has stated
E36 153 that, being longer and with a distinctive sheen and lustre, *"in a
E36 154 cashmere garment or fabric the latter fibre glistens and almost shouts
E36 155 its identity... it is not cashmere and will never, in my view, command
E36 156 cashmere prices.**"
E36 157    |^The product is apparently being test marketed and the Italian
E36 158 trade expert {0G P} Nesti has stated that there is good justification
E36 159 for using the Angora breed over ferals to produce quantity of down,
E36 160 perhaps 1 \0kg per year, he suggests, with a yield of 50-60 percent
E36 161 down...
E36 162 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E36 163 ^The separation, or dehairing, has in fact been achieved by Animal
E36 164 Fibres (Bradford) \0Ltd., who state that the processed fibre possesses
E36 165 some of the characteristics of cashmere and some of superfine kid
E36 166 mohair. ^At present production in Australia and New Zealand is not
E36 167 sufficient to warrant full commercial exploitation, but a contract was
E36 168 made in 1985 with one processor for the supply of Cashgora B (20-22
E36 169 micron
E36 170 **[PLATE**]
E36 171 {0MFD}) at *+$22/\0kg, rising to *+$29.90/\0kg in three years.
E36 172    |^If the cashgora market firms up, many goat farmers may consider
E36 173 it beneficial to upgrade ferals to G3 status, but to then use a G4
E36 174 buck selected for fineness of fleece to achieve good quality cashgora
E36 175 and high yield. ^Such goats would be better suited to rough
E36 176 conditions, such as gorse country, than Angoras, but suffer less from
E36 177 shearing than cashmere goats.
E36 178    |^These then, are the fibres produced by goats. ^They are quite
E36 179 distinct in terms of the label placed on the end products, and it
E36 180 should not be thought that the only difference between cashmere,
E36 181 cashgora and mohair is the measure of its thickness. ^They have
E36 182 different characteristics which are important to the processors and
E36 183 which can only be produced by cashmere, crossbred or Angora goats...
E36 184 an Angora can produce mohair characteristics but cannot produce
E36 185 cashmere characteristics. ^But there is overlap at either end of the
E36 186 cross-bred scale.
E36 187    |^It has been estimated that in 1983/ 84, world production of
E36 188 wool was just under 3 million tonnes ({0N.Z.} 363,000 tonnes), whereas
E36 189 total output of mohair was only 17,500 tonnes (Australia 350 tonnes,
E36 190 {0N.Z.} 46 tonnes), and cashmere production a mere 4000 tonnes
E36 191 (Australia 11 tonnes, {0N.Z.} 9 tonnes).
E36 192    |^New Zealand's contribution to world supply of goat fibre is
E36 193 miniscule but is expanding rapidly. ^The risk of over**[ARB**]-supply
E36 194 appears hardly to exist however. ^Dawsons International have stated
E36 195 repeatedly that they would like to receive 1000 tonnes of cashmere
E36 196 from Australasia, and a glance at the figures above will show the
E36 197 scope for expansion when one takes into account the number of goats
E36 198 required to produce one tonne of cashmere.
E36 199    |^As far as mohair is concerned, those in the know have suggested
E36 200 that world production could double without adverse effect, and if New
E36 201 Zealand can achieve a reputation for high quality, its position in the
E36 202 market could be even more secure than that of some producing countries
E36 203 if demand eases.
E36 204    |^One buyer of cashgora has indicated a willingness to take all
E36 205 New Zealand can produce over the next four years, prices to increase
E36 206 by a minimum of 10 percent annually, so that the outlook for this
E36 207 fibre also appears to be firm.
E36 208 *#
E37 001 **[142 TEXT E37**]
E37 002 ^*0Jim was constantly placed on the {0A.J.S.} 7R right through to 1958
E37 003 when he retired from racing. ^Photo shows Jim competing in the Senior
E37 004 {0IOMTT} for 1950, riding a 500{0cc} Manx Norton, the last of the
E37 005 iron, or bedstead frame. ^Noted for his sportsmanship, we sadly record
E37 006 his death in 1986.
E37 007 *<*61951 LAMBRETTA*>
E37 008 *<*4Italy*>
E37 009    |*0Owner: Oldfields, Auckland.
E37 010    |^Commencing production from their Milan factory in 1946, the
E37 011 Lambretta factory became one of the leading scooter producers in the
E37 012 world.
E37 013    |^*'Modern Motoring**' magazine for October 1951 illustrates the
E37 014 recently-introduced exceptionally adaptable three-wheeler 4 {0cwt}
E37 015 utility.
E37 016 **[PLATES**]
E37 017    |^The power unit consists of a 125{0cc} two-stroke engine in unit
E37 018 with a three-speed gearbox and a multiple disc clutch running in an
E37 019 oilbath. ^Final transmission is by enclosed shaft drive with a
E37 020 built-in transmission shock absorbers.**[SIC**]
E37 021    |^The rear springing is part of the power unit assembly and is
E37 022 controlled by a hydraulic shock absorber. ^Transverse leaf spring and
E37 023 link arrangement on the Utility gives fully independent front wheel
E37 024 suspension. ^All models have conventional car type drum brakes on all
E37 025 wheels. ^Ignition and lighting are by flywheel magneto, and lighting
E37 026 set with a 6-volt storage on truck body.
E37 027    |^Special bodywork can be supplied to order to meet a customer's
E37 028 requirements, with either a hinged-top box, a tray or platform to
E37 029 cover almost every conceivable trade from a baker's delivery vehicle,
E37 030 newspaper delivery, butcher, grocer and pastrycook, down to the
E37 031 ordinary freight parcel delivery or the platform model which can be
E37 032 used inside in a factory.
E37 033    |^The Lambretta offers a big load carrying capacity (up to 4
E37 034 {0cwt}) in relation to its size. ^Maintenance and running costs should
E37 035 be negligible as the makers claim up to 110 {0mpg} which is quite a
E37 036 factor with today's high transport and labour charges.
E37 037    |^Lambretta distributor for New Zealand was \0P. Coutts of Great
E37 038 North Road, Auckland.
E37 039 *<*61951 VINCENT *4Black Lightning*>
E37 040 *<Great Britain*>
E37 041    |*0Riders: Bob Burns, Christchurch *- sidecar; Russell Wright,
E37 042 Invercargill *- solo.
E37 043    |^Bob Burns sailed from Leith in Scotland for New Zealand in
E37 044 1947, settling in Christchurch. ^Here he joined the local Pioneer
E37 045 Motor Cycle Club and was soon making his mark, especially with
E37 046 sidecars. ^He was a popular figure at grass track meetings, and in
E37 047 1952 at Weedons he won the Canterbury Sidecar Championship on his
E37 048 Rudge.
E37 049    |^Early in 1954 Bob bought a secondhand Series C Rapide
E37 050 non-streamlined Vincent, and the Tram Road, Ohoka, was the venue on 27
E37 051 March 1954 when Burns set a new {0N.Z.} sidecar record speed of 105.14
E37 052 {0mph}. ^The Vincent was fitted with straight pipes, knee operated
E37 053 gearchange, and ran on pump petrol. ^Convinced that this machine was
E37 054 capable of much greater speed, Bob tuned it during the winter and
E37 055 designed and fitted a Herz replica streamlined aerodynamic shell.
E37 056    |^In September 1954 at the Pioneer Club's Speed Trial, the now
E37 057 streamlined Vincent reached 146 {0mph} running on methanol
E37 058 **[PLATE**]
E37 059 fuel. ^This was the day Bob Burns and Russell Wright met for the first
E37 060 time. ^Russell owned a brand new Vincent Black Lightning which he
E37 061 swapped for Bob's Rapide so that he could attempt a beach record, and
E37 062 Bob set to work tuning Russell's Black Lightning. ^The Vincent factory
E37 063 in England airfreighted out special large valve cylinder heads and
E37 064 carburettors, together with Avon racing tyres, laboratory tested Lucas
E37 065 mag, and other special accessories which were supplied by various
E37 066 manufacturers.
E37 067    |^A World Sidecar Record of 154 {0mph} had been set by an {0NSU}
E37 068 in 1951. ^Bob was convinced he could better this, and on 17 December
E37 069 1954 enthusiasts were gathering at 5 {0a.m.} to witness a World Speed
E37 070 Record attempt here in New Zealand. ^The result *- a new world sidecar
E37 071 record of 155.2 {0mph}. ^Enthusiasm was running high, and so yet
E37 072 another attempt was made on the record *- same bike, same venue, date
E37 073 July 1955 when Burns accomplished an official speed of 162 {0mph}.
E37 074 ^Later in 1955 the Germans using a {0BMW} put the sidecar record up to
E37 075 173.57 {0mph}.
E37 076    |^Russell Wright lived in Invercargill and joined the Southland
E37 077 Motor Cycle Club in 1947 at the age of 17. ^During his first season he
E37 078 won a beach race, scramble trophy, silver sash at speedway, and
E37 079 recorded highest points for a first year rider, thus showing his
E37 080 versatility in the sport of motor cycling.
E37 081    |^Keen to attack Bert Munro's {0N.Z.} Beach Title, Russell
E37 082 purchased a Black Lightning (racing version of the Rapide without
E37 083 streamlining). ^He attended the Speed Trials at Christchurch in
E37 084 September 1954 and at a party following this event he met Bob Burns
E37 085 and they decided to swap bikes, and Russell proceeded to take the
E37 086 beach title on the Rapide with a speed of 125.807 {0mph}.
E37 087    |^Back in Christchurch in February 1955 and riding in his
E37 088 stocking feet, Russell set a new British Empire record of 174 {0mph},
E37 089 and so set out after the World Record which carried with it a *+1000
E37 090 award and Challenge Trophy offered by *'The Motor Cycle**' for the
E37 091 first British rider of a British machine to recapture the world record
E37 092 which was at that time held by Wilhelm Herz's Supercharge {0NSU},
E37 093 clocked at 180 {0mph}.
E37 094    |^Russell Wright became the fastest man on two wheels when in
E37 095 July 1955 he set a World Record of 185.15 {0mph} on the 998{0cc}
E37 096 Vincent, riding along the 21*?7 wide Tram Road some 17 miles from
E37 097 Christchurch. ^This was the last time the world speed record would
E37 098 ever be set on an ordinary road, let alone a wet one, and the last
E37 099 time that it would be set by a completely conventional motor cycle.
E37 100    |^Burns and Wright, financially assisted by Motor Cycle Clubs in
E37 101 {0N.Z.} and the {0U.K.}, took their 1951 Vincent to Bonneville Salt
E37 102 Flats in 1956 and while Wright's solo time of 198.3 {0mph} wasn't good
E37 103 enough, Burns managed 174 1/2 {0mph} for the flying kilometre and 176
E37 104 1/2 for the flying mile with the sidecar attached. ^After a
E37 105 controversy between the {0F.I.M.} and the Americans over the timing
E37 106 procedure, Burns was not granted world record status for his speeds,
E37 107 even though the {0F.I.M.} said these were genuine.
E37 108    |^To help defray expenses, the Vincent was sold to Harry
E37 109 Belleville of Marysville, Ohio, who was happy with the way it
E37 110 attracted riders to his Motor Cycle Shop.
E37 111    |^Russell was made a life member of the Southland Motor Cycle
E37 112 Club in 1955.
E37 113 *<*41952 {0B.S.A.} Gold Star ZB*>
E37 114 *<Great Britain*>
E37 115    |*0Owner: Stu Nairn, Hamilton.
E37 116    |^During the 1937 season the {0B.S.A.} factory created an M24
E37 117 500{0cc} Sportster from the M23 Empire Star touring machine. ^This was
E37 118 tuned to get a Gold Star at Brooklands which required a race lap speed
E37 119 of 100 {0mph} or more. ^The Star, about 3/4*?8 across the points, is
E37 120 coloured dark blue with the border and the figure 100 in gold. ^It was
E37 121 intended to be used as a lapel badge. ^Wal Handley rode the bike at
E37 122 107.57 {0mph}, and so the *"Gold Star**" was born. ^A replica was
E37 123 marketed by 1938, and this model continued in the range until 1962 *-
E37 124 in 1963, a 500{0cc} only was offered.
E37 125 **[PLATE**]
E37 126    |^The 348{0cc} Gold Star in racing rim has a bore and stroke of
E37 127 71\0mm x 88\0mm, 7.65 compression ratio, 1-1/16TT 10 Amal carburettor,
E37 128 mag ignition, alloy head and barrel, straight through exhaust pipe or
E37 129 megaphone, telescopic front forks and plunger rear suspension, a
E37 130 quickly detachable rear wheel, and a range of cams. ^Maximum speed on
E37 131 alcohol about 100 {0mph} and on petrol 94-96 {0mph}. ^This bike was
E37 132 also fitted with a rev counter and speedo, very unusual in that era.
E37 133    |^Ordered in 1951, this machine arrived 9 months later in the
E37 134 non-chrome Korean War year, 1952. ^Stu was disappointed when the bike
E37 135 arrived because the silver paint finish was a poor substitute for
E37 136 previous and later chrome finish, {0i.e.} mudguards, chaincase, wheel
E37 137 rims, petrol tank. ^The Goldies for 1949-1951 and 1953 onwards came
E37 138 chromed, but not the 1952 version which was supplied in road, scramble
E37 139 or race trim. ^Stu quickly commenced modifying the bike for speed
E37 140 events, and on 31 May 1952 the Hamilton Motor Cycle Club issued him
E37 141 with a Silver Star for attaining 90.91 {0mph} on Raglan Beach.
E37 142 ^Competing in the 350{0cc} class speed trials at Hautapu Straight on
E37 143 13 September 1952, he gained top speed for the 350{0cc} racing class
E37 144 at 102.27 {0mph}, second and third machines clocked 97.83 {0mph}.
E37 145 ^Placed third in the {0N.Z.}, and second in the {0N.I.} Beach races at
E37 146 Muriwai in April 1953, Stu won the Standing 1/4 Mile on 5 December
E37 147 1953 at Whatawhata on the gravel road, and was fourth in the 1953
E37 148 Hamilton Hundred Road Race (Clubmans 350{0cc} Race) at Lemington.
E37 149    |^A carpenter by trade, Stu and his wife Bev excelled at ballroom
E37 150 dancing during the 1950s, and during the 1960/ 1970s rifle shooting
E37 151 was his main sport *- he represented {0N.Z.} at the Olympic Games in
E37 152 Mexico and the 1970 World Championships in Phoenix, Arizona.
E37 153 *<*61952 JAWA *4Favorit*>
E37 154 *<Czechoslovakia*>
E37 155    |*0Riders: Peter Stone and his daughter Joanne, Auckland.
E37 156    |^It was shortly before the Second World War that the
E37 157 well**[ARB**]-known Jawa competition rider \0A. Vitvar was given the
E37 158 task of teaching a new customer to ride a motor cycle, when she in
E37 159 fact had never even ridden a bicycle. ^He confided his worries to the
E37 160 designer of the Jawa Works, and not much later the first prototype of
E37 161 a training cycle with dual controls appeared.
E37 162    |^Principal feature of the trainer is the dual steering and dual
E37 163 controls. ^Steering arms connected by means of collars to fork legs
E37 164 are fitted to the front fork. ^The legs of the front fork are
E37 165 **[PLATE**]
E37 166 connected by two rods with joins and arms which are rotatingly
E37 167 supported on the rear portion of the frame under the dual seat in the
E37 168 spot between the driver's seat and the passenger's seat. ^The rods
E37 169 lead under the fuel tank approximately at the level of the cylinder
E37 170 head on both sides of the motor cycle so that they are not in the way
E37 171 of either rider or passenger. ^The rods are on their front ends
E37 172 fastened to the fork legs by nuts with which it is possible to adjust
E37 173 the length of the rod. ^The rear arms are provided with handlebars
E37 174 located so that the motor cycle can be steered independently from the
E37 175 passenger's seat. ^These handlebars are provided with a clutch lever
E37 176 and front brake lever so that the passenger has control of these two
E37 177 mechanisms independent of the rider. ^There is also a horn button and
E37 178 conventional lighting dip switch, but with the ignition circuit being
E37 179 controlled by this dip switch, so the instructor can stop the engine
E37 180 in an emergency. ^Adjacent to the pillion seat footrest is a pedal for
E37 181 the control of the rear wheel brake.
E37 182    |^The Jawa Favorit photographed in Auckland on 17 December 1960
E37 183 has a 248{0cc} two-stroke engine, compression ratio of 6.25,
E37 184 approximate {0bhp} 12/4,250, telescopic front suspension, plunger
E37 185 rear, weighs 276 \0lbs, has a tank capacity of 2 3/4 gallons, and was
E37 186 imported to New Zealand by the North Island distributor Laurie Summers
E37 187 of Auckland. ^Stan Turner of Palmerston North has a Jawa Favorit in
E37 188 his motor cycle collection.
E37 189 *<*61952 MOTOR SCOOTER*>
E37 190 *<*4New Zealand*>
E37 191    |*0Owner: Eric \0S. Hall, Thames.
E37 192    |^The following report appeared in *'{0N.Z.} Motor Cyclist**'
E37 193 dated 9th June 1952:
E37 194 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E37 195 *<*61953 AMBASSADOR *4Embassy*>
E37 196 *<Great Britain*>
E37 197    |*0Owner: Mike Harris, Lower Hutt.
E37 198    |^Mike is the holder of seven New Zealand titles, and numerous
E37 199 North Island and South Island titles for sporting trials. ^He started
E37 200 riding at the age of 12 on a 125{0cc} James bought for his
E37 201 **[PLATE**]
E37 202 parents' farm in Hawkes Bay. ^Motor cycle trials riding was always his
E37 203 interest, and in those days getting a machine to fill the requirements
E37 204 of this sport meant modifying a standard road bike. ^Mike bought a
E37 205 197{0cc} Ambassador 2 stroke at an auction for *+16, and this he
E37 206 gradually modified over a period of 10 years.
E37 207 *#
E38 001 **[143 TEXT E38**]
E38 002    |^*0When growing a selection of cultivars it is usually more
E38 003 effective to plant them in groups of three to four of one variety.
E38 004 ^This overcomes the problem of too many isolated splashes of colour
E38 005 which is the result when just one plant of each is grown. ^There is
E38 006 also a difference in flowering times and with a variety of cultivars
E38 007 careful consideration of colour harmony is also important. ^Some
E38 008 colours definitely clash, cerise and scarlet for instance, and should
E38 009 not be positioned close together.
E38 010    |^Another point worth considering when roses are used in this way
E38 011 is whether preference should be given to those which are outstanding
E38 012 for a particular quality such as colour, fragrance, size or quantity.
E38 013 ^When grown en masse the latter characteristic is usually far more
E38 014 important.
E38 015    |^Whether other plants should be grown as an underplanting to
E38 016 bedding roses is an often debated question and is largely a matter of
E38 017 personal preference. ^It complicates weeding, spraying, pruning and
E38 018 the application of fertilisers and mulches. ^But this is made easier
E38 019 if the underplantings are confined to the edges of rose beds, where
E38 020 spring and summer annuals and some perennials can be used for a long
E38 021 display. ^Popular plants are bedding begonias, catmint, dwarf
E38 022 lavender, and grey-leaved bedding *1{6Cineraria maritima}, *0but there
E38 023 are many other interesting plants suitable for edging which can be
E38 024 experimented with.
E38 025 *<*4Rose hedges*>
E38 026    |^*0What better choice for a colourful, informal hedge than
E38 027 roses? ^For a low to medium height hedge recurrent cluster-flowered
E38 028 bush roses are a good choice. ^Old garden roses are also useful. ^A
E38 029 collection of different cultivars can
E38 030 **[PLATE**]
E38 031 create a kaleidoscope of colour, but just one colour can be striking.
E38 032 ^Proven performers such as *'Iceberg**', which seems to keep on
E38 033 flowering no matter how hot and dry the summer, is an ideal choice for
E38 034 a strong, bushy hedge. ^If a tall, upright hedge is required and good
E38 035 growing conditions are available, *'Queen Elizabeth**' is another
E38 036 notably reliable older rose, free-flowering and disease resistant,
E38 037 also producing long-stemmed flowers for picking.
E38 038    |^A hedge of low growing roses can be planted in a single row, or
E38 039 staggered. ^The latter will create a bushier effect, but is not
E38 040 essential. ^A single-row hedge can be planted much closer than is
E38 041 normal for roses as there will be good air circulation either side of
E38 042 the bushes and easy access for spraying and pruning. ^A hedge of
E38 043 cluster-flowered bush roses is not difficult to maintain. ^During
E38 044 winter a light clipping to shape and dead heading in summer will
E38 045 encourage a good shape. ^Bear in mind that a hedge of roses is a
E38 046 relatively informal hedge and is not intended to be shaped in the
E38 047 rigid style typical of many foliage hedge plants. ^But it will be more
E38 048 rewarding if it is pruned to encourage strong growth, reducing inner
E38 049 shoots and weak stems, but keeping it at an even level so that the
E38 050 height will be easy to maintain.
E38 051 *<*4Roses in containers*>
E38 052    |^*0There are many kinds of roses suitable for growing in
E38 053 containers, from large flowered bush roses to miniatures. ^Vigorous
E38 054 roses will naturally require a large container and a minimum root
E38 055 depth of 45 \0cm should be allowed for, with a diameter of about 60
E38 056 \0cm. ^Polyanthas and miniatures can be grown in quite shallow
E38 057 containers if watered regularly.
E38 058    |^Any container chosen for growing roses must have adequate
E38 059 drainage. ^The potting mixture must be of good quality, containing
E38 060 some organic matter, and porous material such as pumice chips to
E38 061 ensure good drainage, but not so free draining that it allows the
E38 062 nutrients to be leached out quickly. ^Regular watering and feeding is
E38 063 essential. ^The feeding aspect can be simplified by use of a slow
E38 064 release fertiliser which will supply a steady flow of nutrients over
E38 065 many months, but the watering is not so easily automated. ^If the
E38 066 potting mix starts to dry it should be watered heavily, preferably
E38 067 with a hand held hose, until water runs out the bottom of the
E38 068 container. ^Attention to watering is especially important in hot
E38 069 summer weather.
E38 070    |^A patio surrounded by roses in containers, all flowering
E38 071 freely, is a beautiful sight. ^Alternatively one rose in an
E38 072 interesting container can provide a strong focal point. ^Placement of
E38 073 container grown roses is important *- they must have a sunny position.
E38 074 ^It seems the future will see interesting new roses intended
E38 075 specifically for container growing. ^Sam McGredy, one of the most
E38 076 successful of the world's present day rose breeders, is of the opinion
E38 077 that extremely free-flowering *'patio**' roses are just around the
E38 078 corner. ^In his recent book *1Look to the Rose *0(published by David
E38 079 Bateman, Auckland, {0N.Z.}), he states
E38 080 **[LONG QUOTATION**]
E38 081 *<*4Pruning*>
E38 082    |^*0The pruning of roses is an important aspect of rose culture.
E38 083 ^Pruning encourages strong, healthy growth and quality blooms. ^The
E38 084 major time for pruning is before new growth commences, in June, July
E38 085 and August in the colder areas. ^Make sure that tools are very sharp
E38 086 and clean. ^A strong pair of secateurs is essential. ^For old bushes,
E38 087 a pruning saw may be needed and the pruning of climbers can be made
E38 088 easier by a pair of long-handled loppers. ^Sturdy gloves allow for
E38 089 confident handling of prickly stems.
E38 090 **[PLATE**]
E38 091    |^What if the roses are left unpruned? ^In the majority of cases,
E38 092 particularly with the modern cultivars, they will become progressively
E38 093 more tangled and weak year by year, the quality of flowers quickly
E38 094 deteriorating. ^Pruning is the process of removing old wood and
E38 095 encouraging sap to flow into the stronger young branches.
E38 096    |^How hard roses should be pruned is a debatable point and
E38 097 recommendations vary. ^Individual techniques also vary and roses on
E38 098 the whole are very amenable but certain guidelines should be followed
E38 099 to achieve the best results. ^With the great diversity of habit in
E38 100 large flowered bush roses (hybrid teas) their growth habits should be
E38 101 noted and used as a guide when pruning to encourage strong plants. ^It
E38 102 has been found that climate is also important, and roses can be pruned
E38 103 lightly in mild winter areas, encouraging larger bushes with more
E38 104 flowers. ^Some roses do better in cold climates than in warm ones and
E38 105 colour and texture can be affected by these factors. ^When in doubt,
E38 106 prune lightly and if necessary any mistakes can be corrected later,
E38 107 but if a bush is pruned too hard it can be
E38 108 **[PLATE**]
E38 109 weakened, resulting in a poor display of flowers. ^Always prune new
E38 110 roses lightly, aiming at building up a good, strong framework of open
E38 111 branches.
E38 112    |^The first step in pruning established plants is to remove the
E38 113 older stems which are becoming grey and not producing strong top
E38 114 growth. ^By cutting these off at the base new basal shoots are
E38 115 encouraged. ^The removal of these older stems as the first step opens
E38 116 up the plant at once, revealing clearly those younger stems that
E38 117 require top pruning, any weak growths and those that cross or grow
E38 118 inwards. ^These should be hard pruned back. ^Always prune the strong
E38 119 young growths to within two to three outward facing bud-eyes from
E38 120 their base. ^Aim to keep the bush open in the centre. ^A plant should
E38 121 not be pruned to a given level, but if uniformity in a flower bed is
E38 122 desired, the general height and spread can be achieved without
E38 123 altering these guidelines. ^If there are strong watershoots these may
E38 124 have to be eliminated if too tall in a bedding situation, but they are
E38 125 in fact very strong, useful stems which can be retained to build up
E38 126 the plant's strong basal structure. ^However to maintain and allow
E38 127 them to develop they should not be pruned in the first year, except in
E38 128 summer. ^In the winter these are shortened back but the main stem is
E38 129 left to make its own side shoots from lower on the stem which can be
E38 130 pruned in the usual way the following winter.
E38 131    |^Standard roses are pruned on the same principle as hybrid teas,
E38 132 selecting the required branches to keep the desired shape. ^Other
E38 133 modern roses should be pruned with the same aims, but cluster-flowered
E38 134 roses (floribundas, \0etc.) can be pruned lighter or according to the
E38 135 uses required of them.
E38 136 **[PLATE**]
E38 137    |^Climbers are different. ^The aim is to establish strong main
E38 138 branches from the base according to the number required, depending on
E38 139 the place to be covered. ^It can be restricted to one, or several, as
E38 140 in a fan-shape. ^The laterals which will spring from these stems are
E38 141 allowed to develop and can be pruned to their basal shoots in the case
E38 142 of hybrid teas, removing the old and weaker stems on the same
E38 143 principle. ^The branches can be trained as desired but the main stem
E38 144 is retained until the time when basal shoots (normally removed) may be
E38 145 allowed to grow up to replace the old framework. ^Pillar roses are
E38 146 similar but do not produce such long and vigorous growths as climbers
E38 147 *- they are usually tall, upright hybrid teas or similar, and their
E38 148 habit must be retained in long main stems to keep them tall. ^In many
E38 149 situations they are much better than climbers *- for example, beside
E38 150 entrances and doorways where an overhanging rose could be difficult to
E38 151 maintain.
E38 152    |^Old climbing roses such as wichurianas need careful pruning,
E38 153 cutting back the flowering stems as soon as they finish blooming. ^The
E38 154 unflowered stems should be left when training and pruning the plant.
E38 155    |^When dealing with climbers which are trained to cover arches,
E38 156 fences or walls the first objective is to allow the required number of
E38 157 long shoots to develop on the base stems and tie them securely to
E38 158 their supports. ^From these grow the laterals or shoots that will bear
E38 159 the flowers. ^They must be pruned back to two to three buds near their
E38 160 base and the strongest selected as they grow to produce flowers.
E38 161 ^These in turn are pruned as with the bush roses, new stems being
E38 162 allowed to develop and the older ones cut down to the base as they
E38 163 age. ^New canes from the base can be cut off until the time comes to
E38 164 use them for renewal of the old cane which can last well for some
E38 165 years.
E38 166    |^In many places there are active rose societies which organise
E38 167 rose pruning demonstrations for the public at the appropriate time of
E38 168 year. ^Attending such a demonstration and watching an experienced rose
E38 169 grower at work is a good means of learning the finer techniques of
E38 170 pruning.
E38 171    |^After pruning it is important to remove all the old leaves
E38 172 which have fallen beneath the bushes as well as the prunings as they
E38 173 may harbour the spores of fungous diseases and the eggs of insect
E38 174 pests.
E38 175 *<*4Dead heading*>
E38 176    |^*0The removal of old flower heads before they begin to form
E38 177 seed pods encourages the continued development of buds in recurrent
E38 178 flowering roses. ^The old flowers should be cut off above the third or
E38 179 fourth basal leaf buds on the stem to produce a strong new flowering
E38 180 shoot. ^Do not make the mistake of extending this practice to roses
E38 181 valued for their colourful hips!
E38 182 *<*4Propagation*>
E38 183    |^*0Old roses and species or wild roses may be propagated by the
E38 184 simple method of taking cuttings in autumn and placing them firmly in
E38 185 a slit-trench in good soil. ^An open situation is preferable. ^Some of
E38 186 the bush roses will also grow readily from cuttings of strong side
E38 187 shoots, but in the case of large-flowered cluster roses (hybrid teas)
E38 188 it is usually necessary to bud them onto strong growing young plants
E38 189 of the species multiflora, which can be obtained from rose growers as
E38 190 cuttings. ^These root very readily in summer and can be budded in
E38 191 autumn in the open ground. ^The top growth of the stock is cut off
E38 192 once the bud starts to swell.
E38 193 *<*4Pests and diseases*>
E38 194    |^*0Roses are subject to a number of pests and diseases. ^Modern
E38 195 sprays developed specifically for roses have eased the burden of the
E38 196 rose grower considerably, but regular spraying cannot be avoided if
E38 197 roses, particularly large flowered bush roses, are to remain healthy
E38 198 throughout the season.
E38 199 *#